<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 16, 1998
REGISTRATION NO. 333-50117
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 2711 13-3980414
(State or jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer Identification
incorporation Classification Number)
or formation) Code Number)
</TABLE>
------------------------
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
345 PARK AVENUE SOUTH
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
(212) 779-9200
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of registrant's principal executive offices)
------------------------------
WILLIAM L. POLLAK
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
345 PARK AVENUE SOUTH
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010
(212) 779-9200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code of
agent for service)
------------------------------
COPIES TO:
ROBERT A. PROFUSEK, ESQ.
JONES, DAY, REAVIS & POGUE
599 LEXINGTON AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
(212) 326-3939
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. / /
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(b)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statements
for the same offering. / /
------------------------
THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
OTHER REGISTRANTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JURISDICTION OF PRIMARY STANDARD I.R.S. ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND
INCORPORATION INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYER TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
OR CLASSIFICATION CODE IDENTIFICATION AREA CODE, OF PRINCIPAL
NAME OF CORPORATION FORMATION NUMBER NUMBER EXECUTIVE OFFICE
- ---------------------------- --------------- ------------------- -------------- ------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ALM, LLC.................... New York 2711 13-3980414 600 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10016
(212) 973-2800
ALM Counsel
Connect Inc................ Delaware 7375 13-3881178 600 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10016
(212) 973-2800
ALM IP, LLC................. Delaware 6794 13-3962216 600 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10016
(212) 973-2800
Counsel Connect............. New York 7375 13-3755486 600 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10016
(212) 973-2800
Counsel Connect, LLC........ Delaware 7375 13-3980414 600 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10016
(212) 973-2800
Law Journal Extra, Inc...... New York 7375 13-3806020 345 Park Avenue South
New York, New York 10010
(212) 779-9200
LegalTech, LLC.............. New York 7389 13-3273851 115 Central Park West
New York, New York 10023
(212) 877-5619
National Law
Publishing Company, Inc.... New York 2711 13-3990318 345 Park Avenue South
New York, New York 10010
(212) 779-9200
The New York Law
Publishing Company......... New York 2711 13-3273851 345 Park Avenue South
New York, New York 10010
(212) 779-9200
NLP IP Company.............. Delaware 6794 13-3989917 345 Park Avenue South
New York, New York 10010
(212) 779-9200
PPC Publishing
Corporation................ New York 2711 13-3285951 345 Park Avenue South
New York, New York 10010
(212) 779-9200
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 16, 1998
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
ITS 9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007, SERIES B,
FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING
9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007
ALM, LLC, ALM Counsel Connect Inc., ALM IP, LLC, Counsel Connect, Counsel
Connect, LLC, Law Journal Extra, Inc., LegalTech, LLC, National Law Publishing
Company, Inc., The New York Law Publishing Company, NLP IP Company and PPC
Publishing Corporation, as Guarantors of the 9 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2007.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME ON
JULY 16, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED.
American Lawyer Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby
offers (the "Exchange Offer"), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this
Prospectus (the "Prospectus") and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the
"Letter of Transmittal"), to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 9 3/4%
Senior Notes due 2007, Series B (the "Exchange Notes"), registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a
registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part, for each $1,000
principal amount of its outstanding 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Old
Notes") of which $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount is outstanding. The
form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms of the
Old Notes except that (i) the Exchange Notes will bear a Series B designation,
(ii) the Exchange Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act and
will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and (iii) the holders of
the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to the rights of holders of Old Notes
under the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined). The Exchange Notes will
evidence the same debt as the Old Notes (which they replace) and will be issued
under and be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture dated as of December 22,
1997, as supplemented (the "Indenture") by and among the Company, the Guarantors
and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The Old Notes and the Exchange Notes are
sometimes referred to herein collectively as the "Notes." See "The Exchange
Offer" and "Description of the Notes."
Interest on the Exchange Notes will be payable in cash semi-annually on June
15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 1998. The Exchange Notes
will mature on December 15, 2007, unless previously redeemed, and will not be
subject to any sinking fund requirement. The Exchange Notes will be redeemable
in cash at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or
after December 15, 2002, at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued
and unpaid interest thereon (and Liquidated Damages (as defined), if any) to the
date of redemption. Prior to December 15, 2002, the Exchange Notes will also be
subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the
applicable Make-Whole Premium (as defined) plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon (and Liquidated Damages, if any). Prior to December 15, 2000, the
Company, at its option, may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original
principal amount of the Exchange Notes at 109.75% of the aggregate principal
amount so redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (and Liquidated
Damages, if any) to the redemption date with the Net Cash Proceeds (as defined)
of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined) provided that at least
$113.8 million aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and that any
such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Public
Equity Offering. See "Description of the Notes-- Optional Redemption."
In the event of a Change of Control (as defined), holders of the Notes will
have the right to require the Company to purchase the Exchange Notes at 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon
(and Liquidated Damages, if any) to the purchase date. No assurance can be given
that the Company will have sufficient funds available to satisfy its repurchase
obligation with respect to the Notes following a Change of Control. See
"Description of the Notes--Certain Covenants--Repurchase of Notes at the Option
of the Holder Upon a Change of Control." In addition, the Company is obligated
in certain instances to offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes at a purchase
price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon (and Liquidated Damages, if any) to the date of
repurchase with the Net Cash Proceeds of certain asset sales. See "Description
of the Notes--Certain Covenants-- Limitation on Sale of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock."
(COVER CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
------------------------
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 19 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS WHO TENDER THEIR OLD NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE
OFFER.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is June 17, 1998.
<PAGE>
The Exchange Notes will be senior unsecured general obligations of the
Company, PARI PASSU in right of payment to all existing and future senior
indebtedness of the Company and senior in right of payment to all existing and
future Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined) of the Company. As of December 31,
1997, after giving effect to the consummation of the Initial Offering (as
defined), the Company and its subsidiaries had approximately $175 million
aggregate principal amount of senior indebtedness outstanding. The Company's pro
forma earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $16.1
million for the year ended December 31, 1997. The Exchange Notes will be fully
and unconditionally guaranteed (the "Subsidiary Guarantees") on a joint and
several and senior unsecured basis, by each of the Company's existing and future
Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined) (each a "Guarantor" and collectively the
"Guarantors"). See "Capitalization" and "Description of the Notes."
The Company will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes validly tendered
and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on July 16, 1998,
unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion (the "Expiration Date").
Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. on the
Expiration Date. In the event the Company terminates the Exchange Offer and does
not accept for exchange any Old Notes with respect to the Exchange Offer, the
Company will promptly return the Old Notes to the holders thereof. The Exchange
Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum amount of Old Notes being tendered for
exchange, but is otherwise subject to certain customary conditions. The Old
Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000. The Old Notes were
sold by the Company on December 22, 1997 to Wasserstein Perella Securities,
Inc., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and BancBoston Securities Inc. (the
"Initial Purchasers") in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act
in reliance upon an exemption under the Securities Act (the "Initial Offering").
The Initial Purchasers subsequently placed the Old Notes with (i) qualified
institutional buyers in reliance upon Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (ii) a
limited number of institutional accredited investors (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), and (iii) qualified buyers
outside of the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities
Act. Accordingly, the Old Notes may not be reoffered, resold or otherwise
transferred in the United States unless registered under the Securities Act or
unless an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act is available. The Exchange Notes are being offered hereunder in
order to satisfy the obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights
Agreement entered into by the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers
(the "Registration Rights Agreement") in connection with the Initial Offering.
See "The Exchange Offer."
Based upon interpretations, by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") set forth in certain no-action letters issued to
third parties in similar transactions, the Company believes that the Exchange
Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold
and otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other than any such holder that
is (i) an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act or (ii) a broker-dealer that acquired the Old Notes in a
transaction other than part of its market-making or other trading activities)
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of
the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the
ordinary course of such holder's business and such holder has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such
Exchange Notes. See "The Exchange Offer--Resale of the Exchange Notes." However,
the Commission has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a
no-action letter and there can be no assurance that the staff of the Commission
would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in such
other circumstances. Holders of Old Notes wishing to accept the Exchange Offer
must represent to the Company, as required by the Registration Rights Agreement,
that such conditions have been met. Each broker-dealer (a "Participating
Broker-Dealer") that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by
so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with
resales of Exchange Notes received
ii
<PAGE>
in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such
Participating Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after
the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any Participating
Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of
Distribution."
Holders of Old Notes not tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer will
continue to hold such Old Notes and will be entitled to all the rights and
benefits and will be subject to the limitations applicable thereto under the
Indenture and with respect to transfer under the Securities Act.
The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. The
Company has agreed to bear the expenses of the Exchange Offer. No underwriter is
being used in connection with the Exchange Offer.
There has not previously been any public market for the Old Notes or the
Exchange Notes. The Company does not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any
securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any automated
quotation system. There can be no assurance that an active market for the
Exchange Notes will develop. See "Risk Factors--Absence of a Public Market Could
Adversely Affect the Value of Exchange Notes." Moreover, to the extent that Old
Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for
untendered and tendered but unaccepted Old Notes could be adversely affected.
Concurrently with the Initial Offering, American Lawyer Media Holdings, Inc.
("Holdings"), the parent company of the Company, sold $35 million in initial
aggregate principal amount ($63.3 million principal amount at maturity) of its
12 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2008 (the "Old Discount Notes") (the "Initial
Discount Note Offering," and together with the Initial Offering, the "Initial
Offerings").
Concurrently with this Exchange Offer, Holdings is offering to exchange (the
"Discount Note Exchange Offer," and together with this Exchange Offer, the
"Exchange Offers") $1,000 principal amount at maturity of its 12 1/4% Senior
Discount Notes due 2008, Series B (the "Exchange Discount Notes"), registered
under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement, for each $1,000
principal amount at maturity of its outstanding Old Discount Notes, of which
$63.3 million aggregate principal amount at maturity is outstanding as of the
date hereof. The Old Discount Notes and the Exchange Discount Notes are
sometimes referred to herein collectively as the "Discount Notes." See "The
Transactions" and "Description of Other Indebtedness--Description of the
Discount Notes."
THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL THE COMPANY ACCEPT
SURRENDERS FOR EXCHANGE FROM, HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE ACCEPTANCE THEREOF WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.
NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING HEREBY TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR
THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE
COMPANY OR ANY GUARANTOR. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR THE
ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, NOR ANY EXCHANGE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN
IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
UNTIL SEPTEMBER 15, 1998 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE EXCHANGE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
iii
<PAGE>
The Exchange Notes will be available initially only in book-entry form and
the Company expects that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will be issued in the form of a Global Note (as defined), which will be
deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and
registered in its name or in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee. Beneficial
interests in the Global Note representing the Exchange Notes will be shown on,
and transfers thereof will be effected through, records maintained by DTC and
its participants. After the initial issuance of the Global Note, Exchange Notes
in certificated form will be issued in exchange for the Global Note only under
limited circumstances as set forth in the Indenture. See "Description of the
Notes--Book-Entry; Delivery and Form."
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company and the Guarantors have filed with the Commission a registration
statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-50117) (the "Exchange Offer Registration
Statement," which term shall encompass all amendments, exhibits, annexes and
schedules thereto) pursuant to the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, covering the Exchange Offer contemplated hereby. This
Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement. For further information with respect to the Company and
the Exchange Offer, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements
made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other
document referred to are not necessarily complete. With respect to each such
contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete
description of the document or matter involved, and each such statement shall be
deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference. The Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto, can be inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room
1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and inspected at the
Commission's regional offices at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New
York 10048 and Citicorp Center, Suite 1400, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago,
Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates. The Commission maintains a web site that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of such
site is http://www.sec.gov.
Upon the declaration by the Commission that the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is effective, the Company will become subject to the informational
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and in accordance therewith will be required to file periodic reports and
other information with the Commission. The obligation of the Company to file
periodic reports and other information with the Commission will be suspended if
the Notes are held of record by fewer than 300 holders as of the beginning of
any fiscal year of the Company and the Guarantors other than the fiscal year in
which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective. The
Company has agreed that, whether or not it is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, for so long as
the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes remain outstanding, it will file with the
Commission and distribute to holders of the Old Notes and the Exchange Notes, as
applicable, copies of the financial information that would have been contained
in such annual reports and quarterly reports, including management's discussion
and analysis of financial conditions and results of operations, that would have
been required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act. See
"Description of the Notes--Reports."
iv
<PAGE>
------------------------
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Prospectus contains "forward-looking statements" that are subject to a
number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company's
control. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by the words
"believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "estimate" and similar expressions.
Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by these
forward-looking statements as a result of factors such as those described under
"Risk Factors." In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no
assurance that the results and events contemplated by the forward-looking
statements contained in this Prospectus will in fact transpire. Prospective
purchasers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor undertakes any obligation to
update or revise any forward-looking statements. All subsequent written or oral
forward-looking statements attributable to the Company, any Guarantor or persons
acting on behalf of any of them are expressly qualified in their entirety by the
discussion under "Risk Factors."
v
<PAGE>
SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL DATA, INCLUDING
THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO, INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. ON AUGUST 27, 1997, BUT EFFECTIVE AS OF AUGUST 1, 1997, ALM ACQUIRED
SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE ASSETS AND ASSUMED CERTAIN OF THE LIABILITIES RELATED
TO AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P. (THE "ALM ACQUISITION"). IN ADDITION, ON DECEMBER
22, 1997, ALM ACQUIRED ALL OF THE ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING CAPITAL STOCK OF
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC. (THE "NLP ACQUISITION" AND, TOGETHER WITH
THE ALM ACQUISITION, THE "ACQUISITIONS"). REFERENCES HEREIN TO THE COMPANY'S
ESTIMATED CIRCULATION INCLUDE TOTAL PAID AND FREE CIRCULATION FOR ALL OF THE
COMPANY'S PERIODICALS. REFERENCES HEREIN TO READERSHIP INCLUDE ESTIMATED
CIRCULATION PLUS COMBINED PASS-ALONG READERSHIP UNADJUSTED FOR ANY OVERLAP WHICH
EXISTS AMONG READERS OF THE COMPANY'S VARIOUS PUBLICATIONS. UNLESS THE CONTEXT
OTHERWISE REQUIRES: (I) THE "COMPANY" REFERS TO AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC. AND
ITS SUBSIDIARIES AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO THE ACQUISITIONS; (II) "ALM" REFERS TO
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES (AND TO ITS PREDECESSOR, ALM
HOLDINGS, LLC) SINCE THE CONSUMMATION OF THE ALM ACQUISITION BUT PRIOR TO THE
NLP ACQUISITION AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, TO AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P. AND ITS
SUBSIDIARIES PRIOR TO THE ALM ACQUISITION; (III) "OLD ALM" REFERS TO AMERICAN
LAWYER MEDIA, L.P. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES PRIOR TO THE ALM ACQUISITION; (IV) "NLP"
REFERS TO NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES PRIOR TO
THE NLP ACQUISITION; AND (V) "INVESTORS" REFERS TO U.S. EQUITY PARTNERS, L.P.
("USEP") AND ITS AFFILIATES AND CERTAIN OTHER INVESTORS CONTROLLED BY OR MANAGED
BY WP MANAGEMENT PARTNERS, LLC ("WPMP"), THE MERCHANT BANKING ARM OF WASSERSTEIN
PERELLA GROUP, INC. ("WPG"). USEP, WPMP AND WPG ARE AFFILIATES OF WASSERSTEIN
PERELLA SECURITIES, INC.
THE COMPANY
COMPANY OVERVIEW
The Company believes that the combination of ALM and NLP creates the
nation's largest legal journalism organization, with estimated readership of
over one million. The Company publishes 16 periodicals, including several
leading national periodicals and regional publications serving four of the five
largest state legal markets. The Company's nationally-recognized periodicals
include THE AMERICAN LAWYER-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, a monthly magazine containing
articles and features targeted to attorneys practicing in large law firms, and
THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, the nation's largest selling
legal newspaper, which covers the law, lawyers and the business of the legal
profession. The Company's regional publications are led by the NEW YORK LAW
JOURNAL-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, which has the largest paid circulation of any
regional legal newspaper in the United States. In addition to the NEW YORK LAW
JOURNAL, the Company publishes five other daily newspapers serving Georgia,
Northern California, Miami, Fort Lauderdale and Palm Beach, as well as four
weekly newspapers serving New Jersey, Texas, Washington, D.C. and Connecticut.
The Company's periodicals are well established in their markets and are
widely recognized for editorial excellence and for providing sophisticated news
reporting and analysis of legal issues. The Company's newspapers function as
professional tools that are indispensable to attorneys (particularly litigators)
in their day-to-day practices, providing important information such as news,
court opinions, court calendars and legal notices. The Company believes that its
newspapers are among the leaders in their local markets as measured by paid
circulation. In 1997, the Company's newspapers maintained an average
subscription renewal rate of approximately 80%.
In addition to the periodicals referred to above, the Company publishes
CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE-TM-, a leading magazine for corporate in-house
attorneys, LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS-TM- and AMLAW TECH-TM-, two leading legal
technology magazines, as well as IP WORLDWIDE-TM-, a leading specialty magazine
focusing on intellectual property.
The Company has also successfully established an ancillary products and
services business that creates and packages information for attorneys and
business professionals. This business includes a portfolio of
1
<PAGE>
publications covering a variety of specialized legal interests and practice
areas, including 26 newsletters and 112 books on topics of national and regional
interest. Each year, the Company organizes or sponsors numerous professional
seminars and conferences that cover issues of current legal interest. The
Company also provides case tracking and monitoring services and publishes
various directories used by legal professionals.
In addition, the Company has begun to develop an internet services business
and currently has a number of law-related internet websites including LAW
JOURNAL EXTRA!-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, COUNSEL CONNECT-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, CAL
LAW-TM-, ILLINOIS LAW-TM- and TEX LAW-TM-. These websites give attorneys online
access to news and other legal materials and facilitate the exchange of
information among members of the legal community.
The Company derives its revenues principally from advertising and
subscriptions, with additional revenues generated by its ancillary products and
services business. The Company had pro forma net revenues of approximately
$105.9 million and pro forma EBITDA of approximately $26.3 million for the
twelve months ended March 31, 1998. For the year ended December 31, 1997, and
for the three months ended March 31, 1998, pro forma earnings were inadequate to
cover fixed charges by approximately $16.1 million and $4.9 million,
respectively. The Company's pro forma net loss was approximately $16.4 million
for the year ended December 31, 1997. The Company's historical net loss was
approximately $7.6 million and $4.3 million for the five months ended December
31, 1997 and for the three months ended March 31, 1998, respectively. For the
three months ended March 31, 1998, approximately 56.7% of the Company's revenues
were from advertising, 19.5% were from subscriptions, 21.3% were from ancillary
products and services and 2.5% were from internet services.
Because the Company's periodicals are the preeminent legal publications in
each of their respective regional markets, they are relied upon by many
advertisers as the primary advertising vehicle to reach attorneys in those
markets. The Company believes that its large readership and broad coverage of
the U.S. legal market uniquely positions the Company to enable national
advertisers of law- and business-related products to reach the legal industry in
a targeted and cost-efficient manner. The Company also believes that its
newly-created national presence, combined with the affluence and other favorable
demographic characteristics of its readership, will enhance its ability to
attract national consumer advertisers, particularly those targeting upscale
consumers.
NLP has operated in a centralized manner and has focused on the continued
development of its periodicals business and on expanding into various ancillary
products and services, including books, newsletters and seminars. ALM, on the
other hand, has operated eight autonomous regional businesses and has focused
primarily on developing a geographically diverse periodicals business (although
each regional business has from time to time developed various ancillary
products and services). The Company intends to centralize and consolidate its
ancillary products and services business as well as certain selling, general and
administrative functions. Furthermore, the Company intends to aggressively
cross-sell its various periodicals, products and services to both readers and
advertisers. The Company expects that implementing these elements of its
business strategy will result in substantial cost savings, enhanced subscription
and advertising revenues and accelerated growth in its ancillary products and
services business.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
ALM's geographic breadth and emphasis on high-quality editorial content have
placed it at the forefront of legal journalism; NLP's historical marketing
strengths and meticulous business execution have permitted it to produce
consistently high levels of operating profit and cash flow. The fundamental
strategy underlying the ALM-NLP combination is to leverage the strengths of both
businesses by adopting the best practices of each across the Company as a whole
and to capitalize on the opportunities inherent in the combination.
2
<PAGE>
The Company believes that the ALM-NLP combination presents numerous cost
savings opportunities including:
- CONSOLIDATING AND REDUCING SG&A: Cost savings opportunities from the
ALM-NLP combination include (i) consolidating and centralizing certain
functions, including national advertising sales, accounting, tax,
information systems, human resources, cash management, risk management and
legal; (ii) reducing employee benefit costs through the combination of
disparate employee plans and programs; (iii) reducing rent expense by
combining ALM's and NLP's corporate headquarters into a single location;
and (iv) taking advantage of increased purchasing power resulting from the
expanded size of the Company.
- CENTRALIZING ANCILLARY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES: The Company intends to draw
on NLP's experience and success in product development by consolidating
the development and marketing of various ancillary products and services
across the broad regional coverage of ALM's publications to realize cost
savings and efficiencies.
- RATIONALIZING THE COMPANY'S INTERNET BUSINESS: The Company decided to
shut down the Counsel Connect internet service and is currently
transferring certain remaining components into a new combined service.
The ALM-NLP combination is also expected to result in numerous revenue
enhancement opportunities including:
- LEVERAGING ANCILLARY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES: NLP has an extensive
portfolio of ancillary products and services, including newsletters,
books, seminars and conferences. The Company believes that the market
penetration of these products and services will be substantially enhanced
by selling across the combined companies through (i) advertising in all of
the Company's periodicals, (ii) marketing to new customer lists, (iii)
pursuing a broader direct mail effort and (iv) more aggressive
telemarketing. The expanded scope of the operations created as a result of
the ALM-NLP combination will allow the Company to develop and market new
products and services that would not previously have been feasible.
- ENHANCED ABILITY TO ATTRACT NATIONAL ADVERTISING: The Company believes
that there are substantial opportunities to attract increased amounts of
national advertising. As the nation's largest legal journalism
organization with a combined readership of over one million, the Company
believes it will be able to provide advertisers with a unique ability to
effectively and efficiently reach the legal community on a national level.
The Company intends to form a national sales group, which neither ALM nor
NLP had prior to the combination. The Company also believes that it will
be able to increasingly attract national consumer advertising directed
toward the Company's large and affluent readership.
- ACQUISITIONS AND DEVELOPMENT: While the Company publishes 16 periodicals,
including periodicals in four of the five largest state legal markets as
well as several national legal periodicals, the Company believes that
there are numerous opportunities to expand into new markets. As a result
of synergies among the Company's various publications and its resulting
ability to efficiently create content, sell advertising and provide
administrative services, the Company believes that it will be able to
enter new markets with a competitive advantage. Accordingly, the Company
intends to (i) selectively pursue acquisitions of additional regional
legal publishing businesses and ancillary businesses, such as newsletters,
books and seminars, (ii) create new publications in geographic areas in
which the Company does not currently operate and (iii) develop ancillary
products or services not currently offered by the Company.
3
<PAGE>
OPERATING STRENGTHS
The Company believes that it has the following operating strengths:
HIGH REVENUE STABILITY. The Company's high subscription renewal rates
(historically averaging approximately 80%) and high advertiser retention rates
provide considerable revenue and profit stability and form a strong base of
business from which to grow. The Company believes that its high subscription
renewal rates result from (i) the high editorial quality of its publications,
(ii) its coverage of increasingly complex legal issues that are not adequately
covered in other publications, and (iii) the indispensable nature of the
Company's publications for the day-to-day practice of law for many attorneys.
The Company attributes its high advertiser retention rates to the fact that its
periodicals are the primary legal publication in their respective markets and
are therefore relied upon by many advertisers as their primary vehicles for
reaching attorneys in those markets.
FAVORABLE CASH FLOW CHARACTERISTICS. The Company has favorable cash flow
characteristics resulting from its stable revenues, high level of advance
payments by subscribers, low working capital investment, minimal capital
expenditure needs, predictable cost structure and high margins. The Company
outsources most of its printing and all of its distribution requirements to
third parties. As a result, the Company requires minimal capital expenditures.
Pro forma capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 1997 were $1.3
million. Because cash receipts associated with subscriptions are received toward
the beginning of a subscription cycle, the Company's periodicals business
requires minimal investment in working capital. Due to the preeminent position
of the Company's periodicals in each of its markets, the Company has been able
to charge relatively high advertising rates and has enjoyed strong subscription
pricing characteristics, resulting in consistently high operating margins.
Net cash used in operating activities for the Company was approximately $3.2
million for the five months ended December 31, 1997 due to a net loss of
approximately $7.6 million partially offset by depreciation and amortization of
approximately $3.3 million. The approximately $7.6 million net loss includes a
net loss of approximately $4.8 million for Counsel Connect whose operations were
substantially shut down at the end of 1997. Net cash used in operating
activities for Old ALM was approximately $0.7 million, $4.6 million and $5.5
million for the seven months ended July 31, 1997, the year ended December 31,
1996, and the year ended December 31, 1995, respectively. Included in the Old
ALM numbers is net cash used in operating activities for Counsel Connect of
approximately $2.8 million, $3.6 million and $6.8 million for the seven months
ended July 31, 1997, the year ended December 31, 1996 and the year ended
December 31, 1995, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities for
NLP was approximately $11.3 million, $6.6 million and $3.7 million for the
period from January 1, 1997 through December 21, 1997, the year ended December
31, 1996, and the year ended December 31, 1995, respectively.
DIVERSITY OF PUBLICATIONS. The Company publishes two leading national
publications, THE AMERICAN LAWYER and THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL, several national
specialty magazines including CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE, LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT
NEWS, AMLAW TECH and IP WORLDWIDE, and ten newspapers serving distinct state and
local legal markets across the United States. With a diverse revenue base
generated from numerous markets and from subscribers practicing in an array of
specialty areas, the Company enjoys significant revenue and cash flow stability.
EXPERIENCED STAFF. The Company's core group of editors, publishers and
journalists have built their professional careers primarily in the legal
publishing industry. These editors, publishers and journalists bring substantial
experience to the Company as well as detailed knowledge of each of the Company's
specific regional markets. Their local knowledge and depth of experience enable
the Company to continue to provide thought-provoking coverage of the legal
industry and develop new, innovative and informative periodicals, products and
services.
4
<PAGE>
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION
The following chart summarizes the ownership structure of the Company and
its primary operating entities and divisions.
[FLOWCHART]
5
<PAGE>
COMPANY PRODUCT OFFERING
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BUSINESS ALM NLP
- ----------------- -------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
PERIODICALS
- -----------------
Newspapers NEW JERSEY LAW JOURNAL NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL
TEXAS LAWYER THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL
LEGAL TIMES
THE CONNECTICUT LAW
TRIBUNE
THE RECORDER
FULTON COUNTY DAILY REPORT
MIAMI DAILY BUSINESS
REVIEW
BROWARD DAILY BUSINESS
REVIEW
PALM BEACH DAILY BUSINESS
REVIEW
Magazines THE AMERICAN LAWYER LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS
AMLAW TECH IP WORLDWIDE
CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE
ANCILLARY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Newsletters CORPORATE CONTROL ALERT ACCOUNTING FOR LAW FIRMS THE INTERNET NEWSLETTER:
THE BANKRUPTCY STRATEGIST LEGAL & BUSINESS ASPECTS
BUSINESS CRIMES BULLETIN: LAW FIRM PARTNERSHIP &
COMPLIANCE AND BENEFITS REPORT
LITIGATION LEADER'S FRANCHISING
CABLE TV AND NEW MEDIA BUSINESS & LAW ALERT
COMMERCIAL LEASING LAW & LEGAL TECH
STRATEGY MARKETING FOR LAWYERS
COMPUTER LAW STRATEGIST THE MATRIMONIAL STRATEGIST
THE CORPORATE COUNSELLOR MEDICAL MALPRACTICE LAW &
EMPLOYMENT LAW STRATEGIST STRATEGY
ENTERTAINMENT LAW & MEDICAL/LEGAL ASPECTS OF
FINANCE BREAST IMPLANTS
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MONEY LAUNDERING LAW
AND LITIGATION STRATEGY REPORT
EQUIPMENT LEASING MULTIMEDIA STRATEGIST
HEALTH CARE FRAUD NEW YORK REAL ESTATE LAW
THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY REPORTER
STRATEGIST PRODUCT LIABILITY LAW &
STRATEGY
Books 28 Books 84 Books
Seminars 4 Seminars 19 Seminars
Conferences 2 Conferences 1 Conference
Other DAILY DECISION SERVICE CASE ALERT SERVICE
Various Practice MA/3000
Directories
INTERNET SERVICES
- ---------------------------------------------
COUNSEL CONNECT LAW JOURNAL EXTRA!
CAL LAW
ILLINOIS LAW
TEX LAW
</TABLE>
6
<PAGE>
THE TRANSACTIONS
THE INITIAL OFFERING
The Old Notes were sold by the Company on December 22, 1997 to the Initial
Purchasers pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated December 22, 1997, among the
Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the "Purchase Agreement").
The Initial Purchasers subsequently resold the Old Notes to (i) qualified
institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (ii) a
limited number of institutional accredited investors (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and (iii) certain persons
in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Initial Purchasers entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
December 22, 1997 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), which grants the
holders of the Old Notes certain exchange and registration rights. The Exchange
Offer is intended to satisfy such exchange rights, which rights terminate upon
the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
The Initial Offering was consummated on December 22, 1997 and was made in
conjunction with a series of transactions, including the NLP Acquisition, the
Equity Contribution (as defined below) and the repayment of the ALM Promissory
Note and the WP Promissory Note and accrued interest thereon (together with the
Initial Offering, the "Transactions").
THE ACQUISITIONS
ALM ACQUISITION. On August 27, 1997, but effective as of August 1, 1997,
the Investors, through ALM, consummated the ALM Acquisition, pursuant to which
ALM purchased substantially all of the assets and assumed certain of the
liabilities related to Old ALM. The purchase price for the ALM Acquisition was
$63.0 million. The ALM Acquisition and the payment of related fees and expenses
were financed through the issuance of a $31.5 million secured promissory note by
ALM to the former owner of Old ALM (the "ALM Promissory Note") and the issuance
of a $32.0 million equity bridge note by ALM to an affiliate of WPG (the "WP
Promissory Note").
NLP ACQUISITION. Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement (as defined under
the caption "Transactions--The Acquisitions--NLP Acquisition"), ALM purchased
all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of NLP. The purchase price for
the NLP Acquisition was $203.2 million. The NLP Acquisition was consummated on
December 22, 1997.
THE FINANCINGS
In order to finance the NLP Acquisition, to repay the ALM Promissory Note
and the WP Promissory Note and accrued interest thereon, and to pay related
fees, expenses and restructuring costs, the Company issued the Old Notes and
entered into certain other financing transactions, as described below.
EQUITY CONTRIBUTION. Holdings contributed an aggregate of $108.8 million
(the "Equity Contribution") to the capital of the Company. The Equity
Contribution consisted of (a) $75.0 million of capital invested in Holdings by
the Investors and (b) net proceeds of approximately $33.8 million received by
Holdings in connection with the Initial Discount Note Offering.
INITIAL DISCOUNT NOTE OFFERING. Concurrently with the Initial Offering,
Holdings offered $35.0 million initial aggregate principal amount of its
Discount Notes, due 2008 (the "Discount Notes"), which will accrete at the rate
of 12 1/4% compounded semi-annually to a par value of approximately $63.3
million on December 15, 2002. Thereafter, until maturity, cash interest on the
12 1/4% Discount Notes will accrue at the rate of 12 1/4% per annum and be
payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The
Discount Notes are senior unsecured obligations of Holdings and will rank senior
in right of
7
<PAGE>
payment to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness of Holdings. See
"Description of Other Indebtedness--Description of the Discount Notes."
RECENT TRANSACTIONS
LEGALTECH ACQUISITION. On March 3, 1998, a newly formed wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain of the
liabilities related to Corporate Presentations, Inc. ("Corporate Presentations"
or "LegalTech"), a producer of trade shows, conferences and seminars relating to
law and internet technology, for approximately $10.8 million in cash (the
"LegalTech Acquisition"). The Company funded the LegalTech Acquisition with
available cash flow. For the twelve months ended February 28, 1998, LegalTech
had net revenues of approximately $2.6 million and EBITDA of approximately $1.1
million. See "Recent Transactions."
LCL ACQUISITION. On April 22, 1998, effective as of April 1, 1998, the
Company consummated the acquisition of substantially all of the legal
publishing-related assets and assumed certain liabilities of Legal
Communications, Ltd ("LCL") for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $20
million. LCL is a publisher of regional publications serving primarily the
Pennsylvania legal community and a provider of certain membership-based online
information services. For the twelve months ended March 31, 1998, LCL had net
revenues of approximately $8.7 million and EBITDA of approximately $2.1 million.
See "Recent Transactions."
REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY. On March 25, 1998, the Company entered into a
five-year $40.0 million, senior secured revolving credit facility (the
"Revolving Credit Facility") to be available for working capital and general
corporate purposes, including acquisitions and capital expenditures. The Company
intends to use the Revolving Credit Facility, in part, for the purposes of
funding future acquisitions and internal product development and growth. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Pro Forma Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Description of Other
Indebtedness--Revolving Credit Facility."
ADDITIONAL EQUITY CONTRIBUTION. On April 14, 1998, Holdings contributed an
aggregate of $15 million to the equity capital of the Company. The proceeds of
the equity contribution are intended to be used to fund acquisitions and to
provide capital for aggressive internal growth.
THE INVESTORS
All of the Company's equity securities are held by Holdings. All of
Holdings' equity securities are currently held by U.S. Equity Partners, L.P.
("USEP"), its affiliates and a co-investor of USEP, which has granted to WP
Management Partners, LLC ("WPMP") an irrevocable proxy to vote such equity
securities held by such co-investor. WPMP is the general partner of USEP, a
private equity fund sponsored by Wasserstein Perella Group, Inc. As the general
partner of USEP, WPMP has the right to elect the members of the Board of
Directors of Holdings and accordingly controls the policies and operations of
Holdings and the Company on behalf of USEP. The Company's principal executive
offices are located at 345 Park Avenue South, New York, New York 10010, and its
telephone number at such address is (212) 779-9200.
8
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Securities Offered................ $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 3/4% Senior
Notes due 2007, Series B of the Company.
The Exchange Offer................ $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange
for each $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes. As of the
date hereof, $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Old Notes is outstanding. The Company will issue the
Exchange Notes to holders on or promptly after the
Expiration Date.
Based upon interpretations by the staff of the
Commission set forth in certain no-action letters issued
to third parties in similar transactions, the Company
believes that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other than
any such holder that is (i) an "affiliate" of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act or (ii) a broker-dealer that acquired the
Old Notes in a transaction other than part of its
market-making or other trading activities) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, provided that such
Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of
such holder's business and that such holder has no
arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes.
However, the Commission has not considered the Exchange
Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can
be no assurance that the staff of the Commission would
make a similar determination with respect to the
Exchange Offer as in such other circumstances. Holders
of Old Notes wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must
represent to the Company, as required by the
Registration Rights Agreement, that such conditions have
been met. Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives
Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such
Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by
so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit
that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales
of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Old Notes
where such Old Notes were acquired by such Participating
Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities. The Company has agreed that,
for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it
will make this Prospectus available to any Participating
Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such
resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
</TABLE>
9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Any holder who tenders in the Exchange Offer with the
intention to participate, or for the purpose of
participating, in a distribution of the Exchange Notes
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the
Commission enunciated in no-action letters and, in the
absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale
transaction. Failure to comply with such requirements in
such instance may result in such holder incurring
liability under the Securities Act for which the holder
is not indemnified by the Company.
Expiration Date................... The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on July 16, 1998 unless the Exchange Offer is
extended, in which case the term "Expiration Date" means
the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is
extended.
Accrued Interest on the Exchange
Notes and the Old Notes......... Each Exchange Note will bear interest from its issuance
date. Holders of Old Notes that are accepted for
exchange will receive, in cash, accrued interest thereon
to, but not including, the issuance date of the Exchange
Notes. Such interest will be paid with the first
interest payment on the Exchange Notes. Interest on the
Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue
upon issuance of the Exchange Notes.
Conditions to the Exchange
Offer........................... The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary
conditions, which may be waived by the Company. See "The
Exchange Offer--Conditions."
Procedures for Tendering
Old Notes....................... Each holder of Old Notes wishing to accept the Exchange
Offer must complete, sign and date the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof or
transmit an Agent's Message (as defined) in connection
with a book-entry transfer, in accordance with the
instructions contained herein and therein, and mail or
otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, such
facsimile or such Agent's Message, together with the Old
Notes and any other required documentation to the
Exchange Agent (as defined) at the address set forth
herein. By executing the Letter of Transmittal or
Agent's Message, each holder will represent to the
Company that, among other things, (i) the Exchange Notes
acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
obtained in the ordinary course of business of the
person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not
such person is the holder, and (ii) that neither the
holder nor any such other person (a) has any arrangement
or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of such Exchange Notes, (b) is engaging in
or intends to engage in the distribution of such
Exchange Notes, or (c) is an "affiliate," as defined
under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company.
See "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering" and
"--Resale of Exchange Notes."
</TABLE>
10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Untendered Old Notes.............. Following the consummation of the Exchange Offer,
holders of Old Notes eligible to participate but who do
not tender their Old Notes will not have any further
exchange rights and such Old Notes will continue to be
subject to certain restrictions on transfer.
Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for such Old
Notes could be adversely affected.
Consequences of Failure
to Exchange..................... The Old Notes that are not exchanged pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities.
Accordingly, such Old Notes may be resold only (i) to
the Company, (ii) pursuant to Rule 144A or Rule 144
under the Securities Act or pursuant to some other
exemption under the Securities Act, (iii) outside the
United States to a foreign person pursuant to the
requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, or
(iv) pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act. See "The Exchange
Offer--Consequences of Failure to Exchange."
Shelf Registration Statement...... If any holder of the Old Notes (other than any such
holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) is not
eligible under applicable securities laws to participate
in the Exchange Offer, and such holder has satisfied
certain conditions relating to the provision of
information to the Company for use therein, the Company
has agreed to register the Old Notes on a shelf
registration statement (the "Shelf Registration
Statement") and use its reasonable best efforts to cause
it to be declared effective by the Commission as
promptly as practical on or after the consummation of
the Exchange Offer. The Company has agreed to maintain
the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement
for, under certain circumstances, a maximum of two
years, to cover resales of the Old Notes held by any
such holders.
Special Procedures for Beneficial
Owners.......................... Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in
the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust
company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should
contact such registered holder promptly and instruct
such registered holder to tender on such beneficial
owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to
tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner must,
prior to completing and executing the Letter of
Transmittal and delivering its Old Notes, either make
appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the
Old Notes in such owner's name or obtain a properly
completed bond power from the registered holder. The
transfer of registered ownership may take considerable
time. The Company will keep the Exchange Offer open for
not less than thirty days in order to provide for the
transfer of registered ownership.
</TABLE>
11
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures...................... Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes
and whose Old Notes are not immediately available or who
cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other documents required by the
Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent (or comply
with the procedures for book entry transfer) prior to
the Expiration Date must tender their Old Notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures."
Withdrawal Rights................. Tenders may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
Acceptance of Old Notes and
Delivery of Exchange Notes...... The Company will accept for exchange any and all Old
Notes which are properly tendered in the Exchange Offer
prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. The Exchange Notes issued pursuant to
the Exchange Offer will be delivered promptly following
the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer--Terms of
the Exchange Offer."
Use of Proceeds................... There will be no cash proceeds to the Company from the
exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
Registration Rights Agreement..... The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy the
registration rights of Holders of Old Notes under the
Registration Rights Agreement, which rights terminate
upon consummation of the Exchange Offer. See "The
Exchange Offer--Purpose and Effect of the Exchange
Offer."
Exchange Agent.................... The Bank of New York (the "Exchange Agent").
</TABLE>
THE EXCHANGE NOTES
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
General........................... The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as
the form and terms of the Old Notes (which they replace)
except that (i) the Exchange Notes will bear a Series B
designation, (ii) the Exchange Notes shall have been
registered under the Securities Act and will not bear
legends restricting the transfer thereof, and (iii) the
holders of Exchange Notes will not be entitled to the
rights of holders of Old Notes under the Registration
Rights Agreement, including the provisions providing for
Liquidated Damages (as defined) in certain circumstances
relating to the timing of the Exchange Offer, which
rights will terminate when the Exchange Offer is
consummated. See "The Exchange Offer--Purpose and Effect
of the Exchange Offer." The Exchange Notes will evidence
the same debt as the Old Notes and will be entitled to
the benefits of the Indenture. See "Description of the
Notes."
Maturity Date..................... December 15, 2007.
</TABLE>
12
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Interest.......................... 9 3/4% per annum on each outstanding Exchange Note
payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year,
commencing June 15, 1998 to the Persons in whose names
such Notes are registered at the close of business on
June 1 and December 1, respectively, immediately
preceding such date.
Ranking........................... The Exchange Notes will be senior unsecured general
obligations of the Company, PARI PASSU in right of
payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness
of the Company and senior in right of payment to all
Subordinated Indebtedness. The Exchange Notes will be
effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness of
the Company and its Subsidiaries to the extent of the
value of the assets securing such indebtedness. Each
Subsidiary Guarantee (as defined) will be a senior
unsecured general obligation of the respective
Guarantor, PARI PASSU in right of payment to all
existing and future senior indebtedness of such
Guarantor and senior in right of payment to all existing
and future indebtedness of such Guarantor that is
subordinated to such Subsidiary Guarantee. See
"Description of the Notes-- General."
Optional Redemption............... The Notes may be redeemed on or after December 15, 2002
at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at
the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon (and Liquidated Damages, if any)
to the date of redemption. The Notes will also be
subject to redemption, at any time prior to December 15,
2002, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part,
at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (and Liquidated
Damages, if any). At any time or from time to time on or
prior to December 15, 2000, the Company may redeem in
the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes originally outstanding, at a
redemption price of 109.75% of the aggregate principal
amount so redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid
interest (and Liquidated Damages, if any) to the date of
redemption out of the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more
Public Equity Offerings; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
immediately following such redemption not less than
$113.8 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes
remains outstanding; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that such
redemption shall occur within 90 days of the closing of
such Public Equity Offering. See "Description of the
Notes--Optional Redemption."
</TABLE>
13
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Change of Control................. Upon a Change of Control, each holder of Exchange Notes
will have the right to require the Company to repurchase
all or any part of such holder's Exchange Notes at a
repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (and
Liquidated Damages, if any) to the date of repurchase.
No assurance can be given that the Company will have
sufficient funds to satisfy its repurchase obligations
with respect to the Exchange Notes following a Change of
Control. See "Risk Factors--Possible Inability to
Repurchase Notes Upon Change of Control," "Description
of the Notes--Certain Covenants--Repurchase of Notes at
the Option of the Holder Upon Change of Control" and
"--Events of Default and Remedies."
Subsidiary Guarantees............. The obligations of the Company under the Exchange Notes
and the Indenture under which the Exchange Notes will be
issued will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on
a joint and several and senior unsecured basis, by each
of the Company's existing and future Restricted
Subsidiaries. As of the Issue Date (as defined), all of
the Company's subsidiaries will be Restricted
Subsidiaries and accordingly all such subsidiaries will
be Guarantors. Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be
unconditional, but limited in amount to the extent
required by laws relating to fraudulent transfer or
similar laws.
Restrictive Covenants............. The Indenture under which the Exchange Notes will be
issued contains certain covenants that, among other
things, limit (i) the incurrence of additional
indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, (ii) the payment of dividends and other
restricted payments by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, (iii) the creation of restrictions on
distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries, (iv) asset
sales, (v) transactions with affiliates, (vi) the
incurrence of liens and (vii) mergers and
consolidations. All these limitations and prohibitions,
however, are subject to a number of important
qualifications and exceptions. See "Description of the
Notes--Certain Covenants."
</TABLE>
RISK FACTORS
See "Risk Factors," which begins at page 19, for a discussion of certain
factors that should be considered before tendering the Old Notes in exchange for
the Exchange Notes.
SUMMARY PRO FORMA INFORMATION
The following table sets forth summary pro forma operating data for the
Company for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended March
31, 1998. The pro forma operating data gives effect to the Transactions and the
Acquisitions discussed in "Pro Forma Financial Information" as if each such
transaction had occurred on January 1, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The summary
pro forma financial information is for illustrative purposes only and does not
purport to be indicative of what the actual results of operations of the Company
would have been for the periods presented had the Transactions and the
Acquisitions in fact occurred at such prior times, nor does it purport to
represent the Company's future results of operations. The summary pro forma
information should be read in conjunction with the pro forma Statements of
Operations and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. See "Pro
Forma Financial Information."
14
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
SUMMARY COMBINED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
YEAR ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1997 MARCH 31, 1998
----------------- --------------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising......................................................... $ 57,958 $ 14,954
Subscription........................................................ 21,483 5,140
Ancillary Products and Services....................................... 22,600 5,628
Internet Services..................................................... 1,149 654
----------------- --------
Total Revenues.................................................. 103,190 26,376
----------------- --------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial............................................................. 13,183 3,361
Production and Distribution........................................... 22,557 5,472
Selling............................................................... 16,507 4,250
General and Administrative............................................ 23,112 6,719
Internet Services..................................................... 2,200 1,110
Depreciation and Amortization......................................... 24,084 5,946
----------------- --------
Total Operating Costs and Expenses.............................. 101,643 26,858
----------------- --------
Operating (loss) income......................................... 1,547 (482)
Interest expense, net................................................... (17,680) (4,382)
Other income (expense).................................................. -- --
----------------- --------
(Loss) before income taxes.............................................. (16,133) (4,864)
Provision for income taxes.............................................. 250 (937)
----------------- --------
Net (loss).............................................................. $ (16,383) (3,927)
----------------- --------
----------------- --------
OTHER DATA:
Pro forma EBITDA (1)(7)................................................. $ 25,631 $ 5,464
Pro forma Capital Expenditures (2)...................................... 1,311 209
Pro forma Interest Coverage Ratio (3)................................... 1.45x 1.25x
Pro forma Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio (4)................................ 6.83x --
Pro forma Earnings to Fixed Charges Ratio (5)........................... -- --
Historical EBITDA (1)(6)(8)............................................. $ 14,706 $ 5,082
Historical Capital Expenditures (6)..................................... 2,850 209
Historical Interest Coverage Ratio (3)(6)............................... 1.64x 1.16x
Historical Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio (4)(6)............................ 11.90x --
Historical Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities.................... 7,437 5,594
Historical Net Cash Used in Investing Activities........................ (267,850) (11,180)
Historical Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities.................... 269,896 --
</TABLE>
(FOOTNOTES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
15
<PAGE>
(FOOTNOTES CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)
- ------------------------
(1) "EBITDA" is defined as income before interest, income taxes, depreciation
and amortization and gain on sale of assets. EBITDA is not a measure of
performance under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). Items
excluded from income in calculating EBITDA are significant components in
understanding and evaluating the Company's financial performance. While
EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net
income, cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow
statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of
profitability or liquidity, management understands that EBITDA is
customarily used in evaluating publishing companies. The EBITDA measures
presented herein may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
companies.
(2) Excludes capital expenditures related to Counsel Connect of $1,539 in 1997.
(3) Ratio equal to EBITDA divided by interest expense.
(4) Ratio is equal to long-term debt divided by EBITDA for the year ended
December 31, 1997.
(5) Earnings were inadequate to cover combined fixed charges by $16,133 and
$4,864 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended March
31, 1998.
(6) Historical disclosures are presented on a combined basis, whereby income
statement information is aggregated for American Lawyer Media, L.P. for the
seven months ended July 31, 1997, National Law Publishing Company, Inc. for
the period from January 1, 1997 to December 21, 1997, and American Lawyer
Media, Inc. for the five months ended December 31, 1997.
(7) Pro forma revenues & EBITDA for the previous five quarters and the twelve
months ended March 31, 1998 ("LTM") were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEPTEMBER DECEMBER
MARCH 31, JUNE 30, 30, 31, MARCH 31,
1997 1997 1997 1997 1998 LTM
----------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------
Revenues.............. $ 23,684 $ 26,666 $ 25,200 $ 27,640 $ 26,376 $ 105,882
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EBITDA................ 4,815 6,843 6,572 7,401 5,464 26,280
</TABLE>
(8) Excludes special compensation charge of $6,926 for the year ended December
31, 1997.
16
<PAGE>
SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER DATA
The following tables present summary historical financial information (i)
for Old ALM, as of and for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995 and
1996, the three months ended March 31, 1997 and the seven months ended July 31,
1997 (ii) for NLP, as of and for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995
and 1996, the three months ended March 31, 1997 and the period from January 1,
1997 through December 21, 1997, and (iii) for the Company, as of and for the
five months ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended March 31, 1998.
The summary financial information should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the historical financial statements and notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P. AND AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMERICAN
LAWYER
MEDIA, INC.
PREDECESSOR COMPANY -----------
------------------------------------------------------------------------ FIVE MONTHS
THREE MONTHS SEVEN MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED ENDED DECEMBER
------------------------------------------ MARCH 31, JULY 31, 31,
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1997 1997
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising........................... $ 22,569 $ 23,872 $ 25,037 $ 26,659 $ 7,345 $ 18,146 $ 13,410
Subscription.......................... 10,242 10,483 10,884 11,304 2,716 6,719 5,260
Ancillary Products and Services......... 7,374 7,980 8,387 8,467 1,826 4,532 4,142
Internet Services....................... 135 685 3,238 5,474 1,052 2,148 1,162
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -----------
Total Revenues.................... 40,320 43,020 47,546 51,904 12,939 31,545 23,974
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -----------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial............................... 7,109 7,075 7,073 7,141 1,707 4,023 3,323
Production and Distribution............. 10,678 11,170 12,587 12,469 2,920 6,919 5,766
Selling................................. 6,662 7,208 6,913 7,479 1,888 4,640 3,656
General and Administrative.............. 15,303 15,790 16,506 16,829 4,232 9,531 7,145
Internet Services....................... 2,634 7,760 10,854 11,886 2,690 6,464 2,988
Depreciation and Amortization........... 4,047 3,506 2,680 2,488 634 1,590 3,273
Shutdown of Counsel Connect............. -- -- -- -- -- -- 3,000
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -----------
Total Operating Costs and
Expenses........................ 46,433 52,509 56,613 58,292 14,071 33,167 29,151
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -----------
Operating (loss).................. (6,113) (9,489) (9,067) (6,388) (1,132) (1,622) (5,177)
Interest expense, net..................... (478) (667) (1,384) (1,972) (576) (1,420) (2,420)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -----------
(Loss) before income taxes................ (6,591) (10,156) (10,451) (8,360) (1,708) (3,042) (7,597)
(Benefit) for income taxes................ -- -- -- -- -- -- --
(Loss) before minority interest........... (6,591) (10,156) (10,451) (8,360) (1,708) (3,042) (7,597)
Minority interest......................... -- 1,847 2,334 172 -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -----------
Net (loss)................................ $ (6,591) $ (8,309) $ (8,117) $ (8,188) $ (1,708) $ (3,042) $ (7,597)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -----------
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
(At End of Period)
Working capital (deficit)................. $ (6,571) $ (6,376) $ (7,066) $ (7,009) $ (5,014) $ (5,895) $ (6,846)
Total assets.............................. 20,896 20,931 19,313 19,482 18,709 18,982 364,172
Long-term debt (including current
maturities)............................. 11,212 13,524 22,114 30,150 32,790 34,742 175,000
Partners' (deficit) and Stockholder's
Equity.................................. (3,332) (11,647) (19,759) (26,300) (28,008) (29,342) 101,178
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (1)................................ $ (2,066) $ (5,983) $ (6,387) $ (3,900) $ (498) $ (32) $ (1,904)
Capital Expenditures...................... 1,088 1,488 1,481 2,202 583 1,971 364
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (2).... -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating
Activities.............................. $ (1,044) $ (5,892) $ (5,472) $ (4,552) $ (1,116) $ (677) $ (3,178)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities..... (980) (1,468) (1,481) (2,202) (583) (1,971) (265,383)
Net Cash Provided by Financing
Activities.............................. 2,086 7,645 7,206 6,064 2,065 3,173 277,523
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -----------
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED
MARCH 31,
1998
-------------
<S> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising........................... $ 14,954
Subscription.......................... 5,140
Ancillary Products and Services......... 5,628
Internet Services....................... 654
-------------
Total Revenues.................... 26,376
-------------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial............................... 3,361
Production and Distribution............. 5,472
Selling................................. 4,250
General and Administrative.............. 7,101
Internet Services....................... 1,110
Depreciation and Amortization........... 5,946
Shutdown of Counsel Connect............. --
-------------
Total Operating Costs and
Expenses........................ 27,240
-------------
Operating (loss).................. (864)
Interest expense, net..................... (4,382)
-------------
(Loss) before income taxes................ (5,246)
(Benefit) for income taxes................ (937)
(Loss) before minority interest........... (4,309)
Minority interest......................... --
-------------
Net (loss)................................ $ (4,309)
-------------
-------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
(At End of Period)
Working capital (deficit)................. $ (18,113)
Total assets.............................. 363,060
Long-term debt (including current
maturities)............................. 175,000
Partners' (deficit) and Stockholder's
Equity.................................. 96,869
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (1)................................ $ 5,082
Capital Expenditures...................... 209
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (2).... --
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating
Activities.............................. $ 5,594
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities..... (11,180)
Net Cash Provided by Financing
Activities.............................. --
-------------
</TABLE>
- ----------------------------------
(1) EBITDA is not a measure of performance under GAAP. Items excluded from
income in calculating EBITDA are significant components in understanding and
evaluating Old ALM's and ALM's financial performance. While EBITDA should
not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows
from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data
prepared in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of profitability or
liquidity, management understands that EBITDA is customarily used in
evaluating publishing companies. The EBITDA measures presented herein may
not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
(2) Earnings were inadequate to cover combined fixed charges by $6,591, $10,156,
$10,451, $8,360, $1,708, $3,042, $7,597, and $5,246 for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, the three months ended March 31, 1997,
the seven months ended July 31, 1997, the five months ended December 31,
1997 and the three months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.
17
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1996
--------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising.............................................................. $ 16,546 $ 18,612 $ 21,387 $ 23,319
Subscription............................................................. 8,610 9,105 9,694 9,759
Ancillary Products and Services............................................ 10,824 11,437 12,729 13,398
Internet Services.......................................................... -- -- 264 747
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Total Revenues....................................................... 35,980 39,154 44,074 47,223
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial.................................................................. 4,811 5,451 5,778 5,929
Production and Distribution................................................ 7,009 7,621 8,146 8,679
Selling.................................................................... 7,693 8,831 9,776 8,991
General and Administrative................................................. 7,109 7,726 7,620 8,047
Internet Services.......................................................... -- -- 2,947 1,704
Depreciation and Amortization.............................................. 3,087 3,130 6,329 7,487
Special Compensation Charge................................................ -- -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Total Operating Costs and Expenses................................... 29,709 32,759 40,596 40,837
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income..................................................... 6,271 6,395 3,478 6,386
Interest expense, net........................................................ (4,487) (4,734) (5,458) (6,013)
Other income (expense)....................................................... (284) (320) (211) 181
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes............................................ 1,500 1,341 (2,191) 554
Benefit (provision) for income taxes......................................... (777) (763) 523 (3,007)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle.................................................................. 723 578 (1,668) (2,453)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.......................... 4,046 -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss)............................................................ $ 4,769 $ 578 $ (1,668) $ (2,453)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- ---------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
(At End of Period)
Working capital (deficit).................................................. $ (1,532) $ (2,868) $ (4,717) $ (2,081)
Total assets................................................................. 20,886 21,217 154,125 147,311
Long-term debt (including current maturities)................................ 45,500 54,600 70,900 70,300
Stockholders' equity (deficit)............................................... (33,945) (44,842) 65,620 63,167
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (1)................................................................... $ 9,358 $ 9,525 $ 9,807 $ 13,873
Capital Expenditures: ....................................................... 739 1,807 608 512
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (2)....................................... 1.28x 1.24x -- 1.08x
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities.................................... $ 3,885 $ 3,795 $ 3,690 $ 6,616
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities........................................ (739) (1,807) (608) (529)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities........................................ (3,980) (2,375) (3,351) (5,600)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
THREE MONTHS JANUARY 1, 1997
ENDED THROUGH
MARCH 31, 1997 DECEMBER 21, 1997
--------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising.............................................................. $ 6,349 $ 26,402
Subscription............................................................. 2,314 9,504
Ancillary Products and Services............................................ 2,861 13,926
Internet Services.......................................................... 271 1,109
------- -------
Total Revenues....................................................... 11,795 50,941
------- -------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial.................................................................. 1,420 5,837
Production and Distribution................................................ 2,267 9,872
Selling.................................................................... 2,120 8,211
General and Administrative................................................. 2,431 8,722
Internet Services.......................................................... 411 1,657
Depreciation and Amortization.............................................. 1,890 7,283
Special Compensation Charge................................................ -- 6,926
------- -------
Total Operating Costs and Expenses................................... 10,539 48,508
------- -------
Operating income..................................................... 1,256 2,433
Interest expense, net........................................................ (1,378) (5,137)
Other income (expense)....................................................... -- --
------- -------
Income (loss) before income taxes............................................ (122) (2,704)
Benefit (provision) for income taxes......................................... (754) (2,508)
------- -------
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle.................................................................. (876) (5,212)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.......................... -- --
------- -------
Net income (loss)............................................................ $ (876) $ (5,212)
------- -------
------- -------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
(At End of Period)
Working capital (deficit).................................................. $ (4,216) $ (2,204)
Total assets................................................................. 145,383 139,610
Long-term debt (including current maturities)................................ 66,200 59,500
Stockholders' equity (deficit)............................................... 62,290 64,782
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (1)................................................................... $ 3,146 $ 9,716
Capital Expenditures: ....................................................... 170 515
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (2)....................................... -- --
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities.................................... $ 3,966 $ 11,292
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities........................................ (168) (496)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities........................................ (4,100) (10,800)
------- -------
</TABLE>
- ----------------------------------
(1) EBITDA is not a measure of performance under GAAP. Items excluded from
income in calculating EBITDA are significant components in understanding and
evaluating NLP's financial performance. While EBITDA should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from
operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data prepared
in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of profitability or liquidity,
management understands that EBITDA is customarily used in evaluating
publishing companies. The EBITDA measures presented herein may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
(2) Earnings were inadequate to cover combined fixed charges by $2,191, $122,
and $2,704 for the year ended December 31, 1995, the three months ended
March 31, 1997, and the period from January 1, 1997 through December 21,
1997, respectively.
18
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
AN INVESTMENT IN THE EXCHANGE NOTES REPRESENTS A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. PRIOR
TO TENDERING OLD NOTES IN EXCHANGE FOR EXCHANGE NOTES, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS
SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY ALL THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IN
PARTICULAR, THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS.
THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" THAT ARE SUBJECT TO A
NUMBER OF RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, MANY OF WHICH ARE BEYOND THE COMPANY'S
CONTROL. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE TYPICALLY IDENTIFIED BY THE WORDS
"BELIEVE," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE," "INTEND," "ESTIMATE" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS.
ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTEMPLATED BY THESE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF FACTORS SUCH AS THOSE DESCRIBED UNDER
"RISK FACTORS." IN LIGHT OF THESE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, THERE CAN BE NO
ASSURANCE THAT THE RESULTS AND EVENTS CONTEMPLATED BY THE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS WILL IN FACT TRANSPIRE. PROSPECTIVE
PURCHASERS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS. NONE OF THE COMPANY OR ANY GUARANTOR UNDERTAKES ANY OBLIGATION TO
UPDATE OR REVISE ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. ALL SUBSEQUENT WRITTEN OR ORAL
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE COMPANY, ANY GUARANTOR OR PERSONS
ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM ARE EXPRESSLY QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY THE
DISCUSSION UNDER "RISK FACTORS."
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE; LIQUIDITY
The Company incurred a significant amount of indebtedness in connection with
the Initial Offering. As of December 31, 1997, the Company's indebtedness was
approximately $175.0 million and its stockholders' equity was approximately
$101.2 million. For the five months ended December 31, 1997, the Company had an
operating and net loss of approximately $5.1 million and $7.6 million,
respectively. Old ALM had an operating and net loss of approximately $1.6
million and $3.0 million, respectively for the seven months ended July 31, 1997.
NLP had a net loss of approximately $5.2 million for the period from January 1,
1997 through December 21, 1997. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Results of Operations." The
Company's pro forma earnings were insufficient to cover pro forma fixed charges
by $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 and $4.9 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1998. See "Pro Forma Financial Information." In
addition, the Company's strategy contemplates strategic acquisitions, and a
portion of the cost of such acquisitions may be financed through the incurrence
of additional indebtedness, subject to restrictions contained in the Indenture
and the Revolving Credit Facility. There can be no assurance that financing will
continue to be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all.
The level of the Company's indebtedness could have substantial consequences
to holders of the Notes, including: (i) a substantial portion of the Company's
cash flow from operations must be dedicated to debt service and will not be
available for operations; (ii) the Company's ability to obtain additional
financing in the future for working capital, investments, general corporate
purposes or acquisitions may be limited; (iii) the Company's level of
indebtedness could limit its flexibility in reacting to changes in the industry,
competitive pressures and economic conditions generally; (iv) the Indenture and
the Revolving Credit Facility contain financial and restrictive covenants, the
failure to comply with which may result in an event of default which, if not
cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on the Company; and (v)
the Company may be substantially more leveraged than certain of its competitors,
which may place the Company at a competitive disadvantage.
The Company's ability to pay interest on the Notes and to satisfy its other
debt obligations will depend upon its future operating performance, which will
be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other
factors, many of which are beyond its control. Historically, both NLP and Old
ALM have experienced net losses. These losses have included substantial non-cash
charges for amortization and the provision for taxes as well as losses resulting
from the Counsel Connect business. In addition, the NLP results for fiscal 1997
include a significant one time special compensation charge. The Company
anticipates that its operating cash flow, together with borrowings under the
Revolving Credit Facility, will
19
<PAGE>
be sufficient to meet its operating expenses and to service its debt obligations
as they become due. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow
from operations in the future to service its indebtedness and to meet its other
commitments, the Company will be required to adopt one or more alternatives,
such as refinancing or restructuring its indebtedness, selling material assets
or operations, reducing or delaying investments in its business, or seeking to
raise additional debt or equity capital. There can be no assurance that any of
these actions could be effected, or if they are effected, that they could be
effected on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms, or that these actions would
enable the Company to continue to satisfy its cash requirements. In addition,
the terms of existing or future debt agreements, including the Indenture and the
Revolving Credit Facility may prohibit the Company from adopting any of these
alternatives. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations," "Description of the Notes" and "Description of Other
Indebtedness--Revolving Credit Facility."
POSSIBLE INABILITY TO REPURCHASE NOTES UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL
In the event of a Change of Control, each holder of Notes will have the
right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such holder's
Notes at the offer price specified therefor in the Indenture. In the event a
Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from
purchasing the Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to
purchase the Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain
such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such consent or repay such
borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing the Notes by the
terms of the relevant credit agreement. In such case, the Company's failure to
purchase the tendered Notes would constitute an event of default under the
Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Revolving Credit
Facility or other credit agreement. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that
the Company will have sufficient funds available to satisfy its repurchase
obligation with respect to the Notes following a Change of Control. See
"Description of the Notes."
INTEGRATION OF COMPANIES AND LIMITED RELEVANCE OF HISTORICAL INFORMATION
In August 1997, the Investors, through ALM, consummated the ALM Acquisition,
and in December 1997, ALM consummated the NLP Acquisition. Prior to the
Acquisitions, ALM and NLP operated independently, and the success of the Company
will depend in part on the Company's ability to integrate the operations of
these entities. The integration of the operations of ALM and NLP will entail the
reorganization of certain functions to achieve the cost savings outlined in the
business strategy and to realize the full potential of the business
opportunities available to the combined company. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to successfully integrate these businesses or that the
Company will not encounter delays or incur unanticipated costs in such
integration. As a result of the Acquisitions, the historical financial
information of ALM, Old ALM and NLP presented in this Prospectus is of limited
relevance in understanding what the results of operations, financial position or
cash flows of the Company would have been for the historical periods presented
had the Company in fact been organized and owned all of its current subsidiaries
for such periods. See "Pro Forma Financial Information," "Selected Historical
Consolidated Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
DEPENDENCE ON SUCCESSFUL IMPLEMENTATION OF BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company plans to adopt a refined business and operating strategy. This
strategy includes the implementation of certain operating improvements and the
adoption of expanded circulation and advertising plans. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to fully implement this new strategy or
that the anticipated results of this strategy, including the reduction of
certain operating expenses, will be realized. Implementation of this strategy
could be affected by a number of factors beyond the Company's control, such as
operating difficulties, increased operating costs, regulatory developments,
general economic conditions, increased competition, or the inability to obtain
adequate financing for its operations on
20
<PAGE>
suitable terms. In addition, after gaining experience with the Company's
operations under its new strategy, the Company may decide to alter or
discontinue certain aspects of its strategy. Any such failure to implement its
new strategy may adversely affect the Company's ability to service its
indebtedness, including its ability to make principal and interest payments on
the Notes. See "Business--Business Strategy."
The Company has reflected, on a pro forma basis for the year ended December
31, 1997 and the three months ended March 31, 1998, the anticipated benefits
that may result from the operating improvements and cost reduction measures
anticipated as a result of the implementation of the Company's strategy. The pro
forma adjustments set forth in this Prospectus are based on a number of
estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable by the Company,
should not be viewed as indicative of either the results that would have
occurred had the Company's strategy been implemented on the dates indicated or
the Company's actual or future results or financial position. Prospective
investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these adjustments. See
"Pro Forma Financial Information."
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY TERMS OF THE INDENTURE AND THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
The Indenture and the Revolving Credit Facility impose certain operating and
financial restrictions on the Company. The Revolving Credit Facility requires
the Company to maintain specified financial ratios, among other obligations,
including a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum interest coverage ratio and a
minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, each as defined in the Revolving Credit
Facility. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility restricts, among other
things, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to: (i) declare
dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock; (ii) prepay, redeem or purchase
debt; (iii) incur liens and engage in sale/leaseback transactions; (iv) make
loans and investments; (v) incur indebtedness and contingent obligations; (vi)
amend or otherwise alter debt and other material agreements; (vii) make capital
expenditures; (viii) engage in mergers, consolidations, acquisitions and asset
sales; (ix) transact with affiliates and (x) alter their lines of business or
accounting methods. See "Description of Other Indebtedness--Revolving Credit
Facility." In addition, the Indenture limits, among other things, (i) the
incurrence of additional indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, (ii) the payment of dividends and other restricted payments by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) the creation of restrictions on
distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries, (iv) asset sales, (v) transactions
with affiliates, (vi) the incurrence of liens and (vii) mergers and
consolidations. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company's ratio of
total indebtedness was in excess of that prescribed under the Indenture. As a
result, neither the Company nor its Restricted Subsidiaries would currently be
able to incur additional indebtedness. For the purposes of the Indenture,
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are a form of Permitted
Indebtedness (as defined) and do not contravene the financial restriction
regarding incurrence of additional indebtedness. See "Description of
Notes--Certain Definitions." Further, the Company's ability to comply with such
covenants may be affected by events beyond its control, including prevailing
economic and financial conditions. A breach of any of these covenants could
result in a default under the Revolving Credit Facility and/or the Indenture.
Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Revolving Credit Facility
or the Indenture, the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility could elect to
declare all amounts outstanding thereunder, together with accrued and unpaid
interest, to be immediately due and payable. If the Company were unable to repay
any such amounts, such lenders could proceed against the collateral securing
such indebtedness. If the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility accelerate
the payment of such indebtedness, there can be no assurance that the assets of
the Company would be sufficient to repay in full such indebtedness and the other
indebtedness of the Company, including the Notes. See "Description of the
Notes--Certain Covenants" and "Description of Other Indebtedness."
CONCENTRATION OF REVENUE FROM CERTAIN PUBLICATIONS
For the three months ended March 31, 1998, the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL
accounted for 25.2% of the Company's total revenues. The Company believes that
the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL will continue to represent
21
<PAGE>
a significant portion of the Company's total revenues in the future. While the
Company has a broad range of publications, a significant decline in the
performance of the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL or any of the Company's other
publications could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations and its ability to service its indebtedness, including its ability to
make principal and interest payments on the Notes. Further, as a result of the
consolidated nature of the Company's advertising base, the Company may be more
susceptible to adverse trends in the legal market than publishers with less
industry concentration.
A significant decline in paid circulation may have an adverse effect on the
advertising revenues generated by the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL. For the years ended
December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997, the paid circulation of the NEW YORK
LAW JOURNAL declined by 0.5% and 1.1%, respectively. As demonstrated by the
results for 1996 and 1997, the Company has been able to increase subscription
prices to offset the decline in circulation.
ADVERTISING REVENUE
The Company's largest single source of revenue is advertising. For the three
months ended March 31, 1998, approximately 56.7% of the Company's revenues were
from advertising. Advertising revenues of the publishing industry in general are
cyclical and dependent upon general economic conditions. As compared to
general-interest newspaper and magazine publishers, the Company believes that
its advertising revenues are less susceptible to changes in general economic
conditions due to the fact that a significant portion of the Company's
advertising revenues are for products and services that are used exclusively by
attorneys, law firms and corporate legal departments. There can be no assurance,
however, that the Company's results of operations will not be adversely affected
by general economic conditions in the future. The Company's revenues may also be
affected by state or local government regulations, particularly with respect to
the publication of legal-notice advertising. If states or localities in which
the Company operates were to enact legislation modifying the manner, number or
frequency of legal notice requirements, the Company's results of operations
could be adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
FLUCTUATIONS IN PAPER COSTS AND POSTAL RATES
For the three months ended March 31, 1998, the Company spent $1.2 million on
paper and $0.7 million on postage, accounting for 4.5% and 2.8%, respectively,
of total revenues for such period. While paper prices have historically shown
considerable price volatility and postal rates have increased from time to time,
due to their overall small expense as a percentage of revenues, the Company has
generally been able to pass through such increased costs to advertisers and
subscribers. No assurance can be given, however, that future fluctuations in
paper prices or significant increases in postal rates will not have a material
adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition of the
Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Overview."
COMPETITION
The Company competes for advertising and circulation revenues with
publishers of other special-interest legal newspapers and magazines with similar
editorial content. However, in most markets where the Company competes, its
newspaper is the only newspaper serving the particular needs of the legal
community. The Company also competes for advertising revenues with
general-interest magazines, newspapers and other forms of media, including
broadcast and cable television, radio, direct marketing and electronic media.
The Company also faces competition from other legal publishers and legal service
providers in its ancillary products and services business, including from book
and newsletter publishers and internet and other online services, certain of
which competitors are larger and have greater financial resources than the
Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete
effectively with such competitors in the future. See "Business--Competition."
22
<PAGE>
CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDER
All of the Company's equity securities are held by Holdings. A majority of
Holdings' equity securities are held by U.S. Equity Partners, L.P., and its
affiliates. The general partner of U.S. Equity Partners, L.P., a private equity
fund sponsored by WPG, is WPMP. As the general partner of U.S. Equity Partners,
L.P., WPMP has the ability to elect all of the members of the Board of Directors
of Holdings and accordingly controls the policies and operations of Holdings and
the Company. Circumstances may occur in which the interests of the equity
holders of the Company could be in conflict with the interests of the holders of
the Notes. In addition, the direct and/or indirect equity investors in the
Company may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures or other
transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment,
even though such transactions might involve risks to the holders of the Notes.
See "Principal Stockholders."
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; DEPENDENCE ON SUBSIDIARIES; LIMITATION ON ACCESS TO
CASH FLOW OF SUBSIDIARIES
The Company is structured as a holding company that owns all of the capital
stock or member interests of the Company's operating subsidiaries. The Company's
only significant asset is the capital stock or member interests of such
operating subsidiaries. As a holding company, the Company is dependent on
dividends or other intercompany transfers of funds from its subsidiaries to meet
the Company's debt service and other obligations. The Company conducts its
business through its subsidiaries, and all existing and future liabilities of
the Company's subsidiaries will be effectively senior to the Notes.
Consequently, the Company's cash flow and ability to service its debt
obligations, including the Notes, are dependent upon the earnings of the
subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings to the Company, or upon
loans, advances or other payments made by the subsidiaries to the Company. There
can be no assurance that the earnings of the Company's subsidiaries will be
adequate for the Company to service its debt obligations.
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The success of the Company's operations may depend, in part, on the
successful assimilation of its key personnel, including editors, publishers and
journalists, as well as its ability to attract additional talented personnel to
the Company as it implements its strategy. The Company has retained the services
of certain key personnel of ALM and NLP, including editors, publishers and
journalists, all of whom have significant experience in the publishing industry.
Effective March 1998, the Company employed William L. Pollak as its President
and Chief Executive Officer, replacing Randall J. Weisenburger. See "Certain
Transactions." Although the Company believes it will be able to attract and
retain talented personnel to the Company and that it could replace key personnel
should the need arise, the inability to attract or retain such personnel could
have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Management--Directors,
Executive Officers and Key Employees."
FRAUDULENT TRANSFER CONSIDERATIONS
The Company's obligations under the Notes may be subject to review under
state or federal fraudulent transfer laws in the event of the bankruptcy or
other financial difficulty of the Company.
Under those laws, if a court, in a lawsuit by an unpaid creditor or
representative of creditors of the Company, such as a trustee in bankruptcy or
the Company as a debtor in possession under chapter 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code, were to find that when the Company issued the Notes, it (a)
received less than fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value therefor,
and (b) either (i) was or was rendered insolvent, (ii) was engaged in a business
or transaction for which its remaining unencumbered assets constituted
unreasonably small capital, or (iii) intended to incur or believed (or
reasonably should have believed) that it would incur debts beyond its ability to
pay as such debts matured (or, in the event New York law is applicable, it is a
defendant in an action for money damages or a judgment in such an action
23
<PAGE>
has been docketed against it, if, after final judgment for the plaintiff it
fails to satisfy such judgment), the court could avoid the Notes and the
Company's obligations thereunder, or subordinate the Notes to all of the
Company's other obligations, and in either case order the return of any amounts
paid thereunder to the Company or to a fund for the benefit of its creditors. It
should be noted that a court could avoid the Notes and the Company's obligations
thereunder without regard to factors (a) and (b) above if it found that the
Company issued the Notes with actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud its
creditors.
Similarly, a Subsidiary Guarantee may be subject to review in the event of
the bankruptcy or other financial difficulty of any Guarantor. In that event, if
a court found that when a Guarantor issued its guarantee (or, in some
jurisdictions when it became liable to make payments thereunder), factors (a)
and (b) above applied to such Guarantor (or if the court found that such
Guarantor had issued its guarantee with actual intent to hinder, delay, or
defraud its creditors), then the court could avoid the respective Subsidiary
Guarantee and order the repayment of any amounts paid thereunder. A court will
likely find that a Guarantor did not receive fair consideration or reasonably
equivalent value for its guarantee to the extent that its liability thereunder
exceeds any direct benefit it received from the issuance of the Notes.
The Indenture limits the liability of each Guarantor under its guarantee to
the maximum amount that it could pay without the guarantee being deemed a
fraudulent transfer. See "Description of the Notes." There can be no assurance
that (if this limitation is effective) the limited amount so guaranteed will
suffice to pay amounts owed under the Notes in full.
The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending
on the law of the jurisdiction being applied. Generally, however, an entity
would be considered insolvent if the sum of its debts (including contingent or
unliquidated debts) is greater than all of its property at a fair valuation or
if the present fair salable value of its assets is less than the amount that
will be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts as they
become absolute and matured.
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE VALUE OF EXCHANGE NOTES
The Old Notes were issued to, and the Company believes are currently owned
by, a relatively small number of beneficial owners. Prior to the Exchange Offer,
there has not been any public market for the Old Notes. The Old Notes have not
been registered under the Securities Act and will be subject to restriction on
transferability to the extent that they are not exchanged for Exchange Notes by
holders who are entitled to participate in this Exchange Offer. The holders of
Old Notes (other than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Company
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who are not eligible to
participate in the Exchange Offer are entitled to certain registration rights,
and the Company is required to file a Shelf Registration Statement with respect
to such Old Notes.
The Exchange Notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no
established trading market. The Company does not intend to list the Exchange
Notes on any national securities exchange or seek the admission thereof to
trading in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation
System. The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they currently
intend to make a market in the Exchange Notes, but they are not obligated to do
so and may discontinue such market making at any time. In addition, such market
making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act and may be limited during the Exchange Offer and the pendency
of the Shelf Registration Statement. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that
an active public or other market will develop for the Exchange Notes or as to
the liquidity of the trading market for the Exchange Note. If a trading market
does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the Exchange Notes may
experience difficulty in reselling the Exchange Notes or may be unable to sell
them at all. If a market for the Exchange Notes develops, any such market may be
discontinued at any time.
If a public trading market develops for the Exchange Notes, future trading
prices of such securities will depend on many factors including, among other
things, prevailing interest rates, the Company's results of operations and
market for similar securities. Depending on prevailing interest rates, the
market for
24
<PAGE>
similar securities and other factors, including the financial condition of the
Company, the Exchange Notes may trade at discount from their principal amount.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW EXCHANGE OFFER PROCEDURES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT HOLDERS
Issuance of the Exchange Notes in exchange for the Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will be made only after a timely receipt by the Company of such
Old Notes, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and all
other required documents. Therefore, holders of the Old Notes desiring to tender
such Old Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes should allow sufficient time to
ensure timely delivery. The Company is under no duty to give notification of
defects or irregularities with respect to the tender of Old Notes for exchange.
Old Notes that are not tendered or are tendered but not accepted will, following
the consummation of the Exchange Offer, continue to be subject to the existing
restrictions upon transfer thereof, and, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer
certain registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement will
terminate. In addition, any holder of Old Notes who tenders in the Exchange
Offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes
may be deemed to have received restricted securities, and if so, will be
required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of
the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer
that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes,
where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.
See "Plan of Distribution." To the extent that Old Notes are tendered and
accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered and tendered
but unaccepted Old Notes could be adversely affected. See "The Exchange Offer."
25
<PAGE>
THE TRANSACTIONS
The Initial Offering was consummated on December 22, 1997 and was made in
conjunction with the Transactions.
THE ACQUISITIONS
ALM ACQUISITION. On August 27, 1997, but effective as of August 1, 1997,
the Investors, through ALM, consummated the ALM Acquisition, pursuant to which
ALM purchased substantially all of the assets and assumed certain of the
liabilities related to Old ALM. The purchase price for the ALM Acquisition was
$63.0 million. The ALM Acquisition and the payment of related fees and expenses
were financed through the issuance of the ALM Promissory Note, a $31.5 million
secured promissory note issued by ALM to the former owner of Old ALM, and the
issuance of the WP Promissory Note, a $32.0 million equity bridge note issued by
ALM to an affiliate of WPG. The ALM Promissory Note accrued interest at a rate
of 10% per annum. The WP Promissory Note accrued interest at a rate of 9% per
annum.
NLP ACQUISITION. Pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 23,
1997 (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), among ALM, Boston Ventures Limited
Partnership IV, Boston Ventures Limited Partnership IVA and Mr. James A.
Finkelstein, ALM purchased all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
NLP. The purchase price for the NLP Acquisition was $203.2 million. The NLP
Acquisition was consummated on December 22, 1997.
THE FINANCINGS
In order to finance the NLP Acquisition, to repay the ALM Promissory Note
and the WP Promissory Note and accrued interest thereon, and to pay related
fees, expenses and restructuring costs, the Company conducted the Initial
Offering and entered into certain other financing transactions, as described
below:
EQUITY CONTRIBUTION. Holdings contributed an aggregate of $108.8 million to
the capital of the Company. The Equity Contribution consisted of (a) $75.0
million of capital invested in Holdings by the Investors, and (b) net proceeds
of approximately $33.8 million received by Holdings in connection with the
Initial Discount Note Offering.
INITIAL DISCOUNT NOTE OFFERING. Concurrently with the Initial Offering,
Holdings offered $35.0 million initial aggregate principal amount of its
Discount Notes, which will accrete at the rate of 12 1/4% compounded
semi-annually to a par value of approximately $63.3 million by December 15,
2002. Thereafter, until maturity, cash interest on the Discount Notes will
accrue at the rate of 12 1/4% per annum and be payable semi-annually in arrears
on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The Discount Notes will be senior
unsecured obligations of Holdings and will rank senior in right of payment to
any existing and future subordinated indebtedness of Holdings. See "Description
of Other Indebtedness--Description of the Discount Notes."
SOURCES AND USES OF FUNDS
The following table illustrates the sources and uses of funds related to the
Transactions (in millions).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SOURCES OF FUNDS USES OF FUNDS
- ------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
The Notes............................................. $ 175.0 Repayment of ALM Promissory Note (2).................. $ 32.5
Equity Contribution (1)............................... 75.0 Repayment of WP Promissory Note (3)................... 33.0
The Discount Notes.................................... 33.8 NLP Acquisition....................................... 203.2
One-time Restructuring Costs.......................... 2.8
Fees and Expenses..................................... 12.3
--------- ---------
Total Sources of Funds................................ $ 283.8 Total Uses of Funds................................... $ 283.8
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Represents the Equity Contribution of $75.0 million of capital invested in
Holdings by the Investors.
(2) Represents repayment of the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on
the ALM Promissory Note. The ALM Promissory Note accrued interest at a rate
of 10% per annum.
(3) Represents repayment of the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on
the WP Promissory Note. The WP Promissory Note accrued interest at a rate of
9% per annum.
26
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to the Company from the Initial Offering, approximately
$169.8 million (after deducting discounts to the Initial Purchasers and other
Initial Offering expenses), were used, together with the Equity Contribution, to
consummate the NLP Acquisition, to repay principal of and accrued interest on
each of the ALM Promissory Note and the WP Promissory Note, to pay certain fees
and expenses and to pay one-time restructuring costs.
The Exchange Offer, is intended to satisfy certain of the Company's
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. The Company will not
receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes offered
hereby. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes contemplated in this
Prospectus, the Company will receive Old Notes in like principal amount, the
form and terms of which are the same as the form and terms of the Exchange Notes
(which replace the Old Notes), except as otherwise described herein.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the
Company as of December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998 after giving effect to the
Initial Offering and the application of the net proceeds received therefrom. The
Old Notes surrendered in exchange for Exchange Notes will be retired and
canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the Exchange Notes
will not result in any increase or decrease in the indebtedness of the Company.
As such, no effect has been given to the Exchange Offer in the following
capitalization table. The information in this table should be read in
conjunction with "The Transactions," "Unaudited Combined Pro Forma Statements of
Operations," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1997 MARCH 31, 1998
----------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
Short-term debt:
Short-term borrowings................................... -- --
-------- --------------
Long-term debt (less current portion):
The Notes............................................... $ 175,000 $ 175,000
-------- --------------
Total Long-term debt (less current portion)........... 175,000 175,000
-------- --------------
Stockholder's equity:
Additional paid-in capital(1)........................... 108,775 108,775
Accumulated deficit..................................... (7,597) (11,906)
-------- --------------
Total Stockholder's equity............................ 101,178 98,869
-------- --------------
Total capitalization................................ $ 276,178 $ 271,869
-------- --------------
-------- --------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Represents the Equity Contribution.
27
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Unaudited Combined Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the year ended
December 31, 1997 gives effect to the following transactions as if each such
transaction occurred effective January 1, 1997: (i) the acquisition of Old ALM
by ALM on August 27, 1997 which was accounted for as a purchase effective as of
August 1, 1997; (ii) the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of NLP by ALM on December 22, 1997, which was accounted for as a
purchase; (iii) the shutdown of Counsel Connect internet services; (iv) the
elimination or reduction of certain costs and expenses as a result of the
integration of ALM and NLP; and (v) the issuance of $175,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the Old Notes by ALM.
The Unaudited Combined Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 gives effect to the elimination or reduction of
certain costs and expenses as a result of the integration of ALM and NLP as if
such transaction occurred effective January 1, 1998. All other transactions
discussed in the above paragraph are reflected in the historical statement of
operations for the three months ended March 31, 1998.
The following pro forma financial information does not give effect to
certain cost-savings or other synergistic benefits expected to be derived from
the acquisitons of ALM and NLP such as the elimination of duplicative activities
and overhead and other functions and the combination of purchasing, marketing
and development initiatives. The Unaudited Combined Pro Forma Statements of
Operations should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated
financial statements of the Company, Old ALM and NLP, including the notes
thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The Unaudited
Combined Pro Forma Statements of Operations represent management's best estimate
of the effects of the Transactions and the Acquisitions discussed above and do
not purport to be indicative of the results that would have actually been
obtained had such transactions been consummated for the years presented, or that
may be obtained in the future.
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
UNAUDITED COMBINED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INTEGRATION OF
ALM, INC. (A) ALM AND NLP (B)
------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising................................................................................. $ 14,954 $ --
Subscription................................................................................ 5,140 --
Ancillary Products and Services............................................................... 5,628 --
Internet Services............................................................................. 654 --
------------- -------
Total Revenues............................................................................ 26,376 --
------------- -------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial..................................................................................... 3,361 --
Production and Distribution................................................................... 5,472 --
Selling....................................................................................... 4,250 --
General and Administrative.................................................................... 7,101 (382)
Internet Services............................................................................. 1,110 --
Depreciation and Amortization................................................................. 5,946 --
------------- -------
Total Operating Costs and Expenses........................................................ 27,240 (382)
------------- -------
Operating income (loss)................................................................... (864) 382
Interest expense, net........................................................................... (4,382) --
------------- -------
Income (loss) before income taxes............................................................... (5,246) 382
Provision (benefit) for income taxes............................................................ (937) --
------------- -------
Net income (loss)............................................................................... $ (4,309) $ 382
------------- -------
------------- -------
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (c)........................................................................................................................
Capital Expenditures..............................................................................................................
Interest Coverage Ratio (d).......................................................................................................
Earnings to Fixed Charges Ratio (e)...............................................................................................
Fixed Charges Coverage Deficiency (f).............................................................................................
<CAPTION>
COMBINED
PRO FORMA
-----------
<S> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising................................................................................. $ 14,954
Subscription................................................................................ 5,140
Ancillary Products and Services............................................................... 5,628
Internet Services............................................................................. 654
-----------
Total Revenues............................................................................ 26,376
-----------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial..................................................................................... 3,361
Production and Distribution................................................................... 5,472
Selling....................................................................................... 4,250
General and Administrative.................................................................... 6,719
Internet Services............................................................................. 1,110
Depreciation and Amortization................................................................. 5,946
-----------
Total Operating Costs and Expenses........................................................ 26,858
-----------
Operating income (loss)................................................................... (482)
Interest expense, net........................................................................... (4,382)
-----------
Income (loss) before income taxes............................................................... (4,864)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes............................................................ (937)
-----------
Net income (loss)............................................................................... $ (3,927)
-----------
-----------
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (c)...................................................................................... $ 5,464
Capital Expenditures............................................................................ $ 209
Interest Coverage Ratio (d)..................................................................... 1.25x
Earnings to Fixed Charges Ratio (e)............................................................. --
Fixed Charges Coverage Deficiency (f)........................................................... $ 4,864
</TABLE>
28
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(a) Represents the consolidated statement of operations of American Lawyer
Media, Inc. for the three months ended March 31, 1998.
(b) The adjustment relates to the elimination or reduction of certain costs and
expenses which have either already occurred or which will be eliminated or
reduced as a result of activities expected to occur shortly following the
completion of the Transactions, as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Rent Expense (1)............................................................... $ 82
Employee Benefits (2).......................................................... 300
---------
$ 382
---------
---------
</TABLE>
----------------------------
(1) Represents the identified savings resulting principally from combining
ALM's and NLP's office space, which is expected to be completed during
1998. This results from lower lease costs based on current available
space and reduced space requirements and other factors. Savings resulting
from consolidating various regional offices are also included.
(2) The Company has completed a thorough analysis of ALM's and NLP's
employee benefit programs and has identified various changes thereto
including modifications to the medical and dental plan. These changes,
which will bring ALM's benefits in line with NLP's plan, are currently
being made.
(c) EBITDA is not a measure of performance under GAAP. Items excluded from
income in calculating EBITDA are significant components in understanding and
evaluating the Company's financial performance. While EBITDA should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from
operating activities and other income or cash flow statements data prepared
in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of profitability or liquidity,
management understands that EBITDA is customarily used in evaluating
publishing companies. The EBITDA measures presented herein may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
(d) Ratio equal to EBITDA divided by interest expense.
(e) Earnings used in computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges consist of
income before provision for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges
consist of interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing
costs and the implied interest element of rent expense for the period. For
purposes of calculating this ratio, earnings were negative and insufficient
to cover fixed charges.
(f) Deficiency is equal to the shortfall in earnings to cover fixed charges.
29
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
UNAUDITED COMBINED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
------------------------------------------
OLD ALM ELIMINATION NLP
OLD ACQUISITION OF COUNSEL ACQUISITION
ALM (A) ALM (B) NLP (C) (D) CONNECT (E) (F)
----------- ----------- --------- -------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising........................... $ 18,146 $ 13,410 $ 26,402 $ -- $ -- $ --
Subscription.......................... 6,719 5,260 9,504 -- -- --
Ancillary Products and Services......... 4,532 4,142 13,926 -- -- --
Internet Services....................... 2,148 1,162 1,109 -- 3,270 --
----------- ----------- --------- ------- ----------- -------------
Total Revenues...................... 31,545 23,974 50,941 -- 3,270 --
----------- ----------- --------- ------- ----------- -------------
Operating Costs and Expenses
Editorial............................... 4,023 3,323 5,837 -- -- --
Production and Distribution............. 6,919 5,766 9,872 -- -- --
Selling................................. 4,640 3,656 8,211 -- -- --
General and Administrative.............. 9,531 7,145 8,722 -- -- --
Internet Services....................... 6,464 2,988 1,657 -- (8,909) --
Depreciation and Amortization........... 1,590 3,273 7,283 1,945 -- 9,993
Shutdown of Counsel Connect............. -- 3,000 -- -- (3,000) --
Special Compensation Charge............. -- -- 6,926 -- -- (6,926)
----------- ----------- --------- ------- ----------- -------------
Total Operating Costs and
Expenses.......................... 33,167 29,151 48,508 1,945 (11,909) 3,067
----------- ----------- --------- ------- ----------- -------------
Operating income (loss)............. (1,622) (5,177) 2,433 (1,945) 8,639 (3,067)
Interest expense, net..................... (1,420) (2,420) (5,137) (2,656) -- 5,137
----------- ----------- --------- ------- ----------- -------------
Income (loss) before income taxes......... (3,042) (7,597) (2,704) (4,601) 8,639 2,070
Provision (benefit) for income taxes...... -- -- 2,508 -- -- (2,258)
----------- ----------- --------- ------- ----------- -------------
Net income (loss)......................... $ (3,042) $ (7,597) $ (5,212) $ (4,601) $ 8,639 $ 4,328
----------- ----------- --------- ------- ----------- -------------
----------- ----------- --------- ------- ----------- -------------
<CAPTION>
INTEGRATION COMBINED
OF ALM AND FINANCING PRO
NLP(G) (H) FORMA
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising........................... $ -- $ -- $ 57,958
Subscription.......................... -- -- 21,483
Ancillary Products and Services......... -- -- 22,600
Internet Services....................... -- -- 1,149
----------- ----------- -----------
Total Revenues...................... -- -- 103,190
----------- ----------- -----------
Operating Costs and Expenses
Editorial............................... -- -- 13,183
Production and Distribution............. -- -- 22,557
Selling................................. -- -- 16,507
General and Administrative.............. (2,286) -- 23,112
Internet Services....................... -- -- 2,200
Depreciation and Amortization........... -- -- 24,084
Shutdown of Counsel Connect............. -- -- --
Special Compensation Charge............. -- -- --
----------- ----------- -----------
Total Operating Costs and
Expenses.......................... (2,286) -- 101,643
----------- ----------- -----------
Operating income (loss)............. 2,286 -- 1,547
Interest expense, net..................... -- (11,184) (17,680)
----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes......... 2,286 (11,184) (16,133)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes...... -- -- 250
----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss)......................... $ 2,286 $ (11,184) $ (16,383)
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (i)........................................................................................................... $ 25,631
Capital Expenditures (j)............................................................................................. $ 1,311
Interest Coverage Ratio (k).......................................................................................... 1.45x
Earnings to Fixed Charges Ratio (l).................................................................................. --
Fixed Charges Coverage Deficiency (m)................................................................................ $ 16,133
</TABLE>
30
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(a) Represents the historical statement of operations of Old ALM for the seven
months ended July 31, 1997.
(b) Represents the consolidated statement of operations of American Lawyer
Media, Inc. for the five months ended December 31, 1997, after giving effect
to the ALM Acquisition at August 1, 1997 and the NLP acquisition at December
22, 1997.
(c) Represents the historical statement of operations of NLP for the period from
January 1, 1997 through December 21, 1997.
(d) Represents the adjustments to give effect to the ALM Acquisition as if it
were consummated at January 1, 1997. The following adjustments were made:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
AMORTIZATION:
Removal of historical amortization........................................... $ (687)
Amortization of goodwill and intangibles..................................... 2,632
---------
$ 1,945
---------
---------
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Removal of Old ALM's interest expense on amounts due to General Partner...... $ (1,420)
Accrual of interest on WP Promissory Note (9% per annum)..................... 1,936
Accrual of interest on ALM Promissory Note (10% per annum)................... 2,140
---------
$ 2,656
---------
---------
</TABLE>
(e) Represents the removal of ALM's Internet Services (see Note 4 in the
consolidated financial statements as of and for the five months ended
December 31, 1997 of ALM) excluding administrative costs allocated by the
corporate division of Old ALM.
(f) Represents the adjustments to give effect to the NLP Acquisition as if it
were consummated at January 1, 1997. The following adjustments were made:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
AMORTIZATION:
Removal of historical amortization........................................... $ (6,709)
Amortization of goodwill and intangibles..................................... 16,702
---------
$ 9,993
---------
---------
</TABLE>
SPECIAL COMPENSATION CHARGE:
Represents the elimination of the special compensation charge related to
the buyout of management stock options in connection with the NLP
Acquisition.
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Elimination of $5,137 of interest expense on the historical debt of NLP
which was not acquired.
INCOME TAXES:
The income tax benefit considers the reversal of historical interest
expense, the federal income tax benefit related to the filing of a
consolidated tax return including ALM and the interest expense related to
the Initial Offering. The resulting combined pro forma provision for
income taxes reflects the provision for state income taxes due as a
result of the requirement to file non-combined returns in certain states,
principally New York.
31
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(g) The adjustment relates to the elimination or reduction of certain costs and
expenses which have either already occurred or which will be eliminated or
reduced as a result of activities expected to occur shortly following the
completion of the Transactions, as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Rent Expense (1)............................................................. $ 326
Compensation of former ALM Chairman (2)...................................... 200
Employee Benefits (3)........................................................ 1,731
Other (4).................................................................... 29
---------
$ 2,286
---------
---------
</TABLE>
----------------------------
(1) Represents the identified savings resulting principally from combining
ALM and NLP's office space, which is expected to be completed during
1998. This results from lower lease costs based on current available
space and reduced space requirements and other factors. Savings resulting
from consolidating various regional offices are also included.
(2) Represents the historical compensation and benefits of the former
Chairman of ALM, who resigned prior to the consummation of the ALM
Acquisition. The Company intends to eliminate this position.
(3) The Company has completed a thorough analysis of ALM and NLP's employee
benefit programs (primarily retirement and health benefits) and has
identified various changes thereto including the freeze of the ALM
pension plan and modifications to the medical and dental plan. These
changes, which will bring ALM's benefits in line with NLP's plan, are
currently being made.
(4) Represents Old ALM's share of losses from its interest in the Court TV
Law Center joint venture. This joint venture was terminated in March,
1997.
(h) Adjustments with respect to interest expense are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Interest expense as if the Initial Offering had occurred on January 1, 1997:
The Notes ($175,000) at a rate of 9.75%.................................... $ 16,589
Removal of interest expense with respect to the ALM Promissory Note and the
WP Promissory Note......................................................... (6,030)
Amortization of deferred financing costs..................................... 625
---------
Total interest expense....................................................... $ 11,184
---------
---------
</TABLE>
(i) EBITDA is not a measure of performance under GAAP. Items excluded from
income in calculating EBITDA are significant components in understanding and
evaluating the Company's financial performance. While EBITDA should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from
operating activities and other income or cash flow statements data prepared
in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of profitability or liquidity,
management understands that EBITDA is customarily used in evaluating
publishing companies. The EBITDA measures presented herein may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
(j) Excludes capital expenditures related to COUNSEL CONNECT of $1,539.
(k) Ratio equal to EBITDA divided by interest expense.
(l) Earnings used in computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges consist of
income before provision for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges
include interest expense and the implied interest element of rent expense
for the period. For purposes of calculating this ratio, earnings were
negative and insufficient to cover fixed charges.
(m) Deficiency is equal to the shortfall in earnings to cover fixed charges.
32
<PAGE>
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following tables present selected historical financial information (i)
for Old ALM, as of and for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995 and
1996, the three months ended March 31, 1997 and the seven months ended July 31,
1997, (ii) for NLP, as of and for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995
and 1996, the three months ended March 31, 1997 and the period from January 1,
1997 through December 21, 1997, and (iii) for the Company, as of and for the
five months ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended March 31, 1998.
The financial data for the Company, as of and for the five months ended December
31, 1997 and the financial data for Old ALM for the seven months ended July 31,
1997 and the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 were derived from financial
statements audited by Arthur Andersen LLP. The financial data for NLP as of and
for the period from January 1, 1997 through December 21, 1997 were derived from
financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen LLP and financial data for NLP
for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 were derived from financial
statements audited by Leslie Sufrin and Company, P.C. The audited financial
statements and the related notes thereto are included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. Unaudited financial data include (i) Old ALM financial data for the
years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 and the three months ended March 31,
1997, (ii) NLP financial data for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 and
the three months ended March 31, 1997, and (iii) the Company's financial data
for the three months ended March 31, 1998. In the opinion of management such
unaudited financial data have been prepared on the same basis as the audited
financial statements included elsewhere herein, and include all normal recurring
adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and
results of operations for such periods. Results of operations for the interim
periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations
for the full year. The selected financial information should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the historical and pro forma financial statements
and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. See "Pro Forma
Financial Information" and "Index to Financial Statements."
33
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
AND AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR COMPANY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEVEN MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, THREE MONTHS ENDED
------------------------------------------- ENDED MARCH 31, JULY 31,
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1997
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising........................... $ 22,569 $ 23,872 $ 25,037 $ 26,659 $ 7,345 $ 18,146
Subscription.......................... 10,242 10,483 10,884 11,304 2,716 6,719
Ancillary Products and Services......... 7,374 7,980 8,387 8,467 1,826 4,532
Internet Services....................... 135 685 3,238 5,474 1,052 2,148
---------- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------------
Total Revenues...................... 40,320 43,020 47,546 51,904 12,939 31,545
---------- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial............................... 7,109 7,075 7,073 7,141 1,707 4,023
Production and Distribution............. 10,678 11,170 12,587 12,469 2,920 6,919
Selling................................. 6,662 7,208 6,913 7,479 1,888 4,640
General and Administrative.............. 15,303 15,790 16,506 16,829 4,232 9,531
Internet Services....................... 2,634 7,760 10,854 11,886 2,690 6,464
Depreciation and Amortization........... 4,047 3,506 2,680 2,488 634 1,590
Shutdown of Counsel Connect............. -- -- -- -- -- --
---------- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------------
Total Operating Costs and
Expenses.......................... 46,433 52,509 56,613 58,292 14,071 33,167
---------- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------------
Operating (loss).................... (6,113) (9,489) (9,067) (6,388) (1,132) (1,622)
Interest expense, net..................... (478) (667) (1,384) (1,972) (576) (1,420)
---------- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------------
(Loss) before income taxes................ (6,591) (10,156) (10,451) (8,360) (1,708) (3,042)
(Benefit) for income taxes................ -- -- -- -- -- --
Loss before minority interest............. (6,591) (10,156) (10,451) (8,360) (1,708) (3,042)
Minority interest......................... -- 1,847 2,334 172 -- --
---------- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------------
Net (loss)................................ $ (6,591) $ (8,309) $ (8,117) $ (8,188) $ (1,708) $ (3,042)
---------- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------------
---------- --------- --------- --------- ------- ------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
(At End of Period)
Working capital (deficit)................. $ (6,571) $ (6,376) $ (7,066) $ (7,009) $ (5,014) $ (5,895)
Total assets.............................. 20,896 20,931 19,313 19,482 18,709 18,982
Long-term debt (including current
maturities)............................. 11,212 13,524 22,114 30,150 32,790 34,742
Partners' (deficit) and Stockholder's
equity.................................. (3,332) (11,647) (19,759) (26,300) (28,008) (29,342)
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA: (1)............................. $ (2,066) $ (5,983) $ (6,387) $ (3,900) $ (498) $ (32)
Capital Expenditures:................... 1,088 1,488 1,481 2,202 583 1,971
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(2)... -- -- -- -- -- --
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating
Activities............................ $ (1,044) $ (5,892) $ (5,472) $ (4,552) $ (1,116) $ (677)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities... (980) (1,468) (1,481) (2,202) (583) (1,971)
Net Cash Provided by Financing
Activities............................ 2,086 7,645 7,206 6,064 2,065 3,173
<CAPTION>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA INC.
---------------------------------
FIVE MONTHS THREE MONTHS
ENDED ENDED MARCH
DECEMBER 31, 1997 31, 1998
----------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising........................... $ 13,410 $ 14,954
Subscription.......................... 5,260 5,140
Ancillary Products and Services......... 4,142 5,628
Internet Services....................... 1,162 654
----------------- --------------
Total Revenues...................... 23,974 26,376
----------------- --------------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial............................... 3,323 3,361
Production and Distribution............. 5,766 5,472
Selling................................. 3,656 4,250
General and Administrative.............. 7,145 7,101
Internet Services....................... 2,988 1,110
Depreciation and Amortization........... 3,273 5,946
Shutdown of Counsel Connect............. 3,000 --
----------------- --------------
Total Operating Costs and
Expenses.......................... 29,151 27,240
----------------- --------------
Operating (loss).................... (5,177) (864)
Interest expense, net..................... (2,420) (4,382)
----------------- --------------
(Loss) before income taxes................ (7,597) (5,246)
(Benefit) for income taxes................ -- (937)
Loss before minority interest............. (7,711) (4,309)
Minority interest......................... -- --
----------------- --------------
Net (loss)................................ $ (7,597) $ (4,309)
----------------- --------------
----------------- --------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
(At End of Period)
Working capital (deficit)................. $ (6,846) $ (18,113)
Total assets.............................. 364,172 363,060
Long-term debt (including current
maturities)............................. 175,000 175,000
Partners' (deficit) and Stockholder's
equity.................................. 101,178 96,869
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA: (1)............................. $ (1,904) $ 5,082
Capital Expenditures:................... 364 209
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(2)... -- --
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating
Activities............................ $ (3,178) $ 5,594
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities... (265,383) (11,180)
Net Cash Provided by Financing
Activities............................ 277,322 --
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) EBITDA is not a measure of performance under GAAP. Items excluded from
income in calculating EBITDA are significant components in understanding and
evaluating Old ALM's and ALM's financial performance. While EBITDA should
not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows
from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data
prepared in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of profitability or
liquidity, management understands that EBITDA is customarily used in
evaluating publishing companies. The EBITDA measures presented herein may
not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
(2) Earnings were inadequate to cover combined fixed charges by $6,591, $10,156,
$10,451, $8,360, $1,708, $3,042, $7,597 and $5,246 for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, the three months ended March 31, 1997,
the seven months ended July 31, 1997, the five months ended December 31,
1997 and the three months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.
34
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, 1997
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, THREE MONTHS THROUGH
------------------------------------------ ENDED MARCH DECEMBER 21,
1993 1994 1995 1996 31, 1997 1997
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals:
Advertising................................... $ 16,546 $ 18,612 $ 21,387 $ 23,319 $ 6,349 $ 26,402
Subscription.................................. 8,610 9,105 9,694 9,759 2,314 9,504
Ancillary Products and Services................. 10,824 11,437 12,729 13,398 2,861 13,926
Internet Services............................... -- -- 264 747 271 1,109
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
Total Revenues.............................. 35,980 39,154 44,074 47,223 11,795 50,941
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial....................................... 4,811 5,451 5,778 5,929 1,420 5,837
Production and Distribution..................... 7,009 7,621 8,146 8,679 2,267 9,872
Selling......................................... 7,693 8,831 9,776 8,991 2,120 8,211
General and Administrative...................... 7,109 7,726 7,620 8,047 2,431 8,722
Internet Services............................... -- -- 2,947 1,704 411 1,657
Depreciation and Amortization................... 3,087 3,130 6,329 7,487 1,890 7,283
Special Compensation Charge..................... -- -- -- -- -- 6,926
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
Total Operating Costs and Expenses.......... 29,709 32,759 40,596 40,837 10,539 48,508
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
Operating income............................ 6,271 6,395 3,478 6,386 1,256 2,433
Interest expense, net............................. (4,487) (4,734) (5,458) (6,013) (1,378) (5,137)
Other income (expense)............................ (284) (320) (211) 181 -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
Income (loss) before income taxes................. 1,500 1,341 (2,191) 554 (122) 2,704
Benefit (provision) for income taxes.............. (777) (763) 523 (3,007) (754) (2,508)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of
change in accounting principle.................. 723 578 (1,668) (2,453) (876) (5,212)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle....................................... 4,046 -- -- -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
Net income (loss)................................. $ 4,769 $ 578 $ (1,668) $ (2,453) $ (876) $ (5,212)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
--------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- ---------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
(At End of Period)
Working capital (deficit)......................... $ (1,532) $ (2,868) $ (4,717) $ (2,081) $ (4,216) $ (2,204)
Total assets...................................... 20,886 21,217 154,125 147,311 145,383 139,610
Long-term debt (including current maturities)..... 45,500 54,600 70,900 70,300 66,200 59,500
Stockholders' equity (deficit).................... (33,945) (44,842) 65,620 63,167 62,290 64,782
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA: (1)..................................... $ 9,358 $ 9,525 $ 9,807 $ 13,873 $ 3,146 $ 9,716
Capital Expenditures............................ 739 1,807 608 512 170 515
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(2)........... 1.28x 1.24x -- 1.08x -- --
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities....... $ 3,885 $ 3,795 $ 3,690 $ 6,616 $ 3,966 $ 11,292
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities........... (739) (1,807) (608) (529) (168) (496)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities........... (3,980) (2,375) (3,351) (5,600) (4,100) (10,800)
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) EBITDA is not a measure of performance under GAAP. Items excluded from
income in calculating EBITDA are significant components in understanding and
evaluating NLP's financial performance. While EBITDA should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from
operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data prepared
in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of profitability or liquidity,
management understands that EBITDA is customarily used in evaluating
publishing companies. The EBITDA measures presented herein may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
(2) Earnings were inadequate to cover combined fixed charges by $2,191, $122 and
$2,704 for the year ended December 31, 1995, the three months ended March
31, 1997, and the period from January 1, 1997 through December 21, 1997,
respectively.
35
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
In August 1997, the Investors, through ALM, consummated the ALM Acquisition,
and in December 1997, ALM consummated the NLP Acquisition. Prior to the
Acquisitions, ALM and NLP operated independently, and the success of the Company
will depend in part on the Company's ability to integrate the operations of
these entities. The integration of the operations of ALM and NLP will entail the
reorganization of certain functions to achieve the cost savings outlined in the
business strategy and to realize the full potential of the business
opportunities available to the combined Company. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to successfully integrate these businesses or that the
Company will not encounter delays or incur unanticipated costs in such
integration.
The combination of ALM and NLP creates the nation's largest legal journalism
organization, with estimated readership of over one million. ALM's geographic
breadth and emphasis on high-quality editorial content have placed it at the
forefront of legal journalism; NLP's historical marketing strengths and
meticulous business execution have permitted it to produce consistently high
levels of operating profit and cash flow. The fundamental strategy underlying
the ALM-NLP combination is to leverage the strengths of both businesses by
adopting the best practices of each across the Company as a whole and to
capitalize on the opportunities inherent in the combination.
Historically, NLP has operated in a centralized manner and has focused its
resources on the continued development of its periodicals business as well as
expanding into various ancillary products and services, including books,
newsletters and seminars. ALM, on the other hand, has operated eight autonomous
regional businesses and has focused primarily on developing a geographically
diverse periodicals business (although each regional business has from time to
time developed various ancillary products and services). The Company intends to
centralize and consolidate its ancillary products and services business as well
as certain selling, general and administrative functions. Furthermore, the
Company intends to aggressively cross-sell its periodicals, products and
services to both readers and advertisers. The Company expects that the
implementation of these elements of its business strategy will result in
substantial cost savings, enhanced subscription and advertising revenues and an
acceleration in the growth of the Company's ancillary products and services
business.
PURCHASE ACCOUNTING EFFECTS. The Acquisitions have been accounted for using
the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of Old ALM have
been included in the financial statements of the Company since August 1, 1997,
the effective date of the ALM Acquisition, and the results of operations of NLP
have been included in the financial statements of the Company since December 22,
1997, the closing date of the NLP Acquisition. As a result, the Acquisitions
will prospectively affect the Company's results of operations in certain
significant respects. In connection with the ALM Acquisition, the purchase price
was $63.0 million and the excess of the purchase price over the book value of
net tangible assets acquired was $67.7 million. The aggregate purchase price for
the NLP Acquisition was $203.2 million, and the excess of the purchase price
over the book value of net tangible assets acquired was $257.6 million. The
excess purchase price of both Acquisitions has been allocated to the tangible
and intangible assets acquired by the Company based upon their respective fair
values as of the acquisition date.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--ALM
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1997
REVENUE RECOGNITION. Periodical advertising revenues are generated from the
placement of display and classified advertisements, as well as legal notices, in
the Company's publications. Advertising revenue is recognized upon release of
the related publications.
Periodical subscription revenues are recognized on a pro rata basis as
issues of a subscription are served.
36
<PAGE>
Ancillary revenues consist principally of third-party printing revenues,
newsletter subscriptions, sales of professional books, seminar and conference
income, income from a daily fax service of court decisions and income from
electronic products. Printing revenue is recorded upon shipment. Book revenues
are recognized upon shipment and are reflected net of estimated returns.
Newsletter revenues are recognized on the same basis as subscription revenues.
Seminar and conference revenues are recognized when the seminar or conference is
held. Daily fax service revenue is recognized upon fulfillment of orders. Income
from electronic products is recognized monthly as the service is provided.
Internet Services revenues consist primarily of revenues from subscriptions
and advertising. Internet subscription income is recognized on a pro-rata basis
over the life of a subscription, generally one year. Internet advertising
revenues are recognized upon the release of an advertisement on the website.
The following discussion compares the financial results of the Company for
the three months ended March 31, 1998 to financial informaiton for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 which was derived from the combination of Old ALM
and NLP. As a result, the financial information for the combined three months
ended March 31, 1997 has not been prepared on a basis in conformity with GAAP.
The following table presents the calculation for such combined period and for
the three months ended March 31, 1998 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA,
OLD ALM NLP COMBINED INC.
----------- --------- ----------- -----------------------
FOR THE THREE MONTHS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED ENDED
MARCH 31, 1997 MARCH 31, 1998
----------------------------------- -----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals
Advertising........................ 7,345 6,349 13,694 14,954
Subscription....................... 2,716 2,314 5,030 5,140
Ancillary Products and Services...... 1,826 2,861 4,687 5,628
Internet Services.................... 1,052 271 1,323 654
----------- --------- ----------- ------
Total revenues................... 12,939 11,795 24,734 26,376
----------- --------- ----------- ------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial............................ 1,707 1,420 3,127 3,361
Production and Distribution.......... 2,920 2,267 5,187 5,472
Selling.............................. 1,888 2,120 4,008 4,250
General and Administrative........... 4,232 2,431 6,663 7,101
Internet Services.................... 2,690 411 3,101 1,110
Depreciation and Amortization........ 634 1,890 2,524 5,946
----------- --------- ----------- ------
Total Operating Costs and
Expenses....................... 14,071 10,539 24,610 27,240
Operating income/(loss).......... (1,132) 1,256 124 (864)
----------- --------- ----------- ------
----------- --------- ----------- ------
</TABLE>
OVERVIEW. Net revenues increased by $1.6 million, or 6.6% from $24.7
million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $26.4 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998. Total operating costs and expenses increased $2.6
million, or 10.7%, from $24.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997
to $27.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998 due to a $3.4 million
increase in depreciation and amortization resulting from the Acquisitions. As a
result, operating income decreased $1.0 million, from operating income of $0.1
million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to an operating loss of $0.9
million for the three months ended March 31, 1998, while EBITDA increased $2.4
million, or 91.9%, from $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997
to $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998. Internet Services
revenues decreased $0.7 million, or 50.6%, from $1.3 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 to $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31,
1998. Internet Services expenses decreased $2.0 million, or 64.2%, from $3.1
million for the three
37
<PAGE>
months ended March 31, 1997 to $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31,
1998. Accordingly, excluding the net operating loss from Internet Services,
operating income decreased $2.3 million, or 116.8%, from $2.0 million operating
income for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to a $0.3 million operating
loss for the three months ended March 31, 1998, while EBITDA increased $1.1
million, or 25.1%, from $4.4 million to $5.5 million over the same periods.
REVENUES. Advertising revenues increased $1.3 million, or 9.2%, from $13.7
million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $15.0 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998. This increase was due principally to an increase in
advertising rates as well as an overall increase in advertising pages.
Subscription revenues increased $0.1 million, or 2.2%, from $5.0 million for
the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $5.1 million for the three months ended
March 31, 1998. Increases in subscription rates at all publications were
partially offset by slight decreases in paid circulation.
Revenues from ancillary products and services increased $0.9 million, or
20.1%, from $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $5.6
million for the three months ended March 31, 1998. Revenues from two seminars
held in the first quarter of 1998 were recorded while no seminars were conducted
in the first quarter of 1997. In addition, a portion of the book sales
historically recorded in the fourth quarter were shipped and included in the
first quarter results of 1998.
Revenues from Internet Services decreased $0.7 million, or 50.6%, from $1.3
million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $0.7 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998. This decrease is attributable primarily to the shut
down of Counsel Connect, Old ALM's Internet service. This shut down is part of
management's strategy to focus on internet services that will better enhance its
existing product base. This strategy includes an increased emphasis on
advertising revenue which was 29.0% higher in the first quarter of 1998 than the
first quarter of 1997.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Total operating costs and expenses increased $2.6
million, or 10.7%, from $24.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997
to $27.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998 due to a $3.4 million
increase in depreciation and amortization resulting from the Acquisitions.
Editorial expenses increased $0.2 million, or 7.5%, from $3.1 million for
the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $3.4 million for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 as a number of vacant positions were filled.
Production and distribution expenses increased $0.3 million, or 5.5%, from
$5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $5.5 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1998. This increase is primarily the result of the
increased book sales recorded in the first quarter. Higher paper usage at the
Company's printing facilities also contributed to this increase.
Selling expenses increased $0.2 million, or 6.0%, from $4.0 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1997 to $4.3 million for the three months ended
March 31, 1998. This increase is primarily due to higher subscription promotion
costs as well as increased commissions resulting from the increased advertising
revenue.
General and administrative expenses increased $0.4 million, or 6.6%, from
$6.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $7.1 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1998. This increase is primarily the result of
costs associated with one-time charges and salary increases.
Internet Services expenses decreased $2.0 million, or 64.2%, from $3.1
million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $1.1 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998. This decrease is the direct result of the shut down
of Counsel Connect.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation and amortization expenses
increased $3.4 million, or 135.6%, from $2.5 million for the three months ended
March 31, 1997 to $5.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998. These
expenses are not comparable for the two periods due to purchase accounting
adjustments related to the Acquisitions.
38
<PAGE>
OPERATING INCOME. As a result of the above factors, operating income
decreased $1.0 million from an operating income of $0.1 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 to an operating loss of $0.9 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998, while EBITDA increased $2.4 million, or 91.9%, from
$2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $5.1 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1998.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Capital expenditures decreased $0.5 million, or
72.2%, from $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 1997 to $0.2
million for the three months ended March 31, 1998 reflecting the discontinued
investment in the infrastructure of Counsel Connect.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
REVENUE RECOGNITION. ALM recognizes advertising revenues on the issue date
of the related publications. Advertising revenues are generated from the
placement of display and classified advertisements, as well as legal notices.
Advertising revenues billed and/or received for advertisements to be released in
future months are included in deferred revenue. Subscription revenues are
deferred and recognized on a pro rata basis over the term of the related
subscription, principally one year. Ancillary products and services revenues
consist primarily of sales of professional books, subscriptions to newsletters,
seminar and conference income and income from electronic products. Book revenues
are recognized upon shipment and are reflected net of estimated returns.
Newsletter revenues are recognized on the same basis as periodical subscription
revenues. Seminar and conference revenues are recognized when the seminar or
conference is held.
The following discussion for the year ended December 31, 1997 is derived
from the financial information for Old ALM for the seven months ended July 31,
1997 and for ALM for the five months ended December 31, 1997, including
adjustments for the ALM Acquisition and financial information for NLP for the
period from December 22, 1997 through December 31, 1997. As a result, the
financial information for the combined year ended December 31, 1997 has not been
prepared on a basis in conformity with GAAP. The following table presents the
calculation for such combined period and for the year ended December 31, 1996
(in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OLD ALM AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
---------------------------- ----------------------------
COMBINED
YEAR SEVEN MONTHS FIVE MONTHS YEAR
ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, JULY 31, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
1996 1997 1997 1997
------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Revenues:
Periodicals
Advertising............................ 26,659 18,146 13,410 31,556
Subscription........................... 11,304 6,719 5,260 11,979
Ancillary Products and Services.......... 8,467 4,532 4,142 8,674
Internet Services........................ 5,474 2,148 1,162 3,310
------ ------ ------ ------
Total revenues....................... 51,904 31,545 23,974 55,519
------ ------ ------ ------
Operating Costs and Expenses:
Editorial................................ 7,141 4,023 3,323 7,346
Production and Distribution.............. 12,469 6,919 5,766 12,685
Selling.................................. 7,479 4,640 3,656 8,296
General and Administrative............... 16,829 9,531 7,145 16,676
Internet Services........................ 11,886 6,464 2,988 9,452
Depreciation and Amortization............ 2,488 1,590 3,273 4,863
Shut down of Counsel Connect............. -- -- 3,000 3,000
------ ------ ------ ------
Total Operating Costs and Expenses... 58,292 33,167 29,151 62,318
------ ------ ------ ------
Operating (loss)..................... (6,388) (1,622) (5,177) (6,799)
------ ------ ------ ------
------ ------ ------ ------
</TABLE>
39
<PAGE>
INTERNET SERVICES. ALM's prior Internet service, Counsel Connect, incurred
material expenses for the years ended December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997
due to the nature of the service. Counsel Connect was a service which attempted
to serve all the Internet needs of its lawyer subscribers: security,
connectivity, customer service and editorial content. The technology necessary
to provide and support these services necessitated material spending on
connectivity costs, outside system providers and internal personnel to do
programming and handle customer inquiries. The ambitious editorial content,
which included seminars and discussions forums also resulted in spending
material amounts on editorial staff and outside content providers. In an attempt
to enroll enough subscribers to cover these costs there was also a material
amount spent on advertising and sales efforts.
Due to these costs and lack of sufficient associated revenues, the Company
decided to shut down Counsel Connect and transfer certain remaining components
into a new combined service. These components include trademarks, trade names,
customer lists, and certain Counsel Connect employees. The new service will not
be an Internet service provider. The Company has also made the decision to
eliminate the high level of Internet security which was an integral part of
Counsel Connect's intended appeal to its lawyer subscribers. This decision
creates a simpler Internet site and eliminates the need for technical and
customer service employees.
The Company's decision to shut down Counsel Connect was made in light of the
NLP acquisition and the changes discussed above have since been implemented.
Counsel Connect's employees have been reduced from 41 in December 1997 to 16 as
of May 15, 1998. The contracts with Counsel Connect's Internet providers have
been or are in the process of being renegotiated or terminated. The following
comparison of the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 excludes operating data
relating to Counsel Connect. Management believes that a comparison which
excludes such operating data provides a more meaningful discussion of ALM's
results of operations for such periods.
Net operating losses for Internet Services were $6.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996 and $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1997.
The historical financial data for ALM for the five months ended December 31,
1997 includes expenses of $5.9 million related to the shut down. This amount
includes Internet Services operating expenses of $2.9 million as well as a
provision of $3.0 million to cover severance costs, uncollectible receivables,
writedown of computer and network equipment and the termination or restructuring
of certain contracts related to network services that provided internet access.
OVERVIEW. Net revenues (excluding Counsel Connect) increased $5.8 million,
or 12.4%, from $46.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $52.2
million for the year ended December 31, 1997. Total operating costs and expenses
(excluding Counsel Connect) increased $3.5 million, or 7.5%, from $46.4 million
to $49.9 million over the same periods. Operating income (excluding Counsel
Connect) increased $2.3 million from breakeven for the year ended December 31,
1996 to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 while EBITDA
(excluding Counsel Connect) increased $4.7 million from $2.5 million to $7.2
million over the same periods.
REVENUES. Advertising revenues increased $4.9 million, or 18.4%, from $26.7
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $31.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. The increase in advertising revenues was primarily
attributable to an increase in the total volume of advertising pages stemming,
in part, from both the increase in the frequency of CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE
and from strong legal industry trends.
Subscription revenues increased $0.7 million, or 6.0%, from $11.3 million
for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $12.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. While total paid circulation remained essentially constant,
subscription rates increased relative to the same period in 1996. A portion of
the increase in subscription revenues was also attributable to ALM's newly
initiated efforts to convert its CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE from free
distribution to a paid subscriber base as well as the inclusion of NLP's
subscription revenue for the period from December 22, 1997 through December 31,
1997 of $0.3 million.
40
<PAGE>
Revenues from ancillary products and services increased $0.2 million, or
2.4%, from $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $8.7 million for
the year ended December 31, 1997. The increase is due to the inclusion of NLP's
ancillary revenue of $0.5 million for the period from December 22, 1997 through
December 31, 1997.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Total operating costs and expenses (excluding Counsel
Connect) increased $3.5 million, or 7.5%, from $46.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 to $49.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1997.
Editorial expenses increased $0.2 million, or 2.9%, from $7.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996 to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31,
1997 due to the inclusion of NLP's editorial expenses of $0.2 million for the
period from December 22, 1997 through December 31, 1997. Production and
distribution expenses increased $0.2 million, or 1.7%, from $12.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996 to $12.7 million for the year ended December
31, 1997 due to the inclusion of NLP's production and distribution cost of $0.3
million for the period from December 22, 1997 through December 31, 1997. Selling
expenses increased $0.8 million, or 10.9%, from $7.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. This
increase was a direct result of increased advertising sales and associated
commissions as well as the inclusion of $0.4 million of NLP expenses for the
period from December 22, 1997 through December 31, 1997. General and
administrative expenses decreased $0.2 million, or 0.9%, from $16.8 million to
$16.7 million over the same periods. This decrease was due, in part, to the
elimination in 1997 of certain executive bonus compensation for the former
Chairman of Old ALM, who resigned prior to the ALM Acquisition.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation and amortization expenses were
$2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 and $4.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997. These expenses are not comparable for the two periods
due to purchase accounting adjustments related to the ALM and NLP Acquisitions.
Amortization of goodwill and intangibles related to the acquisitions for the
five months ended December 31, 1997 was $2.4 million.
OPERATING INCOME. As a result of the foregoing factors, operating income
(excluding Counsel Connect) increased $2.3 million from breakeven for the year
ended December 31, 1996 to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1997.
EBITDA (excluding Counsel Connect) increased $4.7 million from $2.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996 to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31,
1997.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31,
1997 were $0.8 million excluding $1.5 million for Internet Services. The
majority of such expenditures related to ongoing activities. Capital
expenditures for the year ended December 31, 1996 were $1.1 million excluding
$1.1 million for Internet Services.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
OVERVIEW. Net revenues increased $4.4 million, or 9.2%, from $47.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $51.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. Excluding Internet Services, revenues increased $2.1 million,
or 4.8%, from $44.3 million to $46.4 million. Operating costs and expenses
increased $1.7 million, or 3.0%, from $56.6 million to $58.3 million while
operating costs and expenses excluding Internet Services increased $0.6 million,
or 1.4%, from $45.8 million to $46.4 million. Operating loss decreased $2.7
million, or 29.5%, from $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to
$6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. Excluding Internet Services,
operating income increased $1.5 million from an operating loss of $1.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to breakeven for the year ended December
31, 1996. EBITDA increased $2.5 million from a loss of $6.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 1995 to a loss of $3.9 million for the year ended December
31, 1996. Excluding Internet Services, EBITDA increased $1.3 million, or 104.4%,
from $1.2 million to $2.5 million.
REVENUES. Advertising revenues increased $1.6 million, or 6.5%, from $25.0
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $26.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. This increase was attributable, in large part, to a marked
increase in advertising volume caused both by heightened demand for law-related
advertising in general and by the introduction of a new publication, AMLAW TECH.
This new
41
<PAGE>
magazine, coupled with an additional issue of CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE,
resulted in increased total advertising pages in 1996. In its first year of
publication, AMLAW TECH generated $0.5 million of advertising revenues.
Advertising revenue growth is also due, in part, to an increase in advertising
rates.
Subscription revenues increased $0.4 million, or 3.9%, from $10.9 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $11.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. An increase in subscription rates was offset, in part, by a
minimal decrease in circulation.
Revenues from ancillary products and services increased $0.1 million, or
1.0%, from $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $8.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996. This increase was due, in part, to the
introduction of a new regional lecture series, partially offset by a decrease in
revenues at ALM's printing facilities.
Revenues from Internet Services increased $2.2 million, or 69.1%, from $3.2
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $5.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. This increase resulted from increased usage stemming from
heightened interest in law-related issues. Increased revenues were specifically
attributable to an increase in both the number of subscribers and subscription
rates.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Operating costs and expenses increased $1.7 million, or
3.0%, from $56.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $58.3 million
for the year ended December 31, 1996. Editorial expenses remained essentially
constant at $7.1 million for the years ended December 31, 1995 and December 31,
1996. Production and distribution expenses decreased $0.1 million, or 0.9%, from
$12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $12.5 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996. The additional costs associated with the publication of
a new quarterly magazine, AMLAW TECH, were offset by cost reductions at ALM's
printing facilities. Selling expenses increased $0.6 million, or 8.2%, from $6.9
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $7.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. This increase was a direct result of increased advertising
sales and associated commissions. General and administrative expenses increased
by $0.3 million, or 2.0%, from $16.5 million for the year ended December 31,
1995 to $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The majority of this
increase was attributable to an increase in employee benefit expenses. Internet
Services expenses increased $1.0 million, or 9.5%, from $10.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 1995 to $11.9 million for the year ended December 31,
1996. This increase was due both to increased costs associated with growing
customer usage and to operating expenses related to COUNSEL CONNECT'S transition
from a proprietary system to an internet-based system.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation and amortization expenses
decreased $0.2 million, or 7.2%, from $2.7 million for the year ended December
31, 1995 to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1996.
OPERATING INCOME. As a result of the above factors, operating loss
decreased $2.7 million, or 29.5%, from $9.1 million for the year ended December
31, 1995 to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. Excluding
Internet Services, operating income increased $1.5 million from an operating
loss of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to breakeven for the
year ended December 31, 1996. EBITDA increased $2.5 million from a loss of $6.4
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to a loss of $3.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996. Excluding Internet Services, EBITDA increased $1.3
million, or 104.4%, from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to
$2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1996.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Capital expenditures were $2.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996, including $1.1 million for Internet Services. Capital
expenditures for the year ended December 31, 1995 were $1.5 million, including
$0.6 million for Internet Services.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--NLP
REVENUE RECOGNITION. NLP recognizes advertising revenues, net of related
advertising agency commissions, on the issue date of the related publications,
except for revenue from certain classified
42
<PAGE>
advertisements which are recognized when the last of a series of advertisements
runs. Advertising revenues are generated from the placement of display and
classified advertisements, as well as legal notices. Advertising fees billed
and/or received for advertisements to be released in future months are included
in deferred revenue. Subscription revenues are deferred and recognized on a pro
rata basis over the term of the related subscription, generally one year.
Ancillary revenues consist principally of sales of professional books,
subscriptions to newsletters, seminar and conference income and income from
electronic products. Book revenues are recognized upon shipment and are
reflected net of estimated returns. Newsletter revenues are recognized on the
same basis as subscription revenues. Seminar and conference revenues are
recognized when the seminar or conference is held. Internet Services revenues
consist primarily of revenues from display advertising on LAW JOURNAL EXTRA!
Internet advertising revenues are recognized, net of related advertising agency
commissions, during the period in which the advertisement runs on the service.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996.
The following discussion for the year ended December 31, 1997 is derived
from the financial information for NLP until the consummation of the NLP
Acquisition, which occurred on December 22, 1997. As a result, the financial
information for the year ended December 31, 1996 is compared to the period from
January 1, 1997 through December 21, 1997.
OVERVIEW. Net revenues increased by $3.7 million, or 7.9%, from $47.2
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $50.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. Total operating costs and expenses increased $7.7 million, or
18.8%, from $40.8 million to $48.5 million. As a result, operating income
decreased $4.0 million, or 61.9%, from $6.4 million to $2.4 million. Included in
the operating costs for 1997, however, was a special compensation charge of $6.9
million reflecting stock option and bonus payments related to the sale of NLP,
which were paid by the sellers. Without this charge, total operating costs and
expenses increased at a rate substantially less than the rate of increase in
revenues over the same period, increasing only $0.8 million, or 1.8%, from $40.8
million to $41.6 million with operating income increasing $3.0 million, or
46.6%, from $6.4 million to $9.4 million. Internet Services revenues increased
$0.4 million, or 48.5%, from $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996
to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, while Internet Services
expenses remained essentially constant at $1.7 million for the same periods.
Accordingly, excluding both the special compensation charge and the net
operating loss from Internet Services, operating income would have increased
$2.6 million, or 34.9%, from $7.3 million to $9.9 million, while EBITDA would
have increased $2.4 million, or 15.9%, from $14.8 million to $17.2 million over
the same periods.
REVENUES. Advertising revenues increased $3.1 million, or 13.2%, from $23.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $26.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. This increase was due principally to an increase in
advertising rates, an overall increase in advertising pages and the publication
of three additional issues of LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS partially offset by
the inclusion of the results from the final eleven days of 1997 in the Company's
figures. In relation to advertising revenues, this period includes seven issues
of the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL and two issues of the THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL.
Subscription revenues decreased $0.3 million, or 2.6%, from $9.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996 to $9.5 million for the year ended December 31,
1997 due to the inclusion of the results from the final eleven days of 1997 in
the Company's figures. Otherwise, increases in subscription rates at both the
NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL and THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL were largely offset by
decreases in paid circulation at both publications.
Revenues from ancillary products and services increased $0.5 million, or
3.9%, from $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $13.9 million
for the year ended December 31, 1997. Significant growth was realized in
newsletters, seminars, books (driven by the addition of four new titles) and
MA/3000, NLP's case tracking and docketing service, as well as a 31.4% increase
in royalty income from licensing NLP's proprietary content to third party
information providers. Overall however, the increase
43
<PAGE>
was partially offset by the inclusion of the results from the final eleven days
of 1997 in the Company's figures. In addition, a portion of the book update
sales historically recorded in the fourth quarter were not shipped, and
therefore not recorded, until 1998.
Revenues from Internet Services increased $0.4 million, or 48.5%, from $0.7
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $1.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. This increase is attributable primarily to strong growth in
display advertising on LAW JOURNAL EXTRA!. Internet advertising revenues have
grown rapidly since the conversion of LAW JOURNAL EXTRA! from a proprietary
online system to a predominantely advertising-supported web-based service at the
end of 1995.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Total operating costs and expenses increased $7.7
million, or 18.8%, from $40.8 million, or 86.5% of revenues, for the year ended
December 31, 1996 to $48.5 million, or 95.2% of revenues, for the year ended
December 31, 1997. Included in the operating costs for 1997 however, was a
special compensation charge of $6.9 million reflecting stock option and bonus
payments related to the sale of NLP which were paid by the sellers. Without this
charge, total operating costs and expenses increased at a rate substantially
less than the rate of increase in revenues over the same period, increasing only
$0.8 million, or 1.8% from $40.8 million to $41.6 million. Due to the nature of
the business, incremental revenue growth often does not require corresponding
increases in operating expenses. Editorial expenses decreased slightly, by $0.1
million, or 1.6%, from $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $5.8
million for the year ended December 31, 1997, reflecting the inclusion of the
results from the final eleven days of 1997 in the Company's figures. Editorial
expenses consist primarily of salaries of editorial staff and fees paid to
outside contributors. While the overall change in editorial expenses was
insignificant, changes were made to the mix of editorial staff to add coverage
of certain areas that have strong advertiser support.
Production and distribution expenses increased $1.2 million, or 13.7%, from
$8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $9.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997. This increase is primarily the result of a change in
the expense classification of fulfillment costs of 1.0 million from selling to
production and distribution. Otherwise, the marginal increase of $0.2 million,
or 1.9%, was attributable primarily to LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS, which
experienced an increase in production and distribution expenses of 39.2% due to
the addition of three issues and an increase in controlled circulation of 10,000
per issue, partially offset by the final seven issues of the NEW YORK LAW
JOURNAL and two issues of THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL which are included in the
Company's results.
Selling expenses decreased $0.8 million, or 8.7% from $9.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996 to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31,
1997. This decrease is primarily the result of a change in the expense
classification of fulfillment costs of $1.0 million from selling to production
and distribution and of bad debt expense of $0.7 million from selling to general
and administrative. Without these changes, the increase of $0.9 million, or
10.8%, is primarily due to higher subscription promotion costs, an increase in
efforts designed to update and improve the controlled circulation list of LAW
TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS, and a 17.3% increase in commission expense directly
related to the increase in advertising sales.
General and administrative expenses increased $0.7 million, or 8.4%, from
$8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $8.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997. This increase is primarily the result of a change in
the expense classification of bad debt expenses of $0.7 million from selling to
general and administrative. Without this change, general and administrative
expenses remained essentially constant despite the increase in revenues.
Internet Services expenses remained essentially constant at $1.7 million for
the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997. Such expenses are comprised
primarily of website maintenance costs, advertising sales expenses and expenses
related to editorial staff for the LAW JOURNAL EXTRA! service.
Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or 2.7%,
from $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $7.3 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997.
44
<PAGE>
OPERATING INCOME. As a result of the above factors, and without the special
compensation charge of $6.9 million, operating income would have increased $3.0
million, or 46.6%, from $6.4 million, or 13.5% of revenues, for the year ended
December 31, 1996 to $9.4 million, or 18.4% of revenues, for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and EBITDA would have increased $2.8 million, or 20.0%, from
$13.9 million, or 29.4% of revenues, for the year ended December 31, 1996 to
$16.6 million, or 32.7% of revenues, for the year ended December 31, 1997. The
increase in operating margins was due to NLP's ability to hold increases in
operating costs and expenses to 1.8% while revenues grew at 7.9%.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Capital expenditures remained essentially constant at
$0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
OVERVIEW. Net revenues increased by $3.1 million, or 7.0%, from $44.1
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $47.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. Total operating costs and expenses increased at a rate
substantially less than the rate of increase in revenues over the same period,
increasing $0.2 million, or 0.5%, from $40.6 million to $40.8 million. As a
result, operating income increased $2.9 million, or 83.6%, from $3.5 million to
$6.4 million, while EBITDA increased $4.1 million, or 41.8%, from $9.8 million
to $13.9 million. Internet Services revenues increased $0.4 million, or 133.0%,
from $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $0.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996, while Internet Services expenses decreased by $1.2
million, or 41.4%, from $2.9 million to $1.7 million for the same periods.
During 1995, the Company determined that its provisions for doubtful
accounts with respect to revenues recognized in years prior to 1995, principally
with respect to its legal advertising revenues, should be increased by $946,000
due to, among other things, the concentration of credit risk associated with its
advertising agents. This additional provision for doubtful accounts has been
included in selling expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 1995.
Excluding these additional provisions and excluding the net operating loss from
Internet Services, EBITDA increased by $0.9 million, or 6.2%, from $14.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $14.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996.
REVENUES. Advertising revenues increased $1.9 million, or 8.9%, from $21.4
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $23.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. This increase was due principally to an increase in
advertising rates, the increase from two to six in the number of issues of IP
WORLDWIDE and strong growth in advertising revenue at LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT
NEWS.
Subscription revenues increased by $0.1 million, or 1.0%, from $9.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $9.8 million for the year ended December
31, 1996. Increases in subscription rates at both the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL and
THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL were largely offset by a small decrease in the number
of paid subscriptions to both publications.
Revenues from ancillary products and services increased by $0.7 million or
5.5% from $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $13.4 million
for the year ended December 31, 1996. This increase was due principally to
increases in revenues from MA/3000 and from books (driven by the addition of
four new titles in 1996).
Revenues from Internet Services increased by $0.4 million, or 133.0%, from
$0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $0.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996. Advertising revenues from LAW JOURNAL EXTRA! increased
dramatically, more than offsetting the corresponding decline in subscription
revenues, as LAW JOURNAL EXTRA! completed its conversion from a
subscriber-oriented proprietary system to a free, advertising-based website.
OPERATING EXPENSES. Total operating costs and expenses increased $0.2
million, or 0.5%, from $40.6 million, or 92.1% of revenues, for the year ended
December 31, 1995 to $40.8 million, or 86.5% of revenues, for the year ended
December 31, 1996. Editorial expenses increased minimally, by $0.1 million,
45
<PAGE>
or 1.7%, from $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $5.9 million
for the year ended December 31, 1996.
Production and distribution expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 7.4%,
from $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $8.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996. Much of this increase is attributable to the
reallocation of production staff from LAW JOURNAL EXTRA!, the expenses of which
are accounted for separately, to other areas following the completion of the LAW
JOURNAL EXTRA! start up and conversion. The increase from two to six in the
number of issues of IP WORLDWIDE also contributed to this increase, partially
offset by decreases in paper costs.
Selling expenses decreased by $0.8 million, or 8.2%, from $9.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 1995 to $9.0 million for the year ended December 31,
1996. This decrease is due primarily to the additional provisions in 1995
discussed in the overview above, partially offset by an increase in commissions
related to the increase in advertising sales and to increased advertising sales
efforts related to the increase in number of issues of IP WORLDWIDE.
General and administrative expenses increased $0.4 million, or 5.3%, from
$7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $8.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996. This increase was due in part to the re-allocation of
staff from LAW JOURNAL EXTRA! following completion of its start up and
conversion.
Internet Services expenses decreased $1.2 million, or 41.4%, from $2.9
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $1.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. This decrease resulted primarily from a dramatic reduction in
staff as well as in advertising and promotion expenses relating to LAW JOURNAL
EXTRA! due to its shift away from a subscriber-based system following the
completion of its start up and conversion.
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $1.2 million, or 19.0%,
from $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $7.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996. This increase resulted primarily from the
amortization of goodwill created by the acquisition of NLP by Boston Ventures
Limited Partnership IV, Boston Ventures Limited Partnership IVA and James A.
Finkelstein in December 1995, partially offset by the write off in 1995 of
unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with such acquisition.
OPERATING INCOME. As a result of the above factors, operating income
increased $2.9 million, or 82.9%, from $3.5 million, or 7.9% of revenues, for
the year ended December 31, 1995 to $6.4 million, or 13.5% of revenues, for the
year ended December 31, 1996, and EBITDA increased $4.1 million, or 41.8%, from
$9.8 million, or 22.2% of revenues, for the year ended December 31, 1995 to
$13.9 million, or 29.4% of revenues, for the year ended December 31, 1996.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Capital expenditures decreased by $0.1 million, or
16.7%, from $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $0.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 1996.
PRO FORMA LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
WORKING CAPITAL. The Company had historically financed its working capital
and capital expenditures through operating activities, and in the case of Old
ALM, borrowings from its parent company. Old ALM's use of cash was substantially
due to the operation of the Counsel Connect business. See "Business-- Operating
Strengths--Favorable Cash Flow Characteristics." The Company has favorable cash
flow characteristics resulting from its high level of advance payments by
subscribers, low working capital investment, minimal capital expenditure needs,
predictable cost structure and high margins. Because cash receipts associated
with subscriptions are received toward the beginning of a subscription cycle,
the Company's periodicals business requires minimal investment in working
capital.
LIQUIDITY. For the last twelve months ended March 31, 1998, the Company's
ratio of total indebtedness to pro forma EBITDA was approximately 6.66 to 1 and
accordingly, neither the Company nor its Restricted Subsidiaries would currently
be able to incur additional indebtedness. For the purposes of the
46
<PAGE>
Indenture, the borrowings under Revolving Credit Facility are a form of
Permitted Indebtedness (as defined) and do not contravene the financial
restriction regarding incurrence of additional indebtedness. See "Description of
Notes--Certain Definitions." The Company's principal sources of funds are
anticipated to be cash flows from operating activities, which may be
supplemented by borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. For a
description of certain provisions of the Revolving Credit Facility, see
"Description of Other Indebtedness--Revolving Credit Facility." See also "Risk
Factors--Substantial Leverage; Liquidity." Based upon the successful
implementation of its strategy, the Company believes that these funds will be
sufficient to meet its current and future financial obligations, including the
payment of principal and interest on the Notes, working capital, capital
expenditures and other obligations. No assurance can be given, however, that
this will be the case. The Company's future operating performance and ability to
service or refinance the Notes and to repay, extend or refinance any credit
agreements to which it is a party will be subject to future economic conditions
and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond the
Company's control. See "Risk Factors."
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. The Company's operations are not capital intensive.
Capital expenditures were $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31,
1998. Capital spending in 1998 is expected to be $3.5 million. This is higher
than historical and expected future spending due to the anticipated
consolidation of ALM and NLP offices in 1998. The Company currently anticipates
total capital expenditures of approximately $3.5 million in fiscal 1998. This is
higher than historical and expected future spending due to the anticipated
consolidation of ALM and NLP offices in 1998.
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES. Net cash provided by operating
activities was $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998, primarily
due to a net loss of $4.3 million offset by depreciation and amortization of
$5.9 million and an accrual of $4.3 million for interest expense on the Senior
Notes which will be paid in June 1998. Net cash used in operating activities was
approximately $3.2 million for the five months ended December 31, 1997 due to a
net loss of $7.6 million partially offset by depreciation and amortization of
$3.3 million. The net loss includes a $4.8 million loss for Counsel Connect
whose operations were shut down at the end of 1997.
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES. Net cash used in investing
activities was $11.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998. In March
1998, the Company acquired Corporate Presentations, Inc. for $10.8 million in
cash and incurred $0.2 million of deal costs. In addition, capital expenditures
were $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998. Net cash used in
investing activities was approximately $265.4 million for the five months ended
December 31, 1997 consisting primarily of the purchase prices for the ALM
Acquisition and the NLP Acquisition.
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES. There was no cash used by or
provided from financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 1998. Net
cash provided by financing activities for the Company was $277.5 million for the
five months ended December 31, 1997. In December 1997, Holdings contributed
$108.8 million of capital and the Company issued $175.0 million of 9 3/4% Senior
Notes to finance the ALM Acquisition and the NLP Acquisition.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
The Company is in the process of modifying, upgrading or replacing its
computer software applications and systems which the Company expects will
accommodate the "Year 2000" dating changes necessary to permit correct recording
of year dates for 2000 and later years. The Company does not expect that the
cost of its Year 2000 compliance program will be material to its financial
condition or results of operations. The Company believes that it will be able to
achieve compliance by the end of 1999, and does not currently anticipate any
material disruption in its operations as the result of any failure by the
Company to be in compliance. The Company does not currently have any information
concerning the compliance status of its suppliers and customers.
47
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
UNLESS REFERENCE IS MADE SPECIFICALLY TO ALM OR NLP, THE DISCUSSIONS IN THIS
SECTION REFER TO THE COMPANY AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO THE ACQUISITIONS.
COMPANY OVERVIEW
The Company believes that the combination of ALM and NLP creates the
nation's largest legal journalism organization, with estimated readership of
over one million. The Company publishes 16 periodicals, including several
leading national periodicals and regional publications serving four of the five
largest state legal markets. The Company's nationally-recognized periodicals
include THE AMERICAN LAWYER, a monthly magazine containing articles and features
targeted to attorneys practicing in large law firms, and THE NATIONAL LAW
JOURNAL, the nation's largest selling legal newspaper, which covers the law,
lawyers and the business of the legal profession. The Company's regional
publications are led by the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL, which has the largest
circulation of any regional legal newspaper in the United States. In addition to
the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL, the Company publishes five other daily newspapers
serving Georgia, Northern California, Miami, Fort Lauderdale and Palm Beach, as
well as four weekly newspapers serving New Jersey, Texas, Washington, D.C. and
Connecticut.
The Company's periodicals are well established in their markets and are
widely recognized for editorial excellence and for providing sophisticated news
reporting and analysis of legal issues. The Company's newspapers function as
professional tools that are indispensable to attorneys (particularly litigators)
in their day-to-day practices, providing important information such as news,
court opinions, court calendars and legal notices. The Company believes that its
newspapers are among the leaders in their local markets as measured by paid
circulation. In 1997, the Company's newspapers maintained an average
subscription renewal rate of approximately 80%.
In addition to the periodicals referred to above, the Company publishes
CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE, a leading magazine for corporate in-house attorneys,
LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS and AMLAW TECH, two leading legal technology
magazines, as well as IP WORLDWIDE, a leading specialty magazine focusing on
intellectual property.
The Company has also successfully established an ancillary products and
services business that creates and packages information for attorneys and
business professionals. This business includes a portfolio of publications
covering a variety of specialized legal interests and practice areas, including
25 newsletters and 112 books on topics of national and regional interest. Each
year, the Company organizes or sponsors numerous professional seminars and
conferences that cover issues of current legal interest. The Company also
provides case tracking and monitoring services and publishes various directories
used by legal professionals.
In addition, the Company has begun to develop an internet services business
and currently has a number of law-related internet websites including LAW
JOURNAL EXTRA!, COUNSEL CONNECT, CAL LAW, ILLINOIS LAW and TEX LAW. These
websites give attorneys online access to news and other legal materials and
facilitate the exchange of information among members of the legal community.
The Company derives its revenues principally from advertising and
subscriptions, with additional revenues generated by its ancillary products and
services business. The Company had pro forma net revenues of $105.9 million and
pro forma EBITDA of $26.3 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 1998.
For the three months ended March 31, 1998, approximately 56.7% of the Company's
revenues were from advertising, 19.5% were from subscriptions, 21.3% were from
ancillary products and services and 2.5% were from Internet Services.
Because the Company's periodicals are the preeminent legal publications in
each of their respective regional markets, they are relied upon by many
advertisers as the primary advertising vehicle to reach attorneys in those
markets. The Company believes that its large readership and broad coverage of
the U.S. legal market uniquely position the Company to enable national
advertisers of law- and business-related products to reach the legal industry in
a targeted and cost-efficient manner. The Company also believes
48
<PAGE>
that its newly-created national presence, combined with the affluence and other
favorable demographic characteristics of its readership, will enhance its
ability to attract national consumer advertisers, particularly those targeting
upscale consumers.
NLP has operated in a centralized manner and has focused on the continued
development of its periodicals business and on expanding into various ancillary
products and services, including books, newsletters and seminars. ALM, on the
other hand, has operated eight autonomous regional businesses and has focused
primarily on developing a geographically diverse periodicals business (although
each regional business has from time to time developed various ancillary
products and services). The Company intends to centralize and consolidate its
ancillary products and services business as well as certain selling, general and
administrative functions. Furthermore, the Company intends to aggressively
cross-sell its various periodicals, products and services to both readers and
advertisers. The Company expects that implementing these elements of its
business strategy will result in substantial cost savings, enhanced subscription
and advertising revenues and accelerated growth in its ancillary products and
services business. No assurance can be given, however, that the implementation
of the Company's business strategy will result in such consequences.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
ALM's geographic breadth and emphasis on high-quality editorial content have
placed it at the forefront of legal journalism; NLP's historical marketing
strengths and meticulous business execution have permitted it to produce
consistently high levels of operating profit and cash flow. The fundamental
strategy underlying the ALM-NLP combination is to leverage the strengths of both
businesses by adopting the best practices of each across the Company as a whole
and to capitalize on the opportunities inherent in the combination.
The Company believes that the ALM-NLP combination presents numerous cost
savings opportunities including:
- CONSOLIDATING AND REDUCING SG&A: Cost savings opportunities from the
ALM-NLP combination include (i) consolidating and centralizing certain
functions, including national advertising sales, accounting, tax,
information systems, human resources, cash management, risk management and
legal; (ii) reducing employee benefit costs through the combination of
disparate employee plans and programs; (iii) reducing rent expense by
combining ALM's and NLP's corporate headquarters into a single location;
and (iv) taking advantage of increased purchasing power resulting from the
expanded size of the Company.
- CENTRALIZING ANCILLARY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES: The Company intends to draw
on NLP's experience and success in product development by consolidating
the development and marketing of various ancillary products and services
across the broad regional coverage of ALM's publications to realize cost
savings and efficiencies.
- RATIONALIZING THE COMPANY'S INTERNET BUSINESS: The Company decided to shut
down the Counsel Connect internet service and is currently transferring
certain remaining components into a new combined service.
The ALM-NLP combination is also expected to result in numerous revenue
enhancement opportunities including:
- LEVERAGING ANCILLARY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES: NLP has an extensive portfolio
of ancillary products and services, including newsletters, books, seminars
and conferences. The Company believes that the market penetration of these
products and services will be substantially enhanced by selling across the
combined companies through (i) advertising in all of the Company's
periodicals, (ii) marketing to new customer lists, (iii) pursuing a
broader direct mail effort and (iv) more aggressive telemarketing. The
expanded scope of the operations created as a result of the ALM-NLP
combination will allow the Company to develop and market new products and
services that would not previously have been feasible.
49
<PAGE>
- ENHANCED ABILITY TO ATTRACT NATIONAL ADVERTISING: The Company believes
that there are substantial opportunities to attract increased amounts of
national advertising. As the nation's largest legal journalism
organization with a combined readership of over one million, the Company
believes it will be able to provide advertisers with a unique ability to
effectively and efficiently reach the legal community on a national level.
The Company intends to form a national sales group, which neither ALM nor
NLP had prior to the combination. The Company also believes that it will
be able to increasingly attract national consumer advertising directed
toward the Company's large and affluent readership.
- ACQUISITIONS AND DEVELOPMENT: While the Company publishes 16 periodicals
including periodicals in four of the five largest state legal markets and
several national legal periodicals, the Company believes that there are
numerous opportunities to expand into new markets. As a result of
synergies among the Company's various publications and its resulting
ability to efficiently create content, sell advertising and provide
administrative services, the Company believes that it will be able to
enter new markets with a competitive advantage. Accordingly, the Company
intends to (i) selectively pursue acquisitions of additional regional
legal publishing businesses and ancillary businesses, such as newsletters,
books and seminars, (ii) create new publications in geographic areas in
which the Company does not currently operate and (iii) develop ancillary
products or services not currently offered by the Company.
OPERATING STRENGTHS
The Company believes that it has the following operating strengths:
HIGH REVENUE STABILITY. The Company's high subscription renewal rates
(historically averaging approximately 80%) and high advertiser retention rates
provide considerable revenue and profit stability and form a strong base of
business from which to grow. The Company believes that its high subscription
renewal rates result from (i) the high editorial quality of its publications,
(ii) its coverage of increasingly complex legal issues that are not adequately
covered in other publications, and (iii) the indispensable nature of the
Company's publications for the day-to-day practice of law for many attorneys.
The Company attributes its high advertiser retention rates to the fact that its
periodicals are the primary legal publications in their respective markets and
are therefore relied upon by many advertisers as their primary vehicles for
reaching attorneys in those markets.
FAVORABLE CASH FLOW CHARACTERISTICS. The Company has favorable cash flow
characteristics resulting from its stable revenues, high level of advance
payments by subscribers, low working capital investment, minimal capital
expenditure needs, predictable cost structure and high margins. The Company
outsources most of its printing and all of its distribution requirements to
third parties. As a result, the Company requires minimal capital expenditures.
Capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 1998 were
approximately $0.2 million. Because cash receipts associated with subscriptions
are received toward the beginning of a subscription cycle, the Company's
periodicals business requires minimal investment in working capital. Due to the
preeminent position of the Company's periodicals in each of its markets, the
Company has been able to charge relatively high advertising rates and has
enjoyed strong subscription pricing characteristics, resulting in consistently
high operating margins.
DIVERSITY OF PUBLICATIONS. The Company publishes two leading national
publications, THE AMERICAN LAWYER and THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL, several national
specialty magazines including CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE, LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT
NEWS, AMLAW TECH and IP WORLDWIDE, and ten newspapers serving distinct state and
local legal markets across the United States. With a diverse revenue base
generated from numerous legal markets and from subscribers practicing in an
array of specialty areas, the Company enjoys significant revenue and cash flow
stability.
EXPERIENCED STAFF. The Company's core group of editors, publishers and
journalists have built their professional careers primarily in the legal
publishing industry. These editors, publishers and journalists bring substantial
experience to the Company as well as detailed knowledge of each of the Company's
50
<PAGE>
markets. Their local knowledge and depth of experience enable the Company to
continue to provide thought-provoking coverage of the legal industry and develop
new, innovative and informative periodicals, products and services.
PRODUCT LINES
PERIODICALS. The Company's newspaper and magazine business publishes 16
national, regional and local periodicals that serve legal and business
professionals. The Company's periodicals have a combined circulation of
approximately 260,000. Based on various independent subscriber surveys and
management's estimates, the Company believes that the pass-along rate for its
publications results in an estimated combined readership of over one million.
The subscription renewal rate for the Company's periodicals averages
approximately 80%.
NEWSPAPERS. The Company's newspapers provide news, features, analysis and
commentary about the world of law and advocacy. Feature articles and stories
covering the local, state and federal courts and law firms are supplemented by
reports and analyses of cutting-edge legal issues. The Company is committed to
providing high quality and balanced coverage of its local markets. Most of the
Company's newspapers serve as the newspaper of record for their respective legal
markets. Lawyers look to the newspapers for reports on local court rulings and
opinions, as well as information regarding local court dockets.
The Company publishes 11 newspapers including THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL, the
leading national legal newspaper based on paid circulation in the United States,
NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL, which has the largest circulation of any regional legal
newspaper, as well as nine other daily and weekly newspapers. In aggregate, the
Company's newspapers serve eight state markets, including New York, New Jersey,
Washington, D.C., Georgia, Florida, Texas, Northern California and Connecticut,
which cover approximately 46% of all active attorneys in the United States. Each
of the Company's regional newspapers has a significant presence in its
respective market. However, with publications in only eight of the top 20 state
legal markets, the Company is still positioned for significant growth and
further market penetration.
The following table sets forth information regarding the Company's
newspapers:
NEWSPAPERS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED
YEAR OF TOTAL TOTAL
TITLE MARKET FOUNDING CIRCULATION(1) READERSHIP(2)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------- ----------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
WEEKLY NEWSPAPERS
THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL........................ National 1978 37,622 163,800
NEW JERSEY LAW JOURNAL.......................... New Jersey 1878 9,346 58,200
TEXAS LAWYER.................................... Texas 1985 10,250 64,600
LEGAL TIMES..................................... Washington, D.C. 1978 10,815 75,900
THE CONNECTICUT LAW TRIBUNE..................... Connecticut 1974 3,082 22,600
DAILY NEWSPAPERS
NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL............................ New York 1888 15,335 66,300
THE RECORDER.................................... Northern California 1877 8,456 51,400
FULTON COUNTY DAILY REPORT...................... Georgia 1890 6,799 38,900
MIAMI DAILY BUSINESS REVIEW..................... South Florida 1926 5,092 37,400
BROWARD DAILY BUSINESS REVIEW................... South Florida 1926 2,771 20,400
PALM BEACH DAILY BUSINESS REVIEW................ South Florida 1926 2,000 14,800
</TABLE>
51
<PAGE>
- ------------------------
(1) References in the table above to the Company's total circulation include
total paid and free circulation.
(2) References in the table above to the Company's estimated total readership
include total circulation plus combined pass-along readership unadjusted for
any overlap which exists among readers of the Company's various
publications. Pass-along rates are determined for the Company's publications
by third-party subscriber surveys and are defined for any given publication
as the number of readers in addition to each paid subscriber.
MAGAZINES. THE AMERICAN LAWYER anchors the Company's magazine portfolio.
Founded in 1979, THE AMERICAN LAWYER is a glossy magazine that features stories
on the strategies, successes, failures and personalities of the most important
figures in the legal world. The target audience for the publication is attorneys
practicing in large law firms and corporate legal departments across the United
States. THE AMERICAN LAWYER has been the winner of National Magazine awards
granted by the American Society of Magazine Editors four times, and has been
nominated for 22 such awards since its founding.
The Company's other magazines focus on specific practice areas or segments
within the legal profession and certain topics applicable to the business of
law. The Company's specialty legal magazines include CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE,
one of the nation's largest magazines focused on issues of importance to
in-house lawyers at large and mid-size corporations, and IP WORLDWIDE, which
covers developments in intellectual property law. The Company also publishes the
two leading technology magazines targeted to the legal community, AMLAW TECH and
LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS, which focus on information technology and its
applications to the practice of law. AMLAW TECH is targeted toward partners at
law firms with purchase-making authority, while LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS is
targeted toward attorneys and information services departments in law offices.
The Company publishes the following five magazines:
MAGAZINES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED
YEAR OF TOTAL TOTAL
TITLE FOUNDING FREQUENCY CIRCULATION(1) READERSHIP(2)
- ----------------------------------------------- ----------- ------------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
THE AMERICAN LAWYER............................ 1979 10 times per year 17,005 125,800
AMLAW TECH..................................... 1996 4 times per year 30,000 60,000(3)
CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE..................... 1994 6 times per year 38,300 76,600(3)
IP WORLDWIDE................................... 1995 6 times per year 10,000 20,000(3)
LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS.................... 1993 15 times per year 55,000 110,000(3)
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) References in the table above to the Company's total circulation include
total paid and free circulation.
(2) References in the table above to the Company's estimated total readership
include total circulation plus combined pass-along readership unadjusted for
any overlap which exists among readers of the Company's various
publications.
(3) These magazines are distributed primarily free of charge. For these
publications, the Company assumes only two readers per copy.
NEWSLETTERS. The Company's newsletter division publishes 26 newsletters
which cover specialized legal practice areas. Circulation for the Company's
newsletters ranges from approximately 300 to 1,700, with an average circulation
of over 700. The total number of paid subscribers for all newsletters was
approximately 18,000 as of December 31, 1997. Because the editorial content of
the Company's newsletters is targeted toward the particular interests of lawyers
practicing in various specialty areas, a typical monthly newsletter supports a
subscription rate of over $100 per year.
52
<PAGE>
Of the Company's 26 newsletters, only CORPORATE CONTROL
ALERT-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, the Company's leading newsletter, was developed by
ALM. CORPORATE CONTROL ALERT is targeted to a broad audience of attorneys,
investment bankers and corporate executives, providing exclusive reports on
corporate takeovers worldwide and commands a subscription price significantly
higher than the Company's other newsletters. The Company believes that
circulation of existing newsletters can be increased substantially by beginning
to market NLP's newsletters to subscribers in ALM's regional markets. In
addition, the Company believes that a significant number of new titles can be
developed and marketed to the Company's combined customer base. Due to low
production costs and inventory requirements, the Company estimates that the
break-even number of subscribers for a newsletter is approximately 350.
The following table sets forth a list of the Company's newsletters:
NEWSLETTERS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accounting for Law Firms The Intellectual Property Strategist
The Bankruptcy Strategist The Internet Newsletter: Legal &
Business Crimes Bulletin: Compliance Business Aspects
and Litigation Law Firm Partnership & Benefits Report
Cable TV and New Media Leader's Franchising Business & Law Alert
Commercial Leasing Law & Strategy Legal Tech
Computer Law Strategist Marketing for Lawyers
Corporate Control Alert The Matrimonial Strategist
The Corporate Counsellor Medical Malpractice Law & Strategy
Employment Law Strategist Medical/Legal Aspects of Breast Implants
Entertainment Law & Finance Money Laundering Law Report
Environmental Compliance and Multimedia Strategist
Litigation Strategy New York Real Estate Law Reporter
Equipment Leasing Product Liability Law & Strategy
Health Care Fraud
</TABLE>
BOOKS. The Company currently publishes 112 books on a broad array of legal
topics. These books generally focus on practical legal subjects that arise in
the daily professional lives of lawyers. Most of the Company's books are updated
once or twice per year with inserts to keep the material current. These updates
are inexpensive to produce and are viewed by attorneys as necessary to preserve
the utility of the original texts. Because updates generate recurring revenues
and have higher margins than the original books, the Company focuses on
publishing books that cover particularly dynamic areas of law that lend
themselves to frequent supplementation.
The Company most often develops the concept for a new book and then solicits
an author to write the text. However, in certain cases, the Company has received
unsolicited manuscripts which it has ultimately published. Authors tend to be
receptive to working with the Company because its established market presence
and its reputation for high-quality legal journalism lend credibility to an
author's work. Authors are also attracted by the Company's ability to
efficiently promote a new book and its author through the Company's many
publications. Authors who have written books for the Company include prominent
attorneys and judges such as Martin Lipton, Judge Jed Rakoff, James Freund and
James Goodale.
Historically, most of ALM's books have focused on state issues, while NLP's
books have dealt primarily with national legal topics. The Company intends to
capitalize on the growing complexity of the law and the increasing need for
well-written legal information about emerging practice areas by aggressively
marketing applicable book titles in its periodicals and newsletters. The Company
believes that its book business will benefit from the combined national reach of
its newspapers and magazines, which should provide an efficient marketing
platform for the Company's legal products.
53
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the Company's current offering of books:
BOOKS
STATE AND LOCAL SUBJECTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Connecticut Appellate Practice and Procedure Insurance Laws
Connecticut Criminal Caselaw Handbook Marketing and Maintaining a Family Law Mediation
Connecticut Foreclosures Practice
Connecticut Labor and Employment Law Mediation: A Texas Practice Guide
Connecticut Summary Process Manual New Jersey Employment Law
Connecticut Unfair Trade Practices Act New Jersey Insurance Law
Connecticut Uninsured and Underinsured Motorist New Jersey Product Liability Law
Courtroom Success: A View From the Bench Pleadings and Pretrial Practice (Connecticut)
Dallas County Bench Book (Texas) Representing Clients in Mediation
Encyclopedia of New Jersey Causes of Action Tarrant County Bench Book (Texas)
Georgia Bench Book Travis County Bench Book (Texas)
Guide to Connecticut Limited Liability Companies Texas Criminal Codes and Rules
Handbook of Forms for the Connecticut Family Lawyer Texas Legal Malpractice
Harris County Bench Book (Texas) Texas Legal Research
Visiting Judges Bench
</TABLE>
NATIONAL SUBJECTS
A Practical Guide to Equal Employment Opportunity
A Practical Guide to the Occupational Safety and Health Act
Acquisitions Under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act
All About Cable
Anatomy of a Merger: Strategies and Techniques for Negotiating Corporate
Acquisitions
Antitrust Basics
Antitrust: An Economic Approach
Changing the Situs of a Trust
Class Actions: The Law of 50 States
Communications Law and Practice
Computer Law: Drafting and Negotiating Forms and Agreements
Corporate Internal Investigations
Corporate Sentencing Guidelines: Compliance and Mitigation
Divorce, Separation and the Distribution of Property
Doing Business on the Internet
Due Diligence in Business Transactions
Employee Benefits Law: ERISA and Beyond
Raoul Felder's Encyclopedia of Matrimonial Clauses
Environmental Enforcement: Civil and Criminal
Environmental Law Lexicon
Environmental Regulation of Real Property
Estate Planning
Executive Compensation
Executive Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
Federal Bank Holding Company Law
Federal Rules of Civil Procedure
Federal Taxation of Intellectual Property Transfers
Federal Taxation of Real Estate
Federal Taxation of S Corporations
Federal Trade Commission: Law, Practice and Procedure
Ferrara on Insider Trading and The Wall
Franchising: Realities and Remedies
Franchising: Realities and Remedies Forms Volume
Going Private
Ground Leases and Land Acquisition Contracts
Health Care Fraud
Hospital Liability
"I'd Rather Do It Myself": How to Set Up Your Own Law Firm
Insurance Coverage Disputes
Intellectual Property Law: Commercial, Creative and Industrial Property
Internet and Online Law
Law and Business in the European Single Market
Law Firm Accounting and Financial Management
Lawyering: A Realistic Approach to Legal Practice
Legal Research and Law Library Management
Lender Liability and Banking Litigation
Licensing of Intellectual Property
Marketing the Law Firm: Business Development Techniques
Maximizing Law Firm Profitability: Hiring, Training and
Developing Productive Lawyers
Merit Systems Protection Board: Rights and Remedies
Model Terms of Engagement
Modern Visual Evidence
Multifamily Housing: Federal Programs for the Private Sector
Multimedia Law: Forms and Analysis
Negotiated Acquisitions of Companies, Subsidiaries and Divisions
Negotiating and Drafting Office Leases
Negotiation: Strategies for Law and Business
Partnership and Joint Venture Agreements
Private Real Estate Syndications
Product Liability
Product Liability: Winning Strategies and Techniques
Products Liability: Recreation and Sports Equipment
Real Estate, A Guide for the Profession
Real Estate Financing
Reducing Personal Income Taxes: A Guide to Deductions and Credits
Reorganizations under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
RICO: Civil and Criminal, Law and Strategy
Savings Institutions: Mergers, Acquisitions and Conversions
Securities Regulation: Liabilities and Remedies
Sex Discrimination and Sexual Harassment in the Workplace
Shareholder Derivative Litigation: Besieging the Board
Shopping Center and Store Leases
Start-Up Companies: Planning, Financing and Operating the Successful Business
State Antitrust Law
Structured Settlements and Periodic Payment Judgments
Takeovers and Freezeouts
Tax Aspects of Divorce and Separation
The Law and Practice of Secured Transactions: Working with Article 9
The Preparation and Trial of Medical Malpractice Cases
Trade Secrets
Travel Law
Use of Statistics in Equal Employment Opportunity Litigation
White Collar Crime: Business and Regulatory Offenses
Winning Attorney's Fees from the U.S. Government
54
<PAGE>
SEMINARS AND CONFERENCES. The Company conducts a number of seminars and
conferences for lawyers and other professionals in related fields. The Company's
seminars complement its other products and services both by serving as powerful
marketing vehicles for the Company's existing books and newsletters, and by
generating ideas for new seminars, books and newsletters. Seminars also
introduce the Company to lawyers who may subsequently write articles or books
for the Company.
In addition to its seminar business, the Company operates a small number of
conferences. While its seminars typically involve one or more speakers making
presentations to groups of 75 to 250 people, conferences generally feature an
array of booths and presentations from various participants over the course of
several days. The Company currently operates four conferences, and plans to
coordinate additional related conferences in the coming years. The Company
believes that its current status as a leading provider of law-related technology
conferences will enable it to provide similar conferences more frequently and in
different geographic regions in the future. By establishing a series of
recurring conferences, the Company expects to benefit from both a returning core
of attendees and word-of-mouth publicity.
The Company believes that its new combined national presence will enable it
to increase revenues generated by its seminar and conference business. The
Company expects that it will be able to leverage the overhead costs of
developing a seminar by holding the same seminar in multiple cities.
Furthermore, by cross-selling those seminars and conferences that have appeal
throughout its national network, the Company expects to increase attendance at
each individual event.
The following table sets forth the seminars and conferences held in 1997:
SEMINARS
New Jersey Civil Caselaw Review
Acquisitions of Subsidiaries, Divisions and Private Companies
The American Lawyer's Management Roundtable
The Art of Due Diligence and Related Drafting Techniques
Baker's Dozen: Using 13 Recent Supreme Court Cases to Improve Your Personal
Injury Practice
Computer Law: Negotiating Complex Transactions
Distribution and Dealer Termination
Employment Compensation Strategies
Entire Controversy Pathfinder
General Counsel Conference
Transferring and Protecting Intellectual Property
in Mergers and Acquisitions
Joint Ventures & Strategic Alliances
Law Firm Financial Management and Accounting
Lead Liability Litigation: Legal and Business Issues
Legal and Business Aspects of the Internet
Legal Ethics in the Electronic Age
Negotiating Contracts in the Entertainment Industry
Negotiating Corporate Acquisitions
Obstetrical Malpractice: Failure to Diagnose Fetal Distress
Securities Practice in the Electronic Era
Sports Law: Representing and Advising Athletes, Teams, Leagues and Sports
Associations
Trial of an Obstetrical Malpractice Case
Valuation of a Professional Practice
CONFERENCES
Law Tech
Legal Tech Net
Southeastern Law Tech
55
<PAGE>
INTERNET SERVICES. The Company operates several legal websites including
LAW JOURNAL EXTRA!, COUNSEL CONNECT, CAL LAW, ILLINOIS LAW and TEXAS LAW. LAW
JOURNAL EXTRA!, one of the largest commercial legal websites, provides
up-to-date legal news and information from NLP's publications as well as a
variety of other sources as a convenient gateway to other legal information on
the Internet. COUNSEL CONNECT, the leading subscription-based website, offers
subscribers a wide range of legal information, including various online seminars
and discussion groups, legal news and other services that assist attorneys in
the day-to-day practice of law. While COUNSEL CONNECT is a subscriber-based
legal website, the rapid evolution of the Internet has rendered its business
model uneconomic. As such, the Company is in the process of discontinuing
COUNSEL CONNECT and transferring those elements of the service with a strong
subscriber following as well as COUNSEL CONNECT'S trade name, subscriber lists
and related technology to a new enhanced service. The Company's combined
Internet strategy is to develop several websites combining COUNSEL CONNECT'S
subscriber-based model with LAW JOURNAL EXTRA!'S advertising-based model and to
supplement the combined services with various online commerce initiatives. The
Company believes the integration of these alternative models will create a
flexible platform from which to broadly serve the diverse needs of the legal
community.
OTHER PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. The Company's uniquely focused customer base
and extensive access to legal information has enabled the Company to create a
wide array of high margin ancillary businesses, including: (i)
MA/3000-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, a case tracking and docketing software package
that allows litigators in New York to track court activity published in the NEW
YORK LAW JOURNAL, and (ii) DAILY DECISION SERVICE-TM-, a service which offers
subscribers faxed copies on request of both published and unpublished New Jersey
state and federal court opinions.
MARKETING AND SALES
At March 31, 1998, the Company had approximately 190 employees whose
responsibilities included attracting new subscribers and advertisers for its
periodicals and marketing and selling its ancillary products and services. The
Company's regional businesses have focused their sales efforts primarily on
local advertisers. The Company intends to establish a national sales staff to
oversee the sales and servicing of national accounts in an effort to
substantially increase the quantity of its national advertising. The Company
believes that its extensive readership base gives it a unique opportunity to
create a channel through which advertisers can efficiently reach a large
percentage of the nation's attorneys with a single advertising purchase.
Furthermore, the Company intends to aggressively cross-sell its periodicals and
ancillary products and services to its combined customer base.
PRINTING AND DISTRIBUTION
Layouts for the Company's publications are prepared in-house, while the
large majority of the Company's printing activities, and all of its distribution
activities, are outsourced. The Company believes that its relationships with its
printers and distributors are good. Due to economies of scale resulting from the
Acquisitions, the Company believes that opportunities may exist to streamline
certain elements of production and distribution and to purchase raw materials
more effectively. See "Risk Factors-- Fluctuations in Paper Costs and Postal
Rates" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Overview."
COMPETITION
The Company competes for advertising and subscription revenues with
publishers of special-interest legal newspapers and magazines with similar
editorial content. However, in most of the Company's markets, its newspaper is
the only newspaper focused on serving the legal community. The Company also
competes for advertising revenues with other national legal publications, as
well as general-interest magazines and other forms of media, including broadcast
and cable television, radio, direct marketing and electronic media. Factors
which may affect competition for advertisers include effective costs of such
56
<PAGE>
advertising compared to other forms of media, and the size and characteristics
of the readership of the Company's publications. In competing with
general-interest publishers and other forms of media for advertising, the
Company believes it offers a more cost-effective means of reaching the legal
community in each of its regional markets. The Company also faces significant
competition from other legal publishers and legal service providers in its
ancillary products and services business.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
The Company owns a number of registered and unregistered trademarks for use
in connection with its business, including trademarks in the titles of its major
periodicals such as THE AMERICAN LAWYER-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, CORPORATE COUNSEL
MAGAZINE-TM-, THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, and NEW YORK LAW
JOURNAL-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-. Provided that trademarks remain in continuous use
in connection with similar goods or services, their term can be perpetual,
subject, with respect to registered trademarks, to the timely renewal of such
registrations in the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
The Company approaches copyright ownership with respect to its publications
in the same manner as is customary within the publishing industry generally.
Consequently, the Company owns the copyright in all of its newspapers, magazines
and newsletters, as compilations, and also owns the copyright in most of its
books. With respect to the specific articles in its publications, the Company
generally obtains the assignment of all right, title and interest in original
materials created by the Company's full-time journalists and editors as well as
by paid contributors. For articles authored by outside contributors, the Company
generally obtains only the exclusive "first-time publication" and non-exclusive
republication rights. Judicial opinions, court schedules and docketing
information are provided to the Company directly by the courts, on a
non-exclusive basis, and are public information. The Company also claims
ownership of the copyright in its MA/3000-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- tracking and
docketing software. See "--Product Lines--Other Products and Services."
Copyrights in software can be enforced against plagiarists of the source code or
the copyrightable "look and feel" of the program, but do not protect the
concepts and ideas contained in the program, nor do they prevent others from
developing a competing case tracking and docketing program.
The Company licenses the content of certain of its publications and forms to
third parties, including West Publishing Company, and LEXIS/NEXIS, on a
non-exclusive basis, for republication and dissemination on electronic databases
marketed by the licensees. After the expiration of their initial terms (the
latest of which is October 1999), the licenses automatically renew, subject to
either parties' right to terminate at the end of each subsequent term.
Some of the Company's products, such as the DAILY DECISION SERVICE-TM-,
utilize the extensive databases of court decisions compiled by the Company. The
Company also has extensive subscriber and other customer databases which it
believes would be extremely difficult to replicate. The Company attempts to
protect these databases and lists as trade secrets by restricting access thereto
and/or by the use of non-disclosure agreements. There can be no assurance,
however, that the means taken to protect the confidentiality of these items will
be sufficient, or that others will not independently develop similar databases
and customer lists.
57
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
The Company operates from various locations throughout the United States.
Its corporate headquarters are based in New York. Information relating to the
Company's corporate headquarters and other significant regional offices which
are owned or leased is set forth in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LEASE
STREET ADDRESS CITY/STATE SQUARE FOOTAGE EXPIRATION
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------- -------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
345 Park Avenue South.................................. New York, NY 55,000 Sept. 2008
600 Third Avenue....................................... New York, NY 23,125 Dec. 1998
238 Mulberry Street.................................... Newark, NJ 7,022 Dec. 2006
625 Polk Street........................................ San Francisco, CA 7,100 Apr. 2000
900 Jackson Street..................................... Dallas, TX 10,190 Dec. 2003
1005 Congress Street................................... Austin, TX 1,992 May 1999
815 Walker Street...................................... Houston, TX 1,724 May 2001
190 Pryor Street, S.W.................................. Atlanta, GA 20,000 Owned
1730 M Street, N.W..................................... Washington, DC 8,856 Mar. 2001
1 Post Road............................................ Fairfield, CT 6,520 Dec. 2002
1 S.E. Third Avenue.................................... Miami, FL 19,742 Sept. 2004
150 N.E. 7th Street.................................... Miami, FL 17,001 Sept. 2004
633 South Andrews Avenue............................... Fort Lauderdale, FL 3,408 Jan. 2008
100 South Dixie Highway................................ W. Palm Beach, FL 3,053 Jan. 1999
</TABLE>
EMPLOYEES AND LABOR RELATIONS
As of March 31, 1998, the Company employed approximately 735 full-time
employees. Of the Company's employees, 19 are engaged in typesetting and
page-layout in NLP's composing room, certain of whom are subject to a collective
bargaining agreement scheduled to expire on March 30, 2000. The Company believes
that its relations with its employees are satisfactory.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is a party to various litigation matters incidental to the
conduct of its business. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any of
the matters in which it is currently involved will have a material adverse
effect on its financial condition or on the results of its operations.
58
<PAGE>
RECENT TRANSACTIONS
LEGALTECH ACQUISITION. On March 3, 1998, a newly formed wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company purchased all of the assets and assumed certain of the
liabilities related to Corporate Presentations for approximately $10.8 million
in cash. The Company funded the LegalTech Acquisition with available cash flow.
For the twelve months ended February 28, 1998, LegalTech had net revenues of
approximately $2.6 million and EBITDA of approximately $1.1 million.
Corporate Presentations is a leading producer of trade shows and conferences
relating to law practice technology. Under its LegalTech-Registered Trademark-
tradename, Corporate Presentations produces conferences and exhibitions in New
York City, Los Angeles, Chicago, Atlanta and Washington. The conferences are
generally three-day events that include vendor exhibits, a seminar program and a
variety of workshops and focus sessions. Attendees typically include attorneys
in private practice, corporate counsel, law firm administrators and information
technology personnel, while exhibitors include a wide variety of software,
hardware, publishing and other technology product related companies. The Company
believes Corporate Presentations benefits greatly from its relationships with
co-sponsors. For example, Price Waterhouse is responsible for coordinating the
seminar programs at all LegalTech events and, as a result, regularly invites its
law practice and law technology consulting clients to LegalTech events,
providing LegalTech vendors with an increasingly diversified audience.
LCL ACQUISITION. On April 22, 1998, effective as of April 1, 1998, the
Company consummated the acquisition of substantially all of the legal
publishing-related assets and assumed certain liabilities of LCL, for total
consideration of approximately $20 million. For the twelve months ended March
31, 1998, LCL had net revenues of approximately $8.7 million and EBITDA of
approximately $2.1 million.
LCL is a multi-media publisher of regional publications serving primarily
the Pennsylvania statewide legal community and the metropolitan Philadelphia
legal community. LCL's two principal publications have a combined circulation of
approximately 6,000. LCL publishes through four divisions: (i) the
newspaper/newsletter division; (ii) the reference text division; (iii) the
specialty publishing division; and (iv) the electronic publishing division. The
newspaper/newsletter division is anchored by THE LEGAL INTELLIGENCER, a daily
newspaper serving metropolitan Philadelphia. The newspaper/newsletter division
also produces a weekly newspaper, PENNSYLVANIA LAW WEEKLY, and a monthly
newsletter, legal.online, which is offered in both print and electronic form.
The reference text division offers digested court information and decisions
through a series of texts. The specialty publishing division provides
third-party services for the Philadelphia Bar Association and the Pennsylvania
Trial Lawyers Association. LCL's relationships with the Associations enables LCL
to have access to more than 25,000 attorneys in Pennsylvania. The electronic
publishing division provides access to content and to assorted company products
through a set of internet sites, foremost among them PALAWNET, a paid-access
site comprised of all the current and archival content of LCL's publications.
REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY. On March 25, 1998, the Company entered into a
five-year $40.0 million, senior secured revolving credit facility (the
"Revolving Credit Facility") to be available for working capital and general
corporate purposes, including acquisitions and capital expenditures. The Company
intends to use the Revolving Credit Facility, in part, for the purposes of
funding future acquisitions and internal product development and growth. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Pro Forma Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Description of Other
Indebtedness--Revolving Credit Facility."
ADDITIONAL EQUITY CONTRIBUTION. On April 14, 1998, Holdings contributed an
aggregate of $15 million to the equity capital of the Company. The proceeds of
the equity contribution are intended to be used to fund acquisitions and to
provide capital for aggressive internal growth.
59
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
The following table sets forth certain information regarding (i) the
executive officers and directors of the Company and Holdings, (ii) the executive
officers and key employees of ALM, LLC, and (iii) the executive officers and key
employees of NLP, as of March 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- --------------------------------------- --------- -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY AND HOLDINGS
Bruce Wasserstein...................... 50 Chairman and Director
William L. Pollak...................... 42 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Anup Bagaria........................... 25 Director
Michael J. Biondi...................... 40 Director
Robert C. Clark........................ 54 Director
Donald G. Drapkin...................... 50 Director
James A. Finkelstein................... 49 Director
Andrew G.T. Moore, II.................. 62 Director
Randall J. Weisenburger................ 39 Director
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES OF ALM, LLC
Joseph Calve........................... 44 Editor and Publisher of TEXAS LAWYER
Eric Effron............................ 43 Editor and Publisher of LEGAL TIMES
S. Richard Gard, Jr.................... 38 Editor and Publisher of FULTON COUNTY DAILY REPORT
Joanne Harras.......................... 36 Vice President, Finance
Tom Januszewski........................ 31 Publisher of THE CONNECTICUT LAW TRIBUNE
Aric Press............................. 48 Editor-in-Chief of THE AMERICAN LAWYER
Peter Scheer........................... 47 Editor and Publisher of THE RECORDER
Robert Steinbaum....................... 46 Publisher of NEW JERSEY LAW JOURNAL
Edward Wasserman....................... 49 Chairman and Editor-in-Chief of DAILY BUSINESS REVIEW
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES OF NLP
James A. Finkelstein................... 49 President and Chief Executive Officer of NLP
Steven Farbman......................... 37 Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of NLP
Ben Gerson............................. 49 Editor-in-Chief of THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL
Ruth Hochberger........................ 47 Editor-in-Chief of NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL
Alan Kaplan............................ 53 Vice President of NLP
Paul Mastronardi....................... 39 Vice President, Finance of NLP
Rose-Ann Morangelli.................... 49 Vice President and Director of Marketing of NLP
Kevin Vermuelen........................ 34 Vice President of Sales; Associate Publisher, LAW TECHNOLOGY
PRODUCT NEWS
Mark S. Winwood........................ 46 President of Law Journal Information Systems
Stuart Wise............................ 45 Publisher of Leader Publications
</TABLE>
Each Director is elected annually and serves until the next annual meeting
of stockholders or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. The
Directors are each compensated $20,000 per year for their service as Directors
and receive reimbursement of expenses incurred from their attendance at Board of
Directors meetings. Directors will also be eligible to participate in an equity
participation plan to be established.
60
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY AND HOLDINGS
BRUCE WASSERSTEIN is Chairman of the Board of Directors of ALM and Holdings.
He is Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and founder of WPG. Previously, Mr.
Wasserstein served as a Director and the Chairman of Maybelline, Inc. and as a
Director of Collins & Aikman Corp. Before establishing WPG, Mr. Wasserstein was
Co-Head of Investment Banking at The First Boston Corporation, and a Managing
Director and Member of its Management Committee. Prior to joining First Boston
in 1977, Mr. Wasserstein was an attorney at Cravath, Swaine & Moore in New York
City. Mr. Wasserstein graduated with honors from the University of Michigan in
1967. In 1971 he graduated from Harvard Business School as a Baker Scholar with
high distinction, and earned a J.D., CUM LAUDE, from Harvard Law School. In 1972
he was a Knox Traveling Fellow at Cambridge University, graduating with a
graduate diploma in Comparative Legal Studies in Economic Regulation. Mr.
Wasserstein is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. He has served as a
member of the SEC's Advisory Committee on Tender Offers and as a member of the
Visiting Committees of Harvard Law School and the University of Michigan.
WILLIAM L. POLLAK has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director since March 1998. Before joining the Company, Mr. Pollak spent 16 years
at the New York Times, where he held a variety of positions, most recently as
Executive Vice President, Circulation. Mr. Pollak received an M.B.A. from
Harvard Business School in 1982 and a B.A. from Harvard College in 1978.
ANUP BAGARIA has served as a Director of ALM and Holdings since their
founding. He is a Vice President of WP Management Partners, LLC. He graduated
from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1993 and since then has been a
member of the merchant banking group of Wasserstein Perella & Co., Inc.
MICHAEL J. BIONDI has served as a Director of ALM and Holdings since March
1998. He is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Wasserstein Perella & Co.,
Inc. Mr. Biondi holds M.B.A. and J.D. degrees from the Wharton School and the
University of Pennsylvania Law School, respectively. Prior to joining
Wasserstein Perella, Mr. Biondi was a member of the First Boston Mergers &
Acquisitions Group, and practiced law at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom.
ROBERT C. CLARK has served as a Director of ALM and Holdings since their
founding. He has been Dean of the Harvard Law School since 1989 and is Royall
Professor of Law. Mr. Clark joined Harvard Law School in 1979 after four years
at Yale Law School, where he was a tenured professor. Mr. Clark is a corporate
law specialist and author of numerous texts and legal articles. Prior to his
academic career, he was an attorney with Ropes & Gray. Professor Clark has a
Ph.D. from Columbia University and a J.D. MAGNA CUM LAUDE from Harvard Law
School. He is currently a Director of Collins & Aikman Corp. and of Beneficial
Corporation. He was previously a Director of Maybelline, Inc.
DONALD G. DRAPKIN has served as a Director of ALM and Holdings since their
founding. He has been a Director and Vice Chairman of MacAndrews & Forbes
Holdings Inc. and various of its affiliates since March 1987. Prior to joining
MacAndrews & Forbes, Mr. Drapkin was a partner in the law firm of Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom for more than five years. Mr. Drapkin also is a Director
of the following corporations which file reports pursuant to the Exchange Act:
Algos Pharmaceutical Corporation, Black Rock Asset Investors, Cardio
Technologies, Inc., The Cosmetic Center, Inc., The Coleman Company, Inc.,
Coleman Worldwide Corporation, Genta, Inc., Marvel III Holdings Inc., Revlon
Consumer Products Corporation, Revlon, Inc., Revlon Worldwide Inc., Playboy
Enterprises, Inc., Weider Nutrition International, Inc., and VIMRx
Pharmaceuticals Inc. On December 27, 1996, Marvel Holdings Inc., Marvel (Parent)
Holdings Inc., Marvel Entertainment Group, Inc., of which Mr. Drapkin was a
Director, and several of their respective subsidiaries, and Marvel III Holdings
Inc., of which Mr. Drapkin is a Director, filed voluntary petitions for
reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.
61
<PAGE>
JAMES A. FINKELSTEIN has served as a Director of ALM and Holdings since
March 1998.
ANDREW G. T. MOORE, II has served as a Director of ALM and Holdings since
their founding. He is a Managing Director of Wasserstein Perella and is a former
Justice of the Delaware Supreme Court. Justice Moore served on the Delaware
Supreme Court for 12 years until 1994. Justice Moore has served as the Lehmann
Distinguished Visiting Professor of Law at Washington University in St. Louis.
He has also served as an adjunct professor of law at the Georgetown University
Law Center, University of Iowa College of Law and Widener University School of
Law, where he taught seminars in advanced corporation law. He also teaches
comparative principles of international corporation law at the Tulane University
Institute of European Legal Studies in Paris, and has been a guest lecturer at
various law schools and national corporate law programs in the United States,
Canada and Europe. He graduated from Tulane University with B.B.A. and J.D.
degrees. He served as law clerk to Delaware Chief Justice Charles L. Terry, Jr.
in 1963. From 1964-1982 Justice Moore practiced law in Wilmington, Delaware,
primarily in the field of corporate litigation. He was a partner of the firm of
Connolly, Bove, Lodge & Hutz.
RANDALL J. WEISENBURGER has served as a Director of ALM and Holdings since
their founding. He is a Managing Director of Wasserstein Perella & Co., Inc.
("Wasserstein Perella") and is the President and CEO of WP Management Partners,
LLC. Mr. Weisenburger is a Director and the Co-Chairman of Collins & Aikman
Corp. and a Director of Sunbelt Manufacturing, Inc., Alliance Entertainment
Corp. and Yardley of London, Inc. Previously, Mr. Weisenburger was a Director
and Vice Chairman of Maybelline, Inc. and a Director of Pneumo Abex Corp. Mr.
Weisenburger is a founding member of Wasserstein Perella. He holds an M.B.A.
from the Wharton School of Business, where he was named the Henry Ford II
Scholar, and a B.S. in Accounting and Finance from Virginia Tech.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES OF ALM, LLC
JOSEPH CALVE has served as Editor and Publisher of TEXAS LAWYER since 1995.
Prior to that, he was employed at THE CONNECTICUT LAW TRIBUNE. Mr. Calve is a
former practicing attorney, specializing in litigation at two firms, Cole &
Deitz in New York City and Rucci, Gruss, Jex & Gleason in Darien, Connecticut.
Mr. Calve received his J.D. from Western New England College School of Law in
1985, his M.A. from New York University and his B.A. from the University of
Colorado in 1981 and 1977, respectively.
ERIC EFFRON has served as Editor and Publisher of LEGAL TIMES since 1991.
From 1986 to 1991, he served in a number of editorial posts at LEGAL TIMES.
Prior to such time, his journalism experience included positions at THE NATIONAL
LAW JOURNAL, THE LOS ANGELES DAILY JOURNAL and THE NEW HAVEN REGISTER. Mr.
Effron received an M.S. from the Columbia University Graduate School of
Journalism in 1979 and a B.A., MAGNA CUM LAUDE, from Clark University in 1977.
S. RICHARD GARD, JR. has served as Editor and Publisher of FULTON COUNTY
DAILY REPORT since 1995. He has held several editorial positions at FULTON
COUNTY DAILY REPORT since joining as one of its first staff reporters in 1987.
Prior to that, Mr. Gard was an associate at Carter & Ansley, an Atlanta law
firm, where he had an insurance defense and general civil litigation practice.
Mr. Gard received his J.D. from the University of Georgia School of Law in 1984
and a B.A. with distinction from the University of Virginia in 1981.
JOANNE HARRAS has served as Vice President, Finance of ALM, LLC since 1995.
She joined Old ALM in 1987 as Assistant Controller and served as the Controller
of The American Lawyer magazine group from 1991 to 1995. Prior to joining Old
ALM, Ms. Harras was employed for three years with Seymour Schneidman and
Associates, a mid-size accounting firm specializing in publishing. Ms. Harras
graduated from Pace University in 1983 with a B.B.A. in Accounting and is a
Certified Public Accountant.
TOM JANUSZEWSKI has served as Publisher of THE CONNECTICUT LAW TRIBUNE since
January, 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Januszewski served as New England regional
director for Counsel Connect. He graduated from
62
<PAGE>
Fairfield University with a B.A. in English in 1988 and earned his law degree
from the Quinnipiac College School of Law in 1993. After graduation, he worked
as a content developer for GTE Main Street, an interactive television project.
He created programming and contributed to the design and operation of the
service.
ARIC PRESS has served as Editor-in-Chief of THE AMERICAN LAWYER magazine
since January 1998. From 1979 to January 1998, he was employed at NEWSWEEK
magazine where he most recently served as a senior editor. At NEWSWEEK, Mr.
Press was responsible for supervising law, science, education, religion and
sports coverage. Mr. Press received his J.D. from New York University and his
B.A. from Cornell University.
PETER SCHEER has served as Editor and Publisher of THE RECORDER since 1991.
Mr. Scheer started with Old ALM in 1987 as publisher of LEGAL TIMES. Prior to
joining Old ALM, Mr. Scheer was a lawyer specializing in appellate litigation in
Washington, D.C. and held various government and private legal positions since
his graduation from Harvard Law School in 1978. He graduated PHI BETA KAPPA from
Amherst College in 1973.
ROBERT STEINBAUM has served as Publisher of the NEW JERSEY LAW JOURNAL since
1987. Prior to that, he was an Assistant U.S. Attorney in Newark, New Jersey and
a private practitioner in Washington, D.C. and Newark, New Jersey. Mr. Steinbaum
received his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center in 1976 and a B.A.
degree, MAGNA CUM LAUDE, from Yale University in 1973.
EDWARD WASSERMAN is Chairman and Editor-in-Chief of South Florida's three
DAILY BUSINESS REVIEWS. Before joining Old ALM in 1986, he served as Executive
Business Editor of THE MIAMI HERALD. Mr. Wasserman received a Ph.D. from the
London School of Economics in 1980, a Masters of Philosophy from the University
of Paris in 1972 and a B.A. degree, CUM LAUDE, in politics and economics from
Yale University in 1970.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES OF NLP
JAMES A. FINKELSTEIN joined The New York Law Publishing Company in 1970 and
became its President and Chief Executive Officer in 1974. In addition, he
currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of NLP and is the
founder and Publisher of THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL and the Publisher of the NEW
YORK LAW JOURNAL. Mr. Finkelstein holds a B.A. from New York University and an
Honorary Doctor of Laws degree from Hofstra Law School. He currently serves on
the Faculty of Arts and Sciences Board of Overseers at New York University.
STEVEN FARBMAN has served in a variety of capacities at NLP since January
1986, including President of Law Journal Seminars-Press since 1988 and Senior
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since 1992. Prior to joining NLP, Mr.
Farbman spent two years as Business Manager of NEW YORK CONSTRUCTION NEWS, a
weekly newspaper based in New York City and worked in marketing for Warner
Communications, Inc. Mr. Farbman graduated from The George Washington University
in Washington, D.C.
BEN GERSON has served as Editor-in-Chief of THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL since
1994. He originally joined NLP in 1981 as News Editor and later became Legal
Editor for THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL. From 1986 to 1990, he served as the
founding editor of the Op-Ed page for NEW YORK NEWSDAY, and later became Sunday
and Op-Ed Editor for both LONG ISLAND NEWSDAY and NEW YORK NEWSDAY. He received
his J.D. from Boston College Law School in 1979 and his B.A. degree from
Brandeis University in 1970.
RUTH HOCHBERGER has served as Editor-in-Chief of the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL
since 1989. She originally joined NLP in 1976 as a feature reporter for the NEW
YORK LAW JOURNAL and was founding publisher of NLP's newsletter division, Leader
Publications, before returning to the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL in 1989. Ms.
Hochberger received her J.D. in 1975 and her B.A. degree from Boston College in
1972.
ALAN KAPLAN has been a Vice President of NLP since 1993. Mr. Kaplan
originally joined NLP in 1982 responsible for special projects. He became
President of Law Journal Seminars-Press in 1983 and held that
63
<PAGE>
position until 1987, at which time he left NLP. Mr. Kaplan rejoined NLP in 1993
and is currently working on performance improvement programs at NLP's newsletter
division. Mr. Kaplan holds a B.A. from Tufts University and a J.D., MAGNA CUM
LAUDE, from New York Law School.
PAUL MASTRONARDI joined NLP in March 1996 as Chief Financial Officer and was
elected Vice President, Finance in April 1996. He served as Director of
Financial Planning for Bantam Doubleday Bell, a division of Bertelsmann Inc.,
from April 1995 to March 1996. Prior to that time, Mr. Mastronardi spent
fourteen years at Gruner & Jahr USA Publishing, where he served in a variety of
capacities, including Staff Accountant, Manager of Information Systems, Senior
Financial Manager and Director of Financial Planning. Mr. Mastronardi holds a
B.S. in Accounting and an M.S. in Finance from St. John's University.
ROSE-ANN MORANGELLI has been a Vice President and Director of Marketing for
NLP since 1990. Prior to such time, Ms. Morangelli served as Vice President of
Law Journal Seminars-Press. Ms. Morangelli joined NLP when Law Journal
Seminars-Press was launched in 1971. She was previously employed by the
Practicing Law Institute.
KEVIN VERMUELEN has been a Vice President of Sales for NLP since 1996. In
addition, he also serves as Associate Publisher of LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS
and Director of Advertising for the NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL. Mr. Vermuelen joined
NLP in October 1992. He previously worked for Miller Freeman and Gordon
Publications as a Regional Manager. Mr. Vermuelen graduated from Brockport State
University in 1985.
MARK S. WINWOOD has been a President of NLP's Law Journal Information
Systems Division since 1986. Mr. Winwood joined NLP as Assistant Editor on the
founding staff of THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL in 1978 and served as Art Director
during the first five years of its publication. Mr. Winwood was responsible for
the 1986 startup of Law Journal Information Systems, and supervises, on a daily
basis, all aspects of the division's operations.
STUART WISE has been Publisher of Leader Publications at NLP since 1990. Mr.
Wise joined NLP in 1980. He has worked in the Newsletter Division since 1987,
when he became Managing Editor. In 1990 Mr. Wise became the Publisher of the
division with overall responsibility for the day-to-day editorial and business
operations.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The Company was formed in August 1997 and did not conduct any operations or
have any employees prior to the ALM Acquisition in August 1997. For the year
ended December 31, 1997, the only executive officers of the Company were Randall
J. Weisenburger, who served as President and Chief Executive Officer, and Anup
Bagaria, who served as Vice President and Secretary of the Company. Neither of
Mr. Weisenburger or Mr. Bagaria received compensation from any person in respect
of their service rendered to the Company. Effective March 1998, the Company
hired William L. Pollak as its President and Chief Executive Officer, replacing
Mr. Weisenburger. See "Certain Transactions."
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PROGRAMS
As part of its business strategy, the Company intends to adopt a new
compensation program for key employees designed to more closely link
compensation to the Company's overall performance. Furthermore, for senior
executives, the Company intends to establish a long-term incentive compensation
program setting aside options to purchase between 3.0% and 5.0% of the Company's
common stock. The Company has made no final determination with respect to whom
such securities will be issued.
64
<PAGE>
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board has established an Executive Committee and intends to establish
two other standing committees: (i) an Audit Committee and (ii) Compensation
Committee. There is no standing nominating committee of the Board.
The Executive Committee consists of three members, currently Bruce
Wasserstein, Randall J. Weisenburger and Anup Bagaria. The Executive Committee
has been delegated the authority to approve (i) the acquisition and divestiture
by the Company or an affiliate of the Company of all or a portion of one or more
business entities for a price of up to $25 million, (ii) the appointment of
senior officers of the Company or its affiliates and termination of such
employment, (iii) the preparation and approval of short-term and long-term
budgets, and (iv) other material policy-level decisions to the extent permitted
by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
The Audit Committee shall review and, as it shall deem appropriate,
recommend to the Board internal accounting and financial controls for the
Company and auditing practices and procedures to be employed in the preparation
and review of financial statements of the Company. The Audit Committee shall
make recommendations to the Board concerning the engagement of independent
public accountants to audit the annual financial statements of the Company and
the scope of the audit to be undertaken by such accountants. Arthur Andersen LLP
presently serves as the independent auditors of the Company. The Company expects
that two or three Directors will be appointed to the Audit Committee.
The Compensation Committee shall review and, as it deems appropriate,
recommend to the Board policies, practices and procedures relating to the
compensation of managerial employees and the establishment and administration of
employee benefit plans. The Compensation Committee shall have and exercise all
authority under any employee stock option plans of the Company, if any, as the
committee therein specified (unless the Board resolution appoints any other
committee to exercise such authority), and shall otherwise advise and consult
with the officers of the Company as may be requested regarding managerial
personnel policies. The Company expects that two or three Directors will be
appointed to the Compensation Committee.
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. A majority of
Holdings' equity securities are held by USEP and its affiliates. USEP is a
Delaware limited partnership investment fund of which WPMP is the general
partner. WPMP is controlled by Wasserstein Perella & Co., Inc. In accordance
with the Notes, WPMP is entitled to receive a monitoring fee in respect of any
year. The monitoring fee will be based on customary arrangements in similar
transactions. The monitoring fee will be a flat fee, in an amount not to exceed
$1.0 million per year, based on services rendered by WPMP to the Company.
Services to be provided by WPMP will or may include advice regarding the
strategic direction and focus of the business of the Company, the oversight of
the senior management team of the Company and the monitoring of the Company
generally. No monitoring fee was charged during 1997. For advisory services
rendered by WPMP to the Company in connection with the LegalTech Acquisition,
the Company paid WPMP a fee of 1% of the purchase price for LegalTech. For
advisory services rendered by WPMP to the Company in connection with the LCL
Acquisition, the Company paid WPMP a fee of 1% of the purchase price for LCL.
See "Recent Transactions."
The Company may engage in transactions with its affiliates, including
entities owned or controlled by certain of its principal shareholders. The
Company believes that such transactions will be no more favorable to the Company
than similar transactions with non-affiliates. The Indenture contains a covenant
requiring that transactions with affiliates of the Company be on terms
substantially as favorable to the Company as would be obtainable by the Company
at the time in a comparable arm's length transaction
65
<PAGE>
with a person other than an affiliate. See "Description of the Notes--Certain
Covenants--Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates."
The Company has an employment agreement with William L. Pollak which
provides for the employment of Mr. Pollak with the Company as President and
Chief Executive Officer (effective March 9, 1998) until March 9, 2003, unless
sooner terminated (the "Employment Period"). The employment agreement provides
for an annual base salary of $400,000, subject to annual increases commencing on
March 9, 1999. In addition to the base salary, the employment agreement provides
for a bonus of $400,000 after the first year of the Employment Period and a
bonus of not less than 50% and not more than 150% of the base salary, as
determined by the Board of Directors, in each of the remaining years of the
Employment Period. Mr. Pollak will also receive a payment for options granted to
him and forfeited upon his resignation from THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY. The
employment agreement provides that if Mr. Pollak's employment is terminated by
the Company without cause, or by Mr. Pollak with good reason, Mr. Pollak will be
entitled to severance equal to the total value of Mr. Pollak's salary through
the termination date to the extent accrued, but unreimbursed, and his salary for
one year commencing on the termination date and any accrued but unpaid bonus.
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
All of the outstanding shares of the Company are beneficially owned by
Holdings. The following table sets forth certain information regarding
beneficial ownership of Holdings by (i) each person (or group of affiliate
persons) known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the
outstanding Common Stock of Holdings, (ii) each Director, Director nominee, and
the Chief Executive Officer and Vice President of the Company, and (iii) all
directors and executive officers of the Company as a group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AND ADDRESS NUMBER OF SHARES OF PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL SHARES
OF BENEFICIAL OWNER COMMON STOCK OF COMMON STOCK OUTSTANDING
- --------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
U.S. Equity Partners, L.P. (1)........................... 36,996 36.996%
ALM Offshore Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (2)............. 14,411 14.411%
Wasserstein & Co., Inc.(3)............................... 100,000 100.000%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Includes approximately 3.4% of the issued and outstanding common stock of
Holdings held by a co-investor of U.S. Equity Partners, L.P. ("USEP"), which
has granted to WPMP, the general partner of USEP, an irrevocable proxy to
vote such shares of common stock. Wasserstein & Co., Inc. has shared voting
and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by USEP. See footnote
(3).
(2) ALM Offshore Intermediate Holdings, Inc. ("ALM Offshore") is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of U.S. Equity Partners (Offshore), L.P. Wasserstein & Co., Inc.
has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by
ALM Offshore. See Footnote (3).
(3) Includes 36,996 shares as to which Wasserstein & Co., Inc. shares voting and
dispositive power with USEP and 14,411 shares as to which Wasserstein & Co.,
Inc. shares voting and dispositive power with ALM Offshore.
66
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Old Notes were originally sold by the Company on December 22, 1997 to
the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial
Purchasers subsequently resold the Old Notes to (i) qualified institutional
buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (ii) a limited number
of institutional accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act) and (iii) certain persons in offshore transactions
in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. As a condition of the
Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors entered into the Registration
Rights Agreement with the Initial Purchasers pursuant to which the Company and
the Guarantors have agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Old Notes, at
the Company's cost, (i) to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement within
120 days after the date of the original issue of the Old Notes with the
Commission with respect to the Exchange Offer for the Exchange Notes; (ii) use
its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 180 days after the date
of the original issuance of the Old Notes and (iii) use its best efforts to
cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously, to
keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than 20 business days and
to cause the Exchange Offer to be consummated no later than the 30th business
day after it is declared effective by the Commission. Upon the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement being declared effective, the Company will offer the
Exchange Notes in exchange for surrender of the Old Notes. For each Old Note
surrendered to the Company pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the holder of such
Old Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that
of the surrendered Old Note. Interest on each Old Note will accrue from the last
interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Old Note surrendered in
exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on such Old Note, from the
date of its original issue. Interest on each Exchange Note will accrue from the
date of its original issue.
The Registration Rights Agreement provides that (i) if the Company fails to
file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to
the 120th day after the date of original issue of the Old Notes, (ii) if the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by the
Commission on or prior to the 180th day after the date of original issue of the
Old Notes, (iii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or before the 30th
business day after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared
Effective, (iv) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement and the
Company fails to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission on or
prior to the 30th business day after such filing obligation arises, (v) if
obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration
Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 90th day after the
obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement arises, or (vi) if the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as
the case may be, is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or
useable in connection with resales of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as
defined below), such time of non-effectiveness or non-useability (each, a
"Registration Default"), the Company and the Guarantors agree to pay to each
holder of Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby liquidated damages
("Liquidated Damages") in an amount equal to $0.10 per week per $1,000 in
principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such holder for each
week or portion thereof that the Registration Default continues for the first
90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default.
The amount of Liquidated Damages shall increase by an additional $0.05 per week
per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to
each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured,
up to a maximum amount of Liquidated Damages of $0.25 per week, per $1,000 in
principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. The Company and the
Guarantors shall not be required to pay Liquidated Damages for more than one
Registration Default at any given time. Following the cure of all Registration
Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease. All accrued Liquidated
Damages shall be paid by the Company and the Guarantors to holder entitled
thereto in the
67
<PAGE>
same manner as interest payments on the Notes on semi-annual damages payment
dates which correspond to interest payment dates for the Notes.
For the purposes of the Registration Rights Agreement, "Transfer Restricted
Securities" means each Old Note until the earliest of the date of which (i) such
Old Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer and entitled to be resold to the
public by the holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, (ii) such Old Note has been disposed of in
accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement, (iii) such Old Note is
disposed of by a broker-dealer pursuant to the "Plan of Distribution"
contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of
the Prospectus contained therein) or (iv) such Old Note is distributed to the
public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is salable pursuant to
Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.
Holders of Old Notes will be required to make certain representations to the
Company (as described in the Registration Rights Agreement) in order to
participate in the Exchange Offer and will be required to deliver information to
be used in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and to provide
comments on the Shelf Registration Statement within the time periods set forth
in the Registration Rights Agreement in order to have their Old Notes included
in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding
Liquidated Damages set forth above.
The foregoing is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement. This summary does not purport to be a complete
and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and qualified in its entirety by
reference to, the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an
exhibit to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is
a part.
Following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of the Old Notes
who were eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer but who did not tender
their Old Notes will not have any further registration rights and such Old Notes
will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly,
the liquidity of the market for such Old Notes could be adversely affected.
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the Letter of Transmittal, the Company will accept any and all Old Notes
validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date. The Company will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange
Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding Old Notes
accepted in the Exchange Offer. Holders may tender some or all of their Old
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. However, Old Notes may be tendered only in
integral multiples of $1,000.
The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the Old Notes except that (i) the Exchange Notes bear a Series B designation,
(ii) the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and hence
will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and (iii) the holders of
the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the Registration
Rights Agreement, including the provisions providing for an increase in the
interest rate on the Old Notes in certain circumstances relating to the timing
of the Exchange Offer, all of which rights will terminate when the Exchange
Offer is terminated. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old
Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.
As of the date of this Prospectus, $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of Old Notes were outstanding. The Company has fixed the close of business on
June 16, 1998 as the record date for the Exchange Offer for purposes of
determining the persons to whom this Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal
will be mailed initially.
Holders of Old Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under
the General Corporation Law of Delaware or in the Indenture in connection with
the Exchange Offer. The Company intends to
68
<PAGE>
conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes
when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering holders
for the purpose of the receiving the Exchange Notes from the Company.
If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein or
otherwise, the certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned,
without expense, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable
after the Expiration Date.
Holders who tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be required to
pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the Letter
of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all charges and expenses,
other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the
Exchange Offer. See "--Fees and Expenses."
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on July
16, 1998, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange
Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest date and
time to which the Exchange Offer is extended.
In order to extend the Exchange Offer, the Company will notify the Exchange
Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will mail to the registered
holders an announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on
the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
If in the reasonable opinion of the Company any of the conditions set forth
below under "-- Conditions" shall not have been satisfied, the Company may (i)
delay accepting any Old Notes, extend the Exchange Offer or terminate the
Exchange Offer by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or
termination to the Exchange Agent or (ii) amend the terms of the Exchange Offer
in any manner. Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment
will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to
the registered holders.
If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner determined by the Company to
constitute a material change, the Company will promptly disclose such amendment
by means of a Prospectus supplement that will be distributed to all holders, and
the Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a minimum term of between five
and ten business days, depending upon the significance of the amendment and the
manner of disclosure to holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise expire
during such five to ten business day period. During any extension of the
Expiration Date, all Old Notes previously tendered will remain subject to the
Exchange Offer and may be accepted for exchange by the Company.
INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES
The Exchange Notes will bear interest from their date of issuance. Holders
of Old Notes that are accepted for exchange will receive, in cash, accrued
interest thereon to, but not including, the date of issuance of the Exchange
Notes. Such interest will be paid with the first interest payment on the
Exchange Notes on June 15, 1998 to persons who are registered holders of the
Exchange Notes on June 15, 1998. Interest on the Old Notes accepted for exchange
will cease to accrue upon issuance of the Exchange Notes.
Interest on the Exchange Notes is payable semi-annually on each June 15 and
December 15 commencing on June 15, 1998.
69
<PAGE>
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
Only a holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.
To tender in the Exchange Offer, a holder must complete, sign and date the
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon
guaranteed if required by the Letter of Transmittal or transmit an Agent's
Message in connection with a book-entry transfer, and mail or otherwise deliver
such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile or Agent's Message, together with
the Old Notes and any other required documents, to the Exchange Agent prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. To be tendered
effectively, the Old Notes, Letter of Transmittal or Agent's Message and other
required documents must be completed and received by the Exchange Agent at the
address set forth below under "Exchange Agent" prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. Delivery of the Old Notes may be made by
book-entry transfer in accordance with the procedures described below.
Confirmation of such book-entry transfer must be received by the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date.
The term "Agent's Message" means a message, transmitted by a book-entry
transfer facility to, and received by, the Exchange Agent forming a part of a
confirmation of a book-entry, which states that such book-entry transfer
facility has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in such
book-entry transfer facility tendering the Old Notes that such participant has
received and agrees: (i) to participate in the Automated Tender Option Program
("ATOP"); (ii) to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal; and (iii)
that the Company may enforce such agreement against such participant.
By executing the Letter of Transmittal or Agent's Message, each holder will
make to the Company the representations set forth above in the second paragraph
under the heading "--Resale of the Exchange Notes."
The tender by a holder and the acceptance thereof by the Company will
constitute agreement between such holder and the Company in accordance with the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of
Transmittal or Agent's Message.
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR AGENT'S
MESSAGE AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE
ELECTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE HOLDER, AND DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN
ACTUALLY CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO DELIVERY BY MAIL,
HOLDERS MAY WISH TO CONSIDER OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES,
SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT
BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT
TO THE COMPANY. HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS,
COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS
FOR SUCH HOLDERS.
Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a broker,
dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender
should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such registered
holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. See "Instructions to
Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from
Beneficial Owner" included with the Letter of Transmittal.
Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case
may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined below) unless
the Old Notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder
who has not completed the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" or
"Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the
account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on a Letter of
Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be
guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a member firm of the Medallion System (an
"Eligible Institution").
70
<PAGE>
If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered
holder of any Old Notes listed therein, such Old Notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by such registered holder
as such registered holder's name appears on such Old Notes with the signature
thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and evidence satisfactory to the
Company of their authority to so act must be submitted with the Letter of
Transmittal.
The Company understands that the Exchange Agent will make a request promptly
after the date of this Prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the Old
Notes at the book-entry transfer facility, The Depository Trust Company (the
"Book-Entry Transfer Facility"), for the purpose of facilitating the Exchange
Offer, and subject to the establishment thereto, any financial institution that
is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's system may make
book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing such Book-Entry Transfer Facility to
transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account with respect to the
Old Notes in accordance with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures for
such transfer. Although delivery of the Old Notes may be effected through
book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility, unless an Agent's Message is received by the Exchange Agent in
compliance with ATOP, an appropriate Letter of Transmittal properly completed
and duly executed with any required signature guarantee and all other required
documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the
Exchange Agent at its address set forth below on or prior to the Expiration
Date, or, if the guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied
with, within the time period provided under such procedures. Delivery of
documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to
the Exchange Agent.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance of tendered Old Notes and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes
will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination
will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any
and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Company's
acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be
unlawful. The Company also reserves the right in its sole discretion to waive
any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes.
The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and
binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in
connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within such time as the
Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to notify holders of
defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, neither the
Company, the Exchange Agent nor any person shall incur any liability for failure
to give such notification. Tender of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been
made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old
Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to
which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be
returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise
provided in the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the
Expiration Date.
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent or (iii) who
cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer, prior to the Expiration
Date, may effect a tender if:
(a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution; and
(b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent received from such
Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission,
71
<PAGE>
mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder,
the certificate number(s) of the such Old Notes and the principal amount
of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and
guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after
the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof)
(or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent's Message) together
with the certificate(s) representing the Old Notes (or a confirmation of
book-entry transfer of such Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility), and any other documents required by
the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution
with the Exchange Agent; and
(c) the certificate(s) representing all tendered Old Notes in proper form
for transfer (or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Old
Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book Entry Transfer
Facility), together with a Letter of Transmittal (of facsimile thereof),
properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature
guarantees (or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent's Message)
and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal are
received by the Exchange Agent within five New York Stock Exchange
trading days after the Expiration Date.
Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be
sent to holders who wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth above.
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
To withdraw a tender of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, a telegram, telex,
letter or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the
Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the
name of the person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the
"Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the
certificate number(s) and principal amount of such Old Notes, or, in the case of
Old Notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account
at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited), (iii) be signed by the
holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal
by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature
guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the
Trustee with respect to the Old Notes register the transfer of such Old Notes
into the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (iv) specify the name in
which any such Old Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the
Depositor. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including
time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Company, whose
determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so
withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the
Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless
the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Old Notes which have been
tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder
thereof without cost to such holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal,
rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old
Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under
"--Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
CONDITIONS
Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, if in the reasonable
opinion of the Company any of the conditions listed below have not been met, the
Company shall not be required to accept for
72
<PAGE>
exchange, or exchange Notes for, any Old Notes, and may terminate or amend the
Exchange Offer as provided herein before the acceptance of such Old Notes, if:
(a) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by
or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer
which, in the judgment of the Company, might materially impair the
ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer, or any
material adverse development has occurred in any existing action or
proceeding with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or
(b) any law, statue, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff of the
Commission is proposed, adopted or enacted, which, in the judgment of the
Company, might materially impair the ability of the Company to proceed
with the Exchange Offer or materially impair the contemplated benefits of
the Exchange Offer to the Company; or
(c) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval the
Company shall, in its discretion, deem necessary for the consummation of
the Exchange Offer as contemplated hereby.
If in the reasonable opinion of the Company any of the conditions above are
not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Old Notes and return all
tendered Old Notes to the tendering holders, (ii) extend the Exchange Offer and
retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer,
subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw such Old Notes (see
"--Withdrawal of Tenders") or (iii) waive such unsatisfied conditions with
respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered Old Notes which
have not been withdrawn.
EXCHANGE AGENT
The Bank of New York has been appointed as Exchange Agent for the Exchange
Offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of
this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as
follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION BY HAND OR OVERNIGHT
MAIL: NUMBER: DELIVERY:
The Bank of New York (Eligible Institutions Only) The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, 7E (212) 815-6339 101 Barclay Street
New York, New York 10286 Corporate Trust Services
Attn: Reorganization Section Window
CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE Ground Level
OR FOR INFORMATION CALL: New York, New York 10286
(212) 815-5788 Attn: Reorganization
Section--Floor 7E
</TABLE>
DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA
FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID
DELIVERY.
FEES AND EXPENSES
The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by the Company. The
principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation
may be made by telegraph, telecopy, telephone or in person by officers and
regular employees of the Company and its affiliates.
The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers, or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
73
<PAGE>
The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will
be paid by the Company. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the Exchange
Agent and Trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.
The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange
of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates
representing Exchange Notes or Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or
accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued
in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Old Notes
tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange
of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such
transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons)
will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of
such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted to the Exchange Agent, the
amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old
Notes, which is face value, as reflected in the Company's accounting records on
the date of exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will
be recognized by the Company. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be
capitalized and expensed over the term of the Exchange Notes.
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
The Old Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such Old Notes
may be resold only (i) to the Company (upon redemption thereof or otherwise),
(ii) so long as the Old Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to
a person inside the United States whom the seller reasonably believes is a
qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the
Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based
upon an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company), (iii) outside
the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements
of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, or (iv) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with
any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.
RESALE OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
Based upon interpretations by the staff of the Commission set forth in
certain no-action letters issued to third parties in similar transactions, the
Company believes that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer
may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any holder
thereof (other than any such holder that is (i) an "affiliate" of the Company
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or (ii) a broker-dealer
that acquired the Old Notes in a transaction other than part of its
market-making or other trading activities) without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act,
provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such
holder's business and that such holder has no arrangement or understanding with
any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. However,
the Commission has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a
no-action letter and there can be no assurance that the Staff of the Commission
would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in such
other circumstances.
As contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and the staff's
no-action letters referred to above, each holder accepting the Exchange Offer is
required to represent to the Company in the Letter of Transmittal that (i) the
Exchange Notes are to be acquired by the holder or the person receiving such
74
<PAGE>
Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, in the ordinary course
of business, (ii) the holder or any such other person (other than a
broker-dealer referred to in the next sentence) is not engaging and does not
intend to engage, in distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) the holder or any
such other person has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iv) neither the holder
nor any such other person is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and (v) the holder or any such other person
acknowledges that if such holder or any other person participates in the
Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes it must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes and cannot rely on those no-
action letters. Holders of Old Notes wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must
represent to the Company, as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, that
such conditions have been met. Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives
Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of Exchange
Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by
such Participating Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days
after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any
Participating Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See
"Plan of Distribution." For a description of the procedures for resales by
Participating Broker-Dealers, see "Plan of Distribution."
In the event that changes in the law or the applicable interpretations of
the staff of the Commission do not permit the Company to effect such an Exchange
Offer, or if for any other reason the Exchange Offer is not consummated within
180 days of the date of the original issuance of the Old Notes, the Company will
(i) file the Shelf Registration Statement covering the resale of the Old Notes,
(ii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement
to be declared effective under the Securities Act and (iii) use its reasonable
best efforts to keep effective the Shelf Registration Statement for two years
after its effective date. The Company will, in the event of the filing of the
Shelf Registration Statement, provide to each applicable holder of the Old Notes
copies of the prospectus which is a part of the Shelf Registration Statement,
notify each such holder when the Shelf Registration Statement has become
effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted
resale of the Old Notes. A holder of the Old Notes that sells such Old Notes
pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement generally will be required to be
named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a
prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability
provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be
bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement which are
applicable to such a holder (including certain indemnification obligations). In
addition, each holder of the Notes will be required to deliver information to be
used in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and to provide comments
on the Shelf Registration Statement within the time periods set forth in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
75
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
The Exchange Notes will be issued under an Indenture, dated as of December
22, 1997, among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee
(the "Trustee"). The terms of the Exchange Notes include those stated in the
Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act") as in effect on
the date of the Indenture. The Exchange Notes are subject to all such terms, and
holders of the Exchange Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Trust
Indenture Act for a statement of them. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes
are the same as the form and terms of the Old Notes (which they replace) except
that (i) the Exchange Notes bear a Series B designation, (ii) the Exchange Notes
have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear
legends restricting the transfer thereof, and (iii) the holders of Exchange
Notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement, including the provisions providing for the payment of Liquidated
Damages in certain circumstances relating to the timing of the Exchange Offer,
which rights will terminate when the Exchange Offer is consummated. The
following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the Exchange
Notes. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the
Exchange Notes and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and qualified in
its entirety by reference to, the Exchange Notes and the Indenture (including
the definitions contained therein). A copy of the form of Indenture may be
obtained from the Company by any holder or prospective investor upon request.
Definitions relating to certain capitalized terms are set forth under "--Certain
Definitions" and throughout this description. Capitalized terms that are used
but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the
Indenture and such definitions are incorporated herein by reference. Wherever
particular provisions of the Indenture are referred to in this summary, such
provisions are incorporated by reference as a part of the statements made and
such statements are qualified by such reference.
GENERAL
The Exchange Notes will be senior unsecured, general obligations of the
Company, limited in aggregate principal amount to $175.0 million. The Exchange
Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several and
senior unsecured basis by each of the Company's present and future Restricted
Subsidiaries (the "Guarantors"). The obligations of each Guarantor under its
guarantee, however, will be limited in a manner intended to avoid it being
deemed a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See "Certain Bankruptcy
Limitations" below. As of the Issue Date, all of the Company's Subsidiaries will
be Restricted Subsidiaries and, accordingly, all such Subsidiaries will be
Guarantors. The Exchange Notes will be issued only in fully registered form,
without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
The Exchange Notes will mature on December 15, 2007. The Exchange Notes will
bear interest at the rate per annum stated on the cover page hereof from
December 22, 1997 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which
interest has been paid or provided for, payable semi-annually on June 15 and
December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 1998, to the Persons in whose
names such Notes are registered at the close of business on the June 1 and
December 1, respectively, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.
Interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve
30-day months.
Principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes will be payable, and the Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or exchange, at the office or agency of
the Company maintained for such purpose, which office or agency shall be
maintained in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. Except as set
forth below, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by
check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at the addresses set forth upon the
registry books of the Company. No service charge will be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax
76
<PAGE>
or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. Until otherwise
designated by the Company, the Company's office or agency will be the corporate
trust office of the Trustee presently located at the office of the Trustee in
the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE
The Company conducts its operations through its Subsidiaries. Accordingly,
the Company's ability to meet its cash obligations is dependent upon the ability
of its Subsidiaries to make cash distributions to the Company. Furthermore, any
right of the Company to receive the assets of any such Subsidiary upon such
Subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization (and the consequent right of the
Holders of the Notes to participate in the distribution of the proceeds of those
assets) effectively will be subordinated by operation of law to the claims of
such Subsidiary's creditors (including trade creditors) and holders of its
preferred stock, except to the extent that the Company is itself recognized as a
creditor or preferred stockholder of such Subsidiary, in which case the claims
of the Company would still be subordinate to any indebtedness or preferred stock
of such Subsidiary senior in right of payment to that held by the Company.
CERTAIN BANKRUPTCY LIMITATIONS
Holders of the Notes will be direct creditors of each Guarantor by virtue of
its guarantee. Nonetheless, in the event of the bankruptcy or financial
difficulty of a Guarantor, such Guarantor's obligations under its guarantee may
be subject to review and avoidance under state and federal fraudulent transfer
laws. Among other things, such obligations may be avoided if a court concludes
that such obligations were incurred for less than reasonably equivalent value or
fair consideration at a time when the Guarantor was insolvent, was rendered
insolvent, or was left with inadequate capital to conduct its business. A court
would likely conclude that a Guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent
value or fair consideration to the extent that the aggregate amount of its
liability on its guarantee exceeds the economic benefits it receives in the
Offering. The obligations of each Guarantor under its guarantee will be limited
in a manner intended to cause it not to be a fraudulent conveyance under
applicable law, although no assurance can be given that a court would give the
Holders the benefit of such provision. See "Risk Factors--Fraudulent Transfer
Considerations."
If the obligations of a Guarantor under its guarantee were avoided, holders
of Notes would have to look to the assets of any remaining Guarantors for
payment. There can be no assurance in that event that such assets would suffice
to pay the outstanding principal and interest on the Notes.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
The Company will not have the right to redeem any Notes prior to December
15, 2002, except as described in the following paragraphs. The Notes will be
redeemable for cash at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any
time on or after December 15, 2002, upon not less than 30 days' nor more than 60
days' notice to each holder of Notes, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of the principal amount) if redeemed during the
12-month period commencing December 15 of the years indicated below, in each
case (subject to the right of holders of record on a Record Date to receive the
corresponding accrued and unpaid interest due thereon (and the corresponding
Liquidated Damages, if any) on an Interest Payment Date corresponding to such
Record Date that is on or prior to such Redemption Date) together with accrued
and unpaid interest (and Liquidated Damages, if any) thereon to the Redemption
Date:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------
<S> <C>
2002.............................................................................. 104.875%
2003.............................................................................. 103.250%
2004.............................................................................. 101.625%
2005 and thereafter............................................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
77
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time or from time to time on or prior
to December 15, 2000, the Company may (but shall not have the obligation to)
redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
originally outstanding, at a redemption price of 109.75% of the aggregate
principal amount so redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest (and
Liquidated Damages, if any) to the date of redemption out of the Net Cash
Proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings; PROVIDED HOWEVER, that
immediately following such redemption not less than $113.8 million aggregate
principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding, and PROVIDED FURTHER, that
such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the closing of such Public Equity
Offering.
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of
Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed, or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by
lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate;
PROVIDED, that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of
redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60
days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its
registered address. If any Note is redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal
thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon
cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest
ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
The Notes will also be subject to redemption at any time or from time to
time prior to December 15, 2002 upon not less than 10 nor more than 20 days'
notice to each Holder of Notes redeemed, at the option of the Company, in whole
or in part, in integral multiples of $1,000, at a redemption price equal to 100%
of the principal amount thereof plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium plus
accrued and unpaid interest (and Liquidated Damages, if any) to but excluding
the Redemption Date. "Make-Whole Premium" means, with respect to a Note at any
time, the greater of (a) 9.75% of the principal amount of such Note and (b) the
excess of (i) the present value at such time discounted from the first date on
which such Note could be redeemed at the option of the Company, of the principal
amount at maturity of such Note plus the amount of premium that would be due on
such Note were it to be received on the first date on which such Note could be
redeemed at the option of the Company, computed using a discount rate equal to
the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Note. "Treasury Rate" means the yield to maturity at the time of
computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as
compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release
H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least five Business Days prior
to the date fixed for repayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly
equal to the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes
(calculated as if the first date on which the Notes can be redeemed at the
option of the Company were the final maturity of the Notes); PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that if such Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes is not equal to the
constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly
average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear
interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly
average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are
given, except that if such Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes is
less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
The Notes will not have the benefit of any sinking fund.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL
The Indenture provides that in the event that a Change of Control has
occurred, each Holder will have the right, at such Holder's option, pursuant to
an offer (subject only to conditions required by
78
<PAGE>
applicable law, if any) by the Company (the "Change of Control Offer"), to
require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Holder's Notes
(PROVIDED, that the principal amount of such Notes must be $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof) on a date (the "Change of Control Purchase Date") that is no
later than 60 Business Days after the date of occurrence of such Change of
Control, at a cash price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof (the
"Change of Control Purchase Price"), together with accrued and unpaid interest
(and Liquidated Damages, if any) to the Change of Control Purchase Date. The
Change of Control Offer shall be made within 30 Business Days following a Change
of Control and shall remain open for at least 20 Business Days following the
mailing of such Change of Control Offer but in no event longer than 30 Business
Days, unless required by law (the "Change of Control Offer Period"). Upon
expiration of the Change of Control Offer Period, the Company promptly shall
purchase all Notes properly tendered in response to the Change of Control Offer.
As used herein, a "Change of Control" means (a) any merger or consolidation
of the Company with or into any Person or any sale, transfer or other
conveyance, whether direct or indirect, of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company, on a consolidated basis, in one transaction or a series
of related transactions, if, immediately after giving effect to such
transaction(s), any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used for purposes of
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not applicable), other
than a Permitted Transferee, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in
Rules 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than
50% of the total voting power in the aggregate normally entitled to vote in the
election of members of the board of directors, managers, or trustees, as
applicable, of the transferee(s) or surviving entity or entities, (b) any
"person" or "group" (as such terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and
14(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not applicable), other than a Permitted
Transferee, is or becomes the "beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, of
more than 50% of the total voting power in the aggregate of all classes of
Equity Interests of the Company then outstanding normally entitled to vote in
elections of members of the board of directors, managers, or trustees, as
applicable, or (c) during any period of 12 consecutive months after the Issue
Date, individuals who at the beginning of any such 12-month period constituted
the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose
election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the
holders of Equity Interests of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority
of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning
of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so
approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company then in office.
On or before the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company will (a)
accept for payment Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer, (b) deposit with the Paying Agent cash sufficient to
pay the Change of Control Purchase Price (together with accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any), of all Notes so tendered and (c)
deliver to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate
listing the Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying
Agent promptly will pay the Holders of Notes so accepted an amount equal to the
Change of Control Purchase Price (together with accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any), and the Trustee promptly will authenticate and
deliver to such Holders a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased
portion of the Note surrendered. Any Notes not so accepted will be delivered
promptly by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly
announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable
after the Change of Control Purchase Date.
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and
purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer.
The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may make more difficult
or discourage a takeover of the Company, and, thus, the removal of incumbent
management.
79
<PAGE>
The phrase "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Company will
likely be interpreted under applicable state law and will be dependent upon
particular facts and circumstances. As a result, there may be a degree of
uncertainty in ascertaining whether a sale or transfer of "all or substantially
all" of the assets of the Company has occurred. In addition, no assurances can
be given that the Company will be able to acquire any or all of the Notes
tendered upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.
Any Change of Control Offer will be made in compliance with all applicable
laws, rules and regulations, including, if applicable, Regulation 14E under the
Exchange Act and the rules thereunder and all other applicable Federal and state
securities laws. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this covenant, compliance by the
Company or any of the Guarantors with such laws and regulations shall not in and
of itself cause a breach of its obligations under such covenant.
If the Change of Control Purchase Date hereunder is on or after an interest
payment Record Date and on or before the associated Interest Payment Date, any
accrued and unpaid interest (and Liquidated Damages, if any, due on such
Interest Payment Date) will be paid to the person in whose name a Note is
registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and such accrued and
unpaid interest (and Liquidated Damages, if applicable) will not be payable to
holders who tender the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS
The Indenture provides that, except as set forth in this covenant, the
Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, issue, assume, guarantee, incur, become directly or indirectly
liable with respect to (including as a result of an Acquisition), or otherwise
become responsible for, contingently or otherwise (individually and
collectively, to "incur" or, as appropriate, an "incurrence"), any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness), other than Permitted Indebtedness, unless (a)
after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and
application of the proceeds thereof, the ratio of the total Indebtedness of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any Indebtedness owed to a
Restricted Subsidiary by any other Restricted Subsidiary or the Company and any
Indebtedness owed to the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary) to the Company's
Consolidated EBITDA (determined on a PRO FORMA basis for the last four fiscal
quarters of the Company for which financial statements are available at the date
of determination) is less than (i) 6.5 to 1 if the Indebtedness is incurred
prior to December 15, 1999 and (ii) 6.0 to 1 if the Indebtedness is incurred on
or after December 15, 1999, and (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing at the time of the incurrences of such Indebtedness
(the "Incurrence Date") or as a consequence of the incurrence of such
Indebtedness. In determining the ratio of total Indebtedness to Consolidated
EBITDA for purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, (a) if the
Indebtedness which is the subject of a determination under this provision is
Acquired Indebtedness, or Indebtedness incurred in connection with the
simultaneous acquisition of any Person, business, property or assets, then such
ratio shall be determined by giving effect to (on a PRO FORMA basis, as if the
transaction had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period) both the
incurrence or assumption of such Acquired Indebtedness or such other
Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (together with any
other Acquired Indebtedness or other Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with acquisitions consummated
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during such four-quarter period) and
the inclusion in the Company's Consolidated EBITDA of the Consolidated EBITDA of
the acquired Person, business, property or assets and any PRO FORMA expense and
cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act as in effect and as applied as of the Issue Date (together with
the Consolidated EBITDA of, and PRO FORMA expense and cost reductions relating
to, any other Person, business, property or assets acquired or disposed of by
the Company during such four-quarter period) and (b) if since the end of such
four-quarter period any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
has been repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (other than
Indebtedness under a revolving credit or similar arrangement unless such
revolving credit
80
<PAGE>
Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced),
Indebtedness as of the end of such four-quarter period shall be calculated after
giving effect on a PRO FORMA basis as if such Indebtedness had been repaid,
repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged as of the beginning of such
four-quarter period.
Indebtedness of any Person which is outstanding at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (including upon designation of
any subsidiary or other Person as a Restricted Subsidiary) or is merged with or
into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
shall be deemed to have been incurred at the time such Person becomes such a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated
with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable.
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment
if, after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a PRO FORMA basis, (a) a
Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) the
Company is not permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to clause (a) of the first paragraph of the "Limitation on Incurrence
of Additional Indebtedness" covenant, or (c) the aggregate amount of all
Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
including after giving effect to such proposed Restricted Payment, from and
after the Issue Date, would exceed the sum of (i) 50% of the aggregate Adjusted
Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting
period), commencing January 1, 1998, to and including the last day of the fiscal
quarter ended immediately prior to the date of each such calculation (or, in the
event Adjusted Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, then minus
100% of such deficit), plus (ii) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the
Company from the sale of its Qualified Equity Interests (other than (A) to a
Subsidiary of the Company and (B) to the extent applied in connection with a
Qualified Exchange), after the Issue Date, plus (iii) 100% of the aggregate
amount of cash and the Determined Fair Market Value of property other than cash
contributed to the capital of the Company following the Issue Date, plus (iv)
the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is
reduced on the Company's balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other
than by a Subsidiary) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary convertible or exchangeable for Qualified
Equity Interests of the Company (less the amount of any cash or other property
(other than such Qualified Equity Interest) distributed by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange), plus (v) to the extent
that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for
cash, or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the amount of the cash return
of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less any taxes and
transaction costs associated with such sale or liquidation), plus (vi) in case
any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary or has
been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, transfers or conveys
assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the
Determined Fair Market Value of Investment of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of
such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or
conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the
Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or with the assets so
transferred or conveyed.
The provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph will not prohibit (a)
a Qualified Exchange or (b) the payment of any dividend on Qualified Equity
Interests within 60 days after the date of its declaration if such dividend
could have been made on the date of such declaration in compliance with the
foregoing provisions. In addition, clauses (b) and (c) of the immediately
preceding paragraph will not prohibit (a) repurchases of Equity Interests of
Holdings or the Company (or the payment of dividends to Holdings to be applied
to such repurchases) from officers or employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries,
including the Company, upon death, disability or termination of employment in an
aggregate amount with respect to all officers and employees not to exceed
$250,000 per year or $2.0 million in the aggregate on
81
<PAGE>
and after the Issue Date, and repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur
upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of
the exercise price of such options; (b) dividends or other Restricted Payments
to Holdings, which do not in the aggregate exceed (i) the actual amount used by
Holdings to pay legal fees and expenses, audit expenses, Commission filing fees,
corporate franchise or similar taxes plus (ii) the actual amount used by
Holdings to pay directors' fees, employee costs and miscellaneous administrative
expenses, PROVIDED that the aggregate amount expended in any calendar year for
the purposes set forth in this subclause (ii) shall not exceed $250,000 plus
(iii) payments to Holdings to permit Holdings to pay federal, state, local or
foreign tax liabilities, not to exceed with respect to any calendar year the
amount of all such tax liabilities that would be otherwise payable by the
Company and its Subsidiaries to the appropriate taxing authorities if they filed
separate tax returns for such calendar year, but only to the extent that
Holdings has an obligation to pay such tax liabilities relating to the assets,
operations or capital of the Company and its Subsidiaries, PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that (x) in determining the amount of any such tax payment that is permitted to
be paid by the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of their federal income
tax liability, such payment shall be determined on the basis of assuming that
the Company is the parent company of an affiliated group filing a consolidated
federal income tax return and that Holdings and each such Subsidiary is a member
of such affiliated group and (y) any payments made pursuant to this subclause
(iii) shall either be used by Holdings to pay such tax liabilities within 90
days of Holdings' receipt of such payment or refunded to the payee; and
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the amount of all payments made pursuant to this clause
(b) shall be excluded from the calculation of the amount available for
Restricted Payments pursuant to the preceding paragraph; (c) distributions not
to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate to Holdings to make payments of Liquidated
Damages to the holders of Holdings Discount Notes as may be required under the
registration rights agreement relating to the Holdings Notes, (d) the purchase
or redemption of any Indebtedness from the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale
to the extent permitted by the terms of the "Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock" covenant, (e) the purchase or redemption of any Indebtedness
following a Change of Control pursuant to provisions of such Indebtedness
substantially similar to those described under the "Repurchase of Notes at the
Option of Holder upon a Change of Control" covenant above after the Company
shall have complied with the provisions under such covenant, including the
payment of the applicable Change of Control Purchase Price, (f) the payment by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of monitoring fees paid to WPMP or an
Affiliate not in excess of $1.0 million in respect of any year, whether or not
actually paid in such year or deferred and paid in any subsequent year; PROVIDED
that the obligation to pay any such fees shall be subordinated to the Notes, (g)
payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Wasserstein
Perella or an Affiliate made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting
or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities,
including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures
which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company in good faith, and (h) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries,
partnerships or joint ventures involving the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, if the amount of such Investment (after taking into account the
amount of all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (h), less any
return of capital realized or any repayment of principal received on such
Investments, or any release or other cancellation of any guarantee constituting
such Investment, which has not at such time been reinvested in Investments made
pursuant to this clause (h), does not exceed $5.0 million, PROVIDED, that the
aggregate amount of all such Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not
exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding. The full amount of any
Restricted Payment made pursuant to clauses (a), (d), (e) and (h) of the
immediately preceding sentence, however, will be deducted in the calculation of
the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments available to be made referred to in
clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph.
For purposes of this covenant, the amount of any Restricted Payment, if
other than in cash, shall be the Determined Fair Market Value thereof; PROVIDED,
that in the case of a Restricted Payment consisting of a Restricted Investment
arising as the result of the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an
82
<PAGE>
Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary resulting therefrom shall, if greater than $5.0 million, be
determined by the opinion of a Third-Party Evaluator.
LIMITATION ON DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, assume or suffer to
exist any consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to
pay dividends or make other distributions to or on behalf of, or to pay any
obligation to or on behalf of, or otherwise to transfer assets or property to or
on behalf of, or make or pay loans or advances to or on behalf of, the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary, except (a) restrictions imposed by the Notes or
the Indenture, (b) restrictions imposed by other indebtedness of the Company
(which may also be guaranteed by the Guarantors) ranking PARI PASSU with the
Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable, provided such restrictions are no more
restrictive than those imposed by the Indenture and the Notes, (c) restrictions
imposed by applicable law, (d) existing restrictions under Indebtedness
outstanding on the Issue Date, (e) restrictions pursuant to any Credit Agreement
or any amendment thereto whether or not such Credit Agreement is in effect on
the Issue Date or is placed into effect later, or any Refinancing Indebtedness
in respect thereof (PROVIDED any restrictions or requirements of any such
amendment or Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive than those imposed
by any Credit Agreement as of the first date after the Issue Date that such
Credit Agreement is in place), (f) restrictions under any Acquired Indebtedness
not incurred in violation of the Indenture or any agreement relating to any
Person, property, asset, or business acquired by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, which restrictions in each case existed at the time of Acquisition,
were not put in place in connection with or in anticipation of such Acquisition
and are not applicable to any Person, property, asset or business other than the
Person, property, asset or business acquired, (g) restrictions solely with
respect to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to a binding
agreement which has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or
substantially all of the Equity Interests or assets of such Restricted
Subsidiary, PROVIDED such restrictions apply solely to the Equity Interests or
assets of such Restricted Subsidiary which are being sold, (h) restrictions on
transfer contained in Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraph
(f) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" PROVIDED such restrictions
relate only to the transfer of the property acquired with the proceeds or
otherwise secured by such Purchase Money Indebtedness, and (i) in connection
with and pursuant to permitted Refinancings, replacements or restrictions
imposed pursuant to clause (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) or (h) of this paragraph that
are not more restrictive than those being replaced and do not apply to any other
person or assets than those that would have been covered by the restrictions in
the Indebtedness so refinanced. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither (a)
customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease or other
contract entered into in the ordinary course of business, consistent with
industry practice, nor (b) Liens permitted under the terms of the Indenture on
assets securing indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or Purchase Money
Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the "Limitation on Incurrence of
Additional Indebtedness" covenant shall in and of themselves be considered a
restriction on the ability of the applicable Restricted Subsidiary to transfer
such agreement or assets, as the case may be.
LIMITATION ON LIENS SECURING INDEBTEDNESS
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of
any kind, other than Permitted Liens, upon any of their respective assets, now
owned or acquired on or after the date of the Indenture, or upon any income or
profits therefrom unless the Company provides, and causes its Restricted
Subsidiaries to provide, concurrently therewith, that the Notes are equally and
ratably so secured, PROVIDED that, if such Indebtedness is Subordinated
Indebtedness, the Lien securing such Subordinated Indebtedness shall be
subordinate and junior to the Lien securing the Notes with the same relative
priority as such Subordinated Indebtedness shall have with respect to the Notes.
83
<PAGE>
LIMITATION ON SALE OF ASSETS AND SUBSIDIARY STOCK
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, in one or a series of related transactions, convey,
sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of
its property, business or assets, including by merger or consolidation (in the
case of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), and including any sale or other
transfer or issuance of any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of either or through the issuance,
sale or transfer of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary, and including any
sale and leaseback transaction (any of the foregoing, an "Asset Sale"), unless
(a)(i) within 270 days after the date of such Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds
therefrom (the "Asset Sale Offer Amount") are applied to the optional redemption
of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or any other
Indebtedness of the Company ranking on a parity with the Notes from time to time
outstanding with similar provisions requiring the Company to make an offer to
purchase or to redeem such Indebtedness with the proceeds of asset sales, PRO
RATA in proportion to the respective principal amounts (or accreted values in
the case of Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount) of the Notes
and such other Indebtedness then outstanding, or to the repurchase of the Notes
and such other Indebtedness pursuant to a cash offer (subject only to conditions
required by applicable law, if any) (PRO RATA in proportion to the respective
principal amounts (or accreted values in the case of Indebtedness issued with an
original issue discount) of the Notes and such other Indebtedness then
outstanding) (the "Asset Sale Offer") at a purchase price of 100% of principal
amount (or accreted value in the case of Indebtedness issued with an original
issue discount) (the "Asset Sale Offer Price") together with accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of payment or (ii) within
270 days following such Asset Sale, the Asset Sale Offer Amount is (A) invested
(or committed, pursuant to a binding commitment subject only to reasonable,
customary closing conditions, to be invested, and in fact is so invested, within
an additional 90 days) in a Person, business, assets or property which in the
good faith reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors will constitute or be a
part of a Related Business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (if it
continues to be a Subsidiary) immediately following such transaction or (B) used
to retire or repay Indebtedness of the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary
that ranks senior to or PARI PASSU with the Notes and/or the Guarantees or to
permanently reduce the amount of such Indebtedness (provided that, in the case
of a revolving credit arrangement or similar arrangement that makes credit
available, such commitment is permanently reduced by such amount), or (b) with
respect to any Asset Sale or related series of Asset Sales involving securities,
property or assets with an aggregate Determined Fair Market Value in excess of
$500,000, at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale or series of
related Asset Sales consists of (x) cash or Cash Equivalents or (y) property or
assets usable by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course
of conduct of a Related Business; PROVIDED, that if the Fair Market Value of
property or assets of the kind specified in this subclause (y) exceeds $5.0
million, then the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by a Third-Party
Evaluator; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the principal amount of the following
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this clause (b): (i) any Indebtedness
(as shown on the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance
sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that
is assumed or forgiven by the transferee of any such assets and (ii) any
securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such
Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 30 days of the closing of such Asset
Sale (but in the case of this subclause (ii), only to the extent of the cash
received), (c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing at the time of, or would occur after giving effect, on a PRO FORMA
basis, to, such Asset Sale, and (d) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as applicable, receives at least Determined Fair Market Value for such Asset
Sale.
The Indenture provides that an Acquisition of Notes pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer may be deferred until the accumulated Net Cash Proceeds from Asset
Sales not applied to the uses set forth above (the "Excess Proceeds") exceeds
$5.0 million. Each Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for 20 Business Days
following its commencement but in no event longer than 30 Business Days (the
"Asset Sale Offer Period").
84
<PAGE>
Not later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Sale Offer
Period (the "Asset Sale Purchase Date"), the Company shall apply the Asset Sale
Offer Amount plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the purchase of all Notes or any other Indebtedness properly
tendered (on a PRO RATA basis if the Asset Sale Offer Amount is insufficient to
purchase all Notes and any other Indebtedness so tendered) at the Asset Sale
Offer Price (together with accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such other
Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Asset
Sale Offer Amount, the Company may use any remaining Net Cash Proceeds for
general corporate purposes as otherwise permitted by the Indenture, and
following each Asset Sale Offer the Excess Proceeds amount shall be reset to
zero. If required by applicable law, the Asset Sale Offer Period may be extended
as so required; however, if so extended it shall nevertheless constitute an
Event of Default if within 60 Business Days of its commencement the Asset Sale
Offer is not consummated or the properly tendered Notes are not purchased
pursuant thereto. The Company may apply as a credit in satisfaction of all or
any part of the Company's obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer the aggregate
principal amount of Notes purchased by the Company in open-market transactions
(I.E., excluding Notes optionally redeemed, or required to be purchased by the
Company, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture) within the previous 270 days
immediately preceding the close of the Asset Sale Offer Period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of the prior paragraph:
(a) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may, in the ordinary
course of business, convey, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of
inventory, other personal property and services in the ordinary course of
business;
(b) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may convey, sell,
transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of assets pursuant to and in
accordance with the covenant "Limitation on Merger, Sale or Consolidation"
and the covenant "Limitation on Restricted Payments";
(c) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell or dispose of
damaged, worn out or other obsolete property in the ordinary course of
business so long as such property is no longer necessary for the proper
conduct of the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
applicable;
(d) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may convey, sell,
transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of assets to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries;
(e) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may surrender or waive
contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or
other claims of any kind;
(f) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may grant Liens not
prohibited by the Indenture;
(g) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may engage in any
transaction or series of related transactions that would otherwise be an
Asset Sale where the Determined Fair Market Value of the assets sold,
leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of was less than $500,000; and
(h) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell or discount, in
each case without recourse (other than recourse for a breach of a
representation or warranty), accounts receivable arising in the ordinary
course of business, but only in connection with the collection or compromise
thereof.
85
<PAGE>
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly make any Asset Sale of any of the Equity Interests of any
Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to an Asset Sale of all the Equity
Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary.
Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made in compliance with all applicable laws,
rules, and regulations, including, if applicable, Regulation 14E of the Exchange
Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and all other applicable Federal
and state securities laws. To the extent that the provisions of any securities
laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this covenant, compliance by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with such laws and regulations shall not
in and of itself cause a breach of its obligations under such covenant.
If the payment date in connection with an Asset Sale Offer hereunder is on
or after an interest payment Record Date and on or before the associated
Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest (and Liquidated Damages,
if any, due on such Interest Payment Date) will be paid to the Person in whose
name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and such
interest (or Liquidated Damages, if applicable) will not be payable to Holders
who tender Notes pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer.
LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries will be permitted on or after the Issue Date to enter into or
suffer to exist any contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction with any
Affiliate (an "Affiliate Transaction"), or any series of related Affiliate
Transactions (other than Exempted Affiliate Transactions), (a) unless it is
determined that the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable
to the Company, and no less favorable to the Company than could have been
obtained in an arm's length transaction with a non-Affiliate, (b) if involving
consideration to either party in excess of $1.0 million, unless such Affiliate
Transaction(s) is evidenced by an Officers' Certificate addressed and delivered
to the Trustee certifying that such Affiliate Transaction (or Transactions) has
been approved by a resolution of the Board of Directors and (c) if involving
consideration to either party in excess of $5.0 million, unless in addition the
Company, prior to the consummation thereof, obtains a written favorable opinion
as to the fairness of such transaction to the Company from a financial point of
view from a Third-Party Evaluator.
LIMITATION ON MERGER, SALE OR CONSOLIDATION
The Indenture provides that the Company will not consolidate with or merge
with or into another Person or, directly or indirectly, sell, lease, convey or
transfer all or substantially all of its assets (computed on a consolidated
basis), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, to
another Person or group of Affiliated Persons or adopt a plan of liquidation,
unless (a) either (i) the Company is the continuing entity or (ii) the
resulting, surviving or transferee entity or, in the case of a plan of
liquidation, the entity which receives the greatest value from such plan of
liquidation, is a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, any
state thereof or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes by supplemental
indenture all of the obligations of the Company in connection with the Notes and
the Indenture; (b) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall occur
immediately after giving effect on a PRO FORMA basis to such transaction; (c)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a PRO FORMA basis, the
Consolidated Net Worth of the consolidated surviving or transferee entity or, in
the case of a plan of liquidation, the entity which receives the greatest value
from such plan of liquidation, is at least equal to the Consolidated Net Worth
of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and (d) unless such
transaction is solely the merger of the Company and one of its previously
existing Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries which is also a Guarantor and
which transaction is not in connection with any other transaction immediately
after giving effect to such transaction on a PRO FORMA basis, the consolidated
resulting, surviving or transferee entity or, in the case of a plan of
liquidation, the entity which receives the greatest value from such plan of
liquidation, would immediately thereafter be permitted to
86
<PAGE>
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) of the
first paragraph of the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness"
covenant above.
Upon any consolidation or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Company or consummation of a plan of liquidation in
accordance with the foregoing, the successor corporation formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such transfer is
made or, in the case of a plan of liquidation, the entity which receives the
greatest value from such plan of liquidation shall succeed to and (except in the
case of a lease) be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of,
the Company under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor
corporation had been named therein as the Company, and (except in the case of a
lease) the Company shall be released from the obligations under the Notes and
the Indenture except with respect to any obligations that arise from, or are
related to, such transaction.
For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or
otherwise) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or
more Restricted Subsidiaries, the Company's interest in which constitutes all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company shall be deemed to
be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Company.
LIMITATION ON LINES OF BUSINESS
The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any Restricted
Subsidiary shall directly or indirectly engage to any substantial extent in any
line or lines of business activity other than that which, in the reasonable good
faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is a Related Business.
FUTURE GUARANTORS
The Indenture provides that all Subsidiaries of the Company (other than
Unrestricted Subsidiaries) substantially all of whose assets are located in the
United States or that conduct substantially all of their business in the United
States shall be Guarantors. In addition, the Company will not, and will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Investment in any Subsidiary that
is not a Guarantor, unless either (i) such Investment is permitted by the
"Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant above or (ii) such Subsidiary
executes a Subsidiary Guarantee and delivers an opinion of counsel in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the
Indenture to the contrary, if any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a
Guarantor (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) guarantees any other
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that is a
Guarantor, or the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company pledges more than 65%
of the capital stock of such Subsidiary to a United States lender, then such
Subsidiary must become a Guarantor.
RELEASE OF GUARANTORS
The Indenture provides that no Guarantor shall consolidate or merge with or
into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another person
unless (a) subject to the provisions of the following paragraph and certain
other provisions of the Indenture, the person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which such person shall
unconditionally guarantee, on a senior subordinated basis, all of such
Guarantor's obligations under such Guarantor's guarantee, and the Indenture on
the terms set forth in the Indenture; and (b) immediately before and immediately
after giving effect to such transaction on a PRO FORMA basis, no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing.
Upon the sale or disposition (whether by merger, stock purchase, asset sale
or otherwise) of all of the Capital Stock or other Equity Interests of a
Guarantor or of all or substantially all of its assets, in either case, to an
entity which is not a Guarantor, or the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary
to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary, which transaction is otherwise in
compliance with the Indenture (including, without limitation, the provisions of
the "Limitations on Sale of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" covenant and
87
<PAGE>
the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant), or the release of a Guarantor
from its obligations under any Credit Agreement by the lenders thereunder, such
Guarantor will be deemed released from its obligations under its guarantee of
the Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such termination shall occur only to the
extent that all obligations of such Guarantor under all of its guarantees of,
and under all of its pledges of assets or other security interests which secure,
any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company shall
also terminate upon such release, sale or transfer.
LIMITATION ON STATUS AS INVESTMENT COMPANY
The Indenture prohibits the Company and its Subsidiaries from taking any
action or conducting their businesses and operations in such a way as would
cause them to be required to register as an "investment company" (as that term
is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or would
otherwise cause them to become subject to regulation under the Investment
Company Act.
REPORTS
The Indenture provides that whether or not the Company is subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee and, to each holder and to prospective purchasers
of Notes identified to the Company by an Initial Purchaser, within 15 days after
it is or would have been (if it were subject to such reporting obligations)
required to file such with the Commission, annual and quarterly financial
statements substantially equivalent to financial statements that would have been
included in reports filed with the Commission, if the Company were subject to
the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, including, with
respect to annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's certified
independent public accountants as such would be required in such reports to the
Commission, and, in each case, together with a management's discussion and
analysis of financial condition and results of operations that would be so
required and, unless the Commission will not accept such reports, file with the
Commission the annual, quarterly and other reports that it is or would have been
required to file with the Commission.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
The Indenture defines an Event of Default as (a) the failure to pay any
installment of interest (or Liquidated Damages, if any) on the Notes as and when
the same becomes due and payable and the continuance of any such failure for 30
days, (b) the failure to pay all or any part of the principal, or premium, if
any, on the Notes when and as the same becomes due and payable at maturity,
redemption, by acceleration or otherwise, including, without limitation, payment
of the Change of Control Purchase Price or the Asset Sale Offer Price, or
otherwise, (c) the failure by either of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
to observe or perform any other covenant or agreement contained in the Notes or
the Indenture and the continuance of such failure for a period of 45 days after
written notice is given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the
Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes outstanding specifying the default and demanding that same be remedied,
(d) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization in respect of the
Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, (e) a default in Indebtedness of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with an aggregate principal
amount in excess of $5.0 million (i) resulting from the failure to pay principal
at final maturity or (ii) as a result of which the maturity of such Indebtedness
has been accelerated prior to its stated maturity, and (f) final unsatisfied
judgments not covered by insurance aggregating in excess of $5.0 million, at any
one time rendered against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and
not stayed, bonded or discharged within 60 days. The Indenture will provide that
if a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee must, within 90 days after
the occurrence of such Default, give to the Holders notice of such Default.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of
Default specified in clause (d) above with respect to the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary), then in every such case, unless the principal of all of
the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the
Holders
88
<PAGE>
of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by
notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by holders) (an
"Acceleration Notice"), may declare all principal, determined as set forth
below, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (and Liquidated Damages,
if any) thereon to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default
specified in clause (d) above occurs with respect to the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary, all principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and
unpaid interest (and Liquidated Damages, if any) on all the outstanding Notes
will be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the
part of Trustee or the Holders. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of Notes generally are authorized to rescind any such acceleration if all
existing Events of Default (other than (a) the non-payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the Notes which have become due solely by such acceleration, (b) with respect
to defaults with respect to any provision requiring a supermajority approval to
amend, which default may only be waived by such a supermajority and (c) with
respect to any covenant or provision which cannot be modified or amended without
the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected) have been cured or
waived as provided in the Indenture.
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights
or powers under the Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the
Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or
indemnity. Subject to all provisions of the Indenture and applicable law, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.
Notice of any redemption will be sent, by first class mail, at least 30 days
and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the Holder
of each Note to be redeemed to such Holder's last address as then shown upon the
registry books of the Registrar. Any notice which relates to a Note to be
redeemed in part only must state the portion of the principal amount equal to
the unredeemed portion thereof and must state that on and after the date of
redemption, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in a principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued. On and after the
date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions
thereof called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the payment
thereof.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its
obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the
outstanding Notes ("Legal Defeasance"). Such Legal Defeasance means that the
Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes, except for (a) the rights of Holders to
receive payment in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company's obligations with respect
to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or
agency for payments, (c) the rights, powers, trust, duties and immunities of the
Trustee and the Company's obligations in connection therewith and (d) the Legal
Defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its
option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company released
with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture ("Covenant
Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall
not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the
event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment,
bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization and insolvency events) described under
"Events of Default and Remedies" will no longer constitute Events of Default
with respect to the Notes.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (a) the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, non-
89
<PAGE>
callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts
as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest and Liquidated Damages on the Notes on the stated date for payment
thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; (b) in the
case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee
confirming that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published
by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) since the date of the
Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in
either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall
confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times
as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; (c) in
the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee
an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee
confirming that the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject
to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the
date of such deposit (other than an Event of Default or Default resulting from
the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); (e) such Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under the Indenture or any other material agreement or
instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; (f) the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit
was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any
other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering,
delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; (g) the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an
opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or
relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied
with; (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel
to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds
will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally; and (i)
certain other customary conditions precedent are satisfied.
If the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on the Notes when due, then the obligations of the Company and the
Guarantors under the Indenture will be revived and no such defeasance will be
deemed to have occurred.
DESIGNATION OF RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, PROVIDED, that (a) no Default or Event
of Default is existing or will occur as a consequence thereof, (b) immediately
after giving effect to such designation, on a PRO FORMA basis, the Company could
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) of the
first paragraph of the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness"
covenant and (c) the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary
(as determined pursuant to the definition of "Investment" below) is permitted to
be made under the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant. Each such
designation shall be evidenced by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of
the resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. If, at
any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing
requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture, and any Indebtedness of
such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be
incurred as of such date under the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional
Indebtedness" covenant, the Company shall be in default of such
90
<PAGE>
covenant). The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED that such
designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (a) such Indebtedness
is permitted under the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness"
covenant and (b) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
immediately following such designation.
AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS
The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company, the Guarantors and
the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture for certain limited purposes
without the consent of the holders. With the consent of the Holders of not less
than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee are permitted to amend
or supplement the Indenture or any supplemental indenture or modify the rights
of the Holders; PROVIDED, that no such modification may, without the consent of
Holders of at least 66 2/3 % in aggregate principal amount of Notes at the time
outstanding, modify the provisions (including the defined terms used therein) of
the covenant "Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holder upon a Change of
Control" in a manner adverse to the holders and, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no such
modification may, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby: (a)
change the Stated Maturity on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof
or the rate (or extend the time for payment) of interest thereon or any premium
payable upon the redemption at the option of the Company thereof, or change the
place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any
premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity
thereof (or, in the case of redemption at the option of the Company, on or after
the Redemption Date), or reduce the Change of Control Purchase Price or the
Asset Sale Offer Price or alter the provisions (including the defined terms used
therein) regarding the right of the Company to redeem the Notes in a manner
adverse to the Holders, or (b) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such
amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver provided for in the Indenture, or
(c) modify any of the waiver provisions, except to increase any required
percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot
be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note
affected thereby.
In connection with any amendment, supplement or waiver under the Indenture,
the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, offer to any Holder who consents
to such amendment, supplement or waiver, or to all Holders, consideration for
such Holder's consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver.
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF MEMBERS, PARTNERS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS
The Indenture provides that no direct or indirect holder of Equity
Interests, member, management committee member, partner, employee, officer or
director, as such, past, present or future of the Company, the Guarantors or any
successor entity shall have any personal liability in respect of the obligations
of the Company or the Guarantors under the Indenture or the Notes solely by
reason of his or its status as such stockholder, member, partner, employee,
officer or director.
GOVERNING LAW
The Indenture provides that it, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will
be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflict of law to
the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be
required thereby.
91
<PAGE>
THE TRUSTEE
The Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an Event of
Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth
in the Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will
exercise such rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same
degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use
under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
The Indenture and the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act contain certain
limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the
Company, to obtain payments of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain
property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. Subject
to the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee will be permitted to engage in other
transactions; PROVIDED, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as
described in the Trust Indenture Act, it must eliminate such conflict or resign.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the
Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all
such terms, as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is
provided.
"ACQUIRED INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of any Person existing at the
time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, including by
designation, or is merged or consolidated into or with the Company or one of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or is assumed by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.
"ACQUISITION" means the purchase or other acquisition of any Person or all
or substantially all the assets of any Person by any other Person or any
division or line of business of such Person, whether by purchase, merger,
consolidation, or other transfer, and whether or not for consideration.
"ACQUISITION TRANSACTIONS" means the Acquisition of National Law Publishing
Company, Inc. by the Company, including the related financing transactions.
"ADJUSTED CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person, for
any Period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such Period plus any
non-cash charges for such Period relating to the amortization of goodwill or
other intangibles or any other purchase accounting adjustment resulting from any
acquisition.
"AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term "control"
means the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, directly or
through one or more intermediaries, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract, or otherwise, provided, that with respect to ownership
interest in the Company and its Subsidiaries, a Beneficial Owner of 10% or more
of the total voting power normally entitled to vote in the election of
directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, shall for such purposes be
deemed to constitute control.
"BENEFICIAL OWNER" or "BENEFICIAL OWNER" for purposes of the definitions of
"Change of Control" and "Affiliate" has the meaning attributed to it in Rules
13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the Issue Date), whether
or not applicable, except that a "person" shall be deemed to have "beneficial
ownership" of all shares or other Equity Interests that any such person has the
right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after
the passage of time.
"BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means, with respect to any Person, the board of
directors (or, in the case of a partnership, limited liability company or
similar entity, the management committee or other body exercising substantially
similar functions) of such Person or any committee of the Board of Directors of
92
<PAGE>
such Person authorized, with respect to any particular matter, to exercise the
power of the board of directors of such Person.
"BOARD RESOLUTION" means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution
certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of such Person to have been
duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force
and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
"BUSINESS DAY" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday
which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
"CAPITAL STOCK" means (a) with respect to any Person that is a corporation,
any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however
designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class
of common stock and preferred stock of such Person and (b) with respect to any
Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, membership or other
equity interests of such Person.
"CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for
as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition,
the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of
such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.
"CASH EQUIVALENTS" means (i) marketable direct obligations issued or
unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. Government or issued by any agency
thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each
case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (ii)
marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of
America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public
instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having at least the second highest
rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Rating Group ("S&P") or Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"); (iii) commercial paper maturing no more
than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition,
having at least the second highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody's;
(iv) certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within one year
from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank organized
under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the
District of Columbia having at the date of acquisition combined capital and
surplus of not less than $500.0 million; (v) shares of any money market mutual
fund that (a) has its assets invested continuously in the types of investments
referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, (b) has net assets of not less than
$500.0 million and (c) has at least the second highest rating obtainable from
either S&P or Moody's; and (vi) repurchase agreements with respect to, and which
are fully secured by a perfected security interest in, obligations of a type
described in clause (i) or clause (ii) above and are with any commercial bank
described in clause (iv) above.
"CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the
Adjusted Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period adjusted to add
thereto (to the extent deducted from net revenues in determining Consolidated
Net Income), without duplication, the sum of (a) consolidated income tax
expense, (b) consolidated depreciation and amortization expense, PROVIDED that
consolidated depreciation and amortization of a Subsidiary that is a less than
wholly owned subsidiary shall only be added to the extent of the equity interest
of the Company in such Subsidiary, (c) Consolidated Fixed Charges, and (d) all
other expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period that do not
represent cash disbursements for such period (excluding any expense to the
extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash disbursements for any
subsequent period prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes) less, to the extent
included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, the amount of all cash
payments made by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period to
the extent such payments relate to non-cash charges that were added back in
determining Consolidated EBITDA for such period or any prior
93
<PAGE>
period, PROVIDED that with respect to the Company each of the foregoing items
shall be determined on a consolidated basis with respect to the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries only.
"CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGES" of any Person means, for any period, the
aggregate amount (without duplication and determined in each case in accordance
with GAAP) of (a) interest expensed or capitalized, paid, accrued, or scheduled
to be paid or accrued (including, in accordance with the following sentence,
interest attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations) of such Person and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, including (i) original issue
discount and non-cash interest payments or accruals on any Indebtedness, (ii)
the interest portion of all deferred payment obligations, and (iii) all
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to bankers'
acceptances and letters of credit financings and currency and Interest Swap or
Hedging Obligations, in each case to the extent attributable to such period, and
(b) the amount of dividends accrued or payable (or guaranteed) by such person or
any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of Preferred Stock (other than
by Subsidiaries of such Person to such Person or such Person's wholly owned
subsidiaries). For purposes of this definition, (a) interest on a Capitalized
Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined in good faith by the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in
such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP and (b) interest
expense attributable to any Indebtedness represented by the guarantee by such
Person or a Subsidiary of such Person of an obligation of another person shall
be deemed to be the interest expense attributable to the Indebtedness
guaranteed.
"CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person, for any period,
the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) for such period
adjusted to exclude (only to the extent included in computing such net income
(or loss) and without duplication): (a) all gains (but not losses) which are
either extraordinary (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or are nonrecurring
(including any gain from the sale or other disposition of assets outside the
ordinary course of business or from the issuance or sale of any capital stock),
(b) the net income, if positive, of any Person, other than a Restricted
Subsidiary, in which such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries has an
interest, except to the extent of the amount of any dividends or distributions
actually paid in cash to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person
during such period, but in any case not in excess of such Person's PRO RATA
share of such Person's net income for such period, (c) the net income or loss of
any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior
to the date of such acquisition, and (d) the net income, if positive, of any of
such Person's Consolidated Subsidiaries to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions is not at the time permitted by
operation of the terms of its charter or bylaws or any other agreement,
instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to such Consolidated Subsidiary.
"CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" of any Person at any date means the aggregate
consolidated stockholders' equity of such person (plus amounts of equity
attributable to preferred stock) and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, as would be
shown on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance
with GAAP, adjusted to exclude (to the extent included in calculating such
equity), (a) the amount of any such stockholders' equity attributable to
Disqualified Equity Interests or treasury stock of such Person and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries, (b) all upward revaluations and other write-ups in
the book value of any asset of such person or a Consolidated Subsidiary of such
Person subsequent to the Issue Date, and (c) all investments in subsidiaries
that are not Consolidated Subsidiaries and in Persons that are not Subsidiaries.
"CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY" means, for any Person, each Subsidiary of such
Person (whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired) the financial
statements of which are consolidated for financial statement reporting purposes
with the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP.
"CREDIT AGREEMENT" means an agreement by and among the Company (which term,
for purposes of this definition only, shall also include any of the Company's
affiliates that shall be a party thereto) and the lenders, arrangers and
syndication agents from time to time party thereto providing for a senior
revolving
94
<PAGE>
credit facility or similar facility, as such Credit Agreement and/or related
documents may be amended, restated, supplemented, renewed, replaced, refinanced,
restructured or otherwise modified from time to time whether or not with the
same agent, trustee, representative lenders or holders, PROVIDED that any such
Credit Agreement may be secured. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the term "Credit Agreement" shall include any amendment, amendment
and restatement, renewal, extension, restructuring, supplement or modification
to any such Credit Agreement and all refundings, refinancings and replacements
thereof, including any agreement (a) extending the maturity of any Indebtedness
incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (b) adding or deleting borrowers or
guarantors thereunder, so long as borrowers and guarantors include one or more
of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective successors and assigns,
(c) increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to be
borrowed thereunder or (d) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof
in a manner not prohibited by the terms of the Indenture.
"DETERMINED FAIR MARKET VALUE" shall mean Fair Market Value as determined by
the Board of Directors, except that with respect to the evaluation of any
Person, business, property, asset or transaction, or series or group thereof,
involving more than $5.0 million, Determined Fair Market Value shall be
determined by a Third-Party Evaluator.
"DISQUALIFIED EQUITY INTERESTS" means (a) except as set forth in (b), with
respect to any Person, Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, or by
the terms of any agreement or Instrument pursuant to which such Equity Interests
are issued, or by the terms of any security into which such Equity Interest is
convertible, exercisable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of an event
or the passage of time or both would be, required to be redeemed or repurchased
(including at the option of the holder thereof) by such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Stated Maturity
of the Notes and (b) with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person
(including with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), any Equity
Interests other than any common equity with no preference, privileges, or
redemption or repayment provisions.
"EQUITY INTEREST" of any Person means any shares, interests, participations
or other equivalents (however designated) in such Person's equity, and shall in
any event include any Capital Stock issued by, or partnership or membership
interests in, such Person.
"EXEMPTED AFFILIATE TRANSACTION" means (a) transactions with any officer,
director, partner or managing member in his or her capacity as such, entered
into in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation customary
employee, director or manager compensation or indemnification arrangements
approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (b) Permitted Investments and
transactions otherwise permitted under the terms of the "Limitation on
Restricted Payments" covenant discussed above, and (c) transactions solely
between the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or solely among
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.
"FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, with respect to any Person, business, asset,
property or transaction, the price that could be negotiated in an arm's length,
free market transaction, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer,
neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the
transaction.
"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles set
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the
accounting profession in the United States as in effect on the Issue Date.
95
<PAGE>
"INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all liabilities
and obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, to the extent such
liabilities and obligations would appear as a liability upon the consolidated
balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP, (i) in respect of borrowed
money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets
of such Person or only to a portion thereof), (ii) evidenced by bonds, notes,
debentures or similar instruments, (iii) representing the balance deferred and
unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services, except those incurred
in the ordinary course of its business that would constitute ordinarily a trade
payable to trade creditors; (b) all liabilities and obligations, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person (i) evidenced by bankers' acceptances or similar
instruments issued or accepted by banks, (ii) relating to any Capitalized Lease
Obligation, or (iii) evidenced by a letter of credit or a reimbursement
obligation of such Person with respect to any letter of credit other than trade
letters of credit, to the extent not issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement or
any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, but only to the extent such
letters of credit are drawn upon and not paid or reimbursed by the Company
within 30 days of incurrence; (c) all net obligations of such Person under
Interest Swap or Hedging Obligations; (d) all liabilities and obligations of
others of the kind described in the preceding clause (a), (b) or (c) that such
Person has guaranteed or that is otherwise its legal liability or which are
secured by any assets or property of such person and all obligations to
purchase, redeem or acquire any Equity Interests; (e) any and all refinancings
and refundings (whether direct or indirect) of, or amendments, modifications or
supplements to (in any such case, which increases the principal amount of
Indebtedness thereunder or the assets covered by any associated Lien), any
liability of the kind described in any of the preceding clauses (a), (b), (c) or
(d), or this clause (e), whether or not between or among the same parties; and
(f) all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person (measured at the greater of
its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued and
unpaid dividends) but only to the extent such obligations arise on or prior to
the Stated Maturity of the Notes. For purposes hereof, the "maximum fixed
repurchase price" of any Disqualified Equity Interests which does not have a
fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such
Disqualified Equity Interests as if such Disqualified Equity Interests were
purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined
pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the
Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Equity Interests, such Fair Market Value
to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (or managing general
partner) of the issuer of such Disqualified Equity Interests.
"INTEREST SWAP OR HEDGING OBLIGATION" means any obligation of any Person
pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement,
interest rate collar agreement, interest rate exchange agreement, currency
exchange agreement or any other agreement or arrangement designed to protect
against fluctuations in interest rates or currency values, including, without
limitation, any arrangement whereby, directly or indirectly, such person is
entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying
either a fixed or floating rate of interest on a stated notional amount in
exchange for periodic payments made by such Person calculated by applying a
fixed or floating rate of interest on the same notional amount.
"INVESTMENT" by any Person in any other Person means (without duplication)
(a) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) by
such Person (whether for cash, property, services, securities or otherwise) of
capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership, membership or other
ownership interests or other securities, including any options or warrants, of
such other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition; (b) the making
by such Person of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of
credit to, such other Person (including the purchase of property from another
Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to
resell such property to such other Person) or any commitment to make any such
advance, loan or extension (but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit,
endorsements for collection or deposits arising in the ordinary course of
business); (c) other than guarantees of Indebtedness to the extent permitted by
the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" covenant, the entering
into by such Person of any guarantee of, or other credit support or contingent
obligation with respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of such other
96
<PAGE>
Person; (d) the making of any capital contribution by such person to such other
Person; and (e) the designation by the Board of Directors of the Company of any
Person (including without limitation a Restricted Subsidiary) to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Company shall be deemed to make an Investment in an
amount equal to the Determined Fair Market Value of the net assets of any
Restricted Subsidiary (or, if neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has theretofore made an Investment in such Subsidiary, in an amount
equal to the Investments being made), at the time that such Restricted
Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and any property
transferred to an Unrestricted Subsidiary from the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed an Investment valued at its Determined
Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.
"ISSUE DATE" means the date of first issuance of the Notes under the
Indenture.
"LIEN" means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise),
privilege, security interest, hypothecation or other encumbrance upon or with
respect to any property of any kind, real or personal, movable or immovable, now
owned or hereafter acquired.
"NET CASH PROCEEDS" means the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents
received by the Company in the case of a sale of Qualified Equity Interests and
by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of an Asset Sale plus,
in the case of an issuance of Qualified Equity Interests upon any exercise,
exchange or conversion of securities (including options, warrants, rights and
convertible or exchangeable debt) of the Company that were issued for cash on or
after the Issue Date, the amount of cash originally received by the Company upon
the issuance of such securities (including options, warrants, rights and
convertible or exchangeable debt) less, in each case, the sum of all payments,
fees, commissions and (in the case of Asset Sales, reasonable and customary),
expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal counsel
and investment banking fees and expenses) incurred in connection with such Asset
Sale or sale of Qualified Equity Interests, and, in the case of an Asset Sale
only, less (i) the amount (estimated reasonably and in good faith by the
Company) of income, franchise, sales and other applicable taxes required to be
paid by the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries in connection with
such Asset Sale and (ii) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with
GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset
Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit
liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under
any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale.
"NON-RECOURSE DEBT" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the Company
nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provide credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute
Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or
otherwise) or (c) constitutes the lender; (ii) no default with respect to which
(including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement
action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of
time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its stated maturity; and (iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in
writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
"OBLIGATIONS" means any principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages and other liabilities
payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
"PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS" means any of the following:
97
<PAGE>
(a) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
applicable, evidenced by the Notes and the Guarantees and represented by the
Indenture up to the amounts specified therein as of the date thereof;
(b) Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable, with respect to any Indebtedness described in
clause (a), (c), (f), (g) or (h) of this definition or incurred under the
first paragraph of the covenant "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional
Indebtedness," or which is Existing Indebtedness (after giving effect to the
Transactions), PROVIDED that (i) any such Refinancing Indebtedness that is
secured refinances only other Indebtedness that is similarly
secured and (ii) such secured Refinancing Indebtedness, to the extent
secured, is secured only by the assets that secured the Indebtedness so
refinanced;
(c) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries solely
in respect of bankers acceptances, letters of credit and performance or
surety bonds (to the extent that such incurrence does not result in the
incurrence of any obligation to repay any obligation relating to borrowed
money of others), all in the ordinary course of business in accordance with
customary industry practices, in amounts and for the purposes customary in
the Company's industry; PROVIDED, that the aggregate principal amount of
such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding (including any Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect thereof) shall not exceed $2.5 million;
(d) Indebtedness of the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary, and
Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to any other Restricted Subsidiary
or to the Company; PROVIDED, that (i) in the case of Indebtedness of the
Company, the Company's Obligations under such Indebtedness shall be
unsecured and, whether or not expressly so stated in writing, shall be
deemed to be subordinated in all respects to the Company's Obligations under
the Notes and the Indenture and (ii) the date of any event that causes such
Restricted Subsidiary no longer to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be
considered the Incurrence Date of the Obligations in respect of such
Indebtedness;
(e) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, and Guarantees
by the Company of any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each
case that is otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture;
(f) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on or after the Issue Date, PROVIDED, that (i) the
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred on or after the
Issue Date and outstanding at any time pursuant to this paragraph (f)
(including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such Indebtedness)
shall not exceed $2.0 million, and (ii) in each case, such Indebtedness
shall not constitute more than 100% of the cost (determined in accordance
with GAAP) to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, of
the property so purchased or leased;
(g) provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, unsecured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries (in addition to Indebtedness permitted by any other clause of
this definition) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time
(including Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) of up to $5.0
million (which, if such Indebtedness is incurred under a Credit Agreement,
may be secured indebtedness);
(h) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant
to any Credit Agreement up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at
any time (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such
Indebtedness) of $40.0 million, minus the amount of any such Indebtedness
(i) retired with the Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale applied to
permanently reduce the outstanding amounts or the commitments with respect
to such Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a)(ii)(B) of the first paragraph of
the "Limitation on Sale of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" covenant, or (ii)
assumed by a transferee in an Asset Sale;
98
<PAGE>
(i) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or
similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with
the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness
shall at no time exceed 25% of the gross proceeds (with proceeds other than
cash or Cash Equivalents being valued at the fair market value thereof by
the Board of Directors of the Company at the time received and without
giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;
and
(j) Interest Swap or Hedging Obligations of the Company covering
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and
Interest Swap or Hedging Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company covering Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that such Interest Swap or Hedging Obligations are entered into to
protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in
interest rates on Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the Indenture to
the extent the notional principal amount of such Interest Swap or Hedging
Obligation does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which
such Interest Swap or Hedging Obligations relates.
"PERMITTED INVESTMENT" means Investments in (a) any of the Notes; (b) Cash
Equivalents; (c) intercompany indebtedness to the extent permitted under clause
(d) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness"; (d) any Investments in the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable; (e) Investments by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (i)
such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (ii) such Person
is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys
substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (f) Investments in existence on the Issue
Date; (g) loans and advances to employees of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and on terms consistent with the
Company's practices in effect prior to the Issue Date, including travel, moving
and other like advances; (h) stock, obligations or securities received in the
ordinary course of business in settlement of debts owing to the Company or a
Subsidiary thereof as a result of foreclosure, perfection, enforcement of any
Lien or in a bankruptcy proceeding; (i) Investments in Persons to the extent any
such Investment represents the non-cash consideration otherwise permitted under
the terms of the Indenture to be received by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale; (j) Interest Swap or Hedging
Obligations to the extent permitted under the definition of "Permitted
Indebtedness"; (k) any issuance of Equity Interests of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for Equity Interests, property or assets of
another Person (l) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of
intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other
Persons; (m) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory,
supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual
property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business; and (n) additional
Investments in an aggregate amount not exceeding $1.0 million at any one time
outstanding.
"PERMITTED LIEN" means (a) Liens existing on the Issue Date; (b) Liens
imposed by governmental authorities for taxes, assessments or other charges not
yet subject to penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are
maintained on the books of the Company in accordance with GAAP; (c) statutory
liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, landlords, repairmen or
other like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business,
PROVIDED that (i) the underlying obligations are not overdue for a period of
more than 30 days or (ii) such Liens are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves with respect thereto are
maintained on the books of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, in accordance with GAAP; (d) Liens securing the performance of bids,
trade contracts (other than borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like
nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
99
<PAGE>
(e) easements, rights-of-way, zoning, similar restrictions and other similar
encumbrances or title defects which, singly or in the aggregate, do not in any
case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto (as such
property is used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; (f) Liens arising by operation of law in connection
with judgments, but only to the extent, for an amount and for a period not
resulting in an Event of Default with respect thereto; (g) pledges or deposits
made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers'
compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security
legislation; (h) Liens securing the Notes; (i) Liens securing Indebtedness of a
Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is
merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Liens securing
Indebtedness incurred in connection with an Acquisition, PROVIDED that such
Liens were in existence prior to the date of such Acquisition, merger or
consolidation, were not incurred in anticipation thereof, and do not extend to
any other assets; (j) Liens arising from Purchase Money Indebtedness permitted
to be incurred pursuant to clause (f) of the definition of "Permitted
Indebtedness," PROVIDED, such Liens relate solely to the property which is
subject to such Purchase Money Indebtedness; (k) leases or subleases granted to
other persons in the ordinary course of business not materially interfering with
the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
or materially detracting from the value of the relative assets of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary; (l) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform
Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered
into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business; (m) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance any
Indebtedness that was previously so secured in a manner no more adverse to the
Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the terms of the Liens
securing such refinanced Indebtedness provided that the Indebtedness secured is
not increased and the lien is not extended to any additional assets or property
that would not have been security for the Indebtedness refinanced; (n) Liens
arising under options or agreements to sell assets; (o) other Liens securing
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, which obligations do
not exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; (p) Liens
securing Interest Swap or Hedging Obligations; (q) Liens on any property or
assets of a Restricted Subsidiary granted in favor of the Company or any
Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; (r) Liens securing the Obligations under a
Credit Agreement; and (s) any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in
part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (r); PROVIDED,
that any such extension, renewal or replacement shall not extend to any
additional property or assets.
"PERMITTED TRANSFEREE" means Holdings, U.S. Equity Partners, L.P. and U.S.
Equity Partners (Offshore), L.P. or any of their respective Affiliates or
successors. The term "Permitted Transferee" shall be deemed to include any other
holder or holders of Equity Interests of the Company having ordinary voting
power if Wasserstein Perella, or any Affiliate thereof, shall hold the
irrevocable general proxy of each such holder in respect of the shares held by
such Holder.
"PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated
organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political
subdivision thereof.
"PREFERRED EQUITY INTEREST" of any Person means any Equity Interest of such
Person that has preferential rights to any other Equity Interest of such Person
with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.
"PUBLIC EQUITY OFFERING" means a public offering by the Company or Holdings
of shares of its common stock (however designated and whether voting or
non-voting) and any and all rights, warrants or options to acquire such
Qualified Equity Interests; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in connection with any such
Public Equity Offering by Holdings the net proceeds of such Public Equity
Offering are contributed to the Company as equity.
"PURCHASE MONEY INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person means any Indebtedness of such
Person to any seller or other Person incurred solely to finance the acquisition
(including in the case of a Capitalized Lease
100
<PAGE>
Obligation, the lease) or construction of any real or personal tangible property
which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the
Company, is directly related to a Related Business of the Company and which is
incurred concurrently with such acquisition and is secured only by the assets so
financed.
"QUALIFIED EQUITY INTERESTS" means any Equity Interests of the Company that
are not Disqualified Equity Interests.
"QUALIFIED EXCHANGE" means any legal defeasance, redemption, retirement,
repurchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or Indebtedness of the
Company issued on or after the Issue Date with the Net Cash Proceeds received by
the Company from the substantially concurrent sale of Qualified Equity Interests
or any exchange of Qualified Equity Interests for any Equity Interests or
Indebtedness of the Company issued on or after the Issue Date.
"REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness (a) issued in exchange for, or
the proceeds from the issuance and sale of which are used substantially
concurrently to repay, redeem, defease, refund, refinance, discharge or
otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, or (b) constituting an
amendment, modification or supplement to, or a deferral or renewal of ((a) and
(b) above are, collectively, a "Refinancing"), any Indebtedness in a principal
amount or having a liquidation preference not to exceed (after deduction of
reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
Refinancing) the lesser of (i) the principal amount or liquidation preference of
the Indebtedness so refinanced (including premiums, if any, and fees in
connection therewith) and (ii) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced was issued
with an original issue discount, the accreted value thereof (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) at the time of such Refinancing; PROVIDED, that (A) such
Refinancing Indebtedness shall (I) not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity
shorter than that of the Indebtedness to be so refinanced at the time of such
Refinancing and (II) in all respects, be no less subordinated or junior, if
applicable, to the rights of Holders of the Notes than was the Indebtedness to
be refinanced, (B) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have no installment of
principal (or mandatory redemption payment) scheduled to come due earlier than
the scheduled maturity of any installment of principal of the Indebtedness to be
so refinanced which was scheduled to come due prior to the Stated Maturity, and
(C) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be secured (if secured) in a manner no
more adverse to the Holders of the Notes than the terms of the Liens (if any)
securing such refinanced Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the amount
of Indebtedness secured shall not be increased.
"RELATED BUSINESS" means the business conducted (or proposed to be
conducted) by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any and
all businesses that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the
Company are reasonably related businesses.
"RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" means, in one or a series of related transactions,
any Investment, other than investments in Cash Equivalents and other Permitted
Investments; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a merger of another Person with or into the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture shall not be deemed to be a Restricted Investment so long
as the surviving entity is the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary.
"RESTRICTED PAYMENT" means, with respect to any Person, (a) the declaration
or payment of any dividend or other distribution in respect of Equity Interests
of such Person or any parent or Subsidiary of such Person, (b) any payment on
account of the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value
of Equity Interests of such Person or any Subsidiary or parent of such Person,
(c) other than with the proceeds from the substantially concurrent sale of, or
in exchange for, Refinancing Indebtedness any purchase, redemption, or other
acquisition or retirement for value of, any payment in respect of any amendment
of the terms of or any defeasance of, any Subordinated Indebtedness, directly or
indirectly, by such Person or a parent or Subsidiary of such Person prior to the
scheduled maturity, any scheduled repayment of principal, or scheduled sinking
fund payment, as the case may be, of such Indebtedness and
101
<PAGE>
(d) any Restricted Investment by such Person; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the term
"Restricted Payment" does not include (i) any dividend, distribution or other
payment on or with respect to Equity Interests of an issuer to the extent
payable solely in shares of Qualified Equity Interests of such issuer; (ii) any
dividend, distribution or other payment to the Company or to any Restricted
Subsidiary, by any Restricted Subsidiary; and (iii) dividends or distributions
by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that to the extent that a
portion of such dividend or distribution is paid to a holder of Equity Interests
of such Restricted Subsidiary other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
such portion of such dividend or distribution is not greater than such holder's
pro rata aggregate common equity interest in such Restricted Subsidiary.
"RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" shall have the meaning provided under Regulation
S-X of the Securities Act, as in effect on the Issue Date.
"STATED MATURITY," when used with respect to any Note, means December 15,
2007.
"SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly subordinated in right of payment by its
terms or the terms of any document or instrument or instrument relating thereto
to the Notes or such Guarantee, as applicable.
"SUBSIDIARY," with respect to any Person, means (a) a corporation a majority
of whose Equity Interests with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to
elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person, by
such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person, (b) any other Person (other than a corporation) in
which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and
one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of
determination thereof has at least majority ownership interest, or (c) a
partnership in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the time,
a general partner and in which such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date
of determination thereof has at least a majority ownership interest. Unless the
context requires otherwise, Subsidiary means each direct and indirect Subsidiary
of the Company.
"THIRD-PARTY EVALUATOR" shall mean an investment banking firm of national
reputation that is not an Affiliate of the Company or a Subsidiary; provided,
that, if the subject matter, type or scope of the evaluation is outside the
scope of evaluation customarily done by investment banking firms, then such
Third-Party Evaluator shall be an accounting firm or appraisal or valuation firm
of national reputation that is not an Affiliate of, and is otherwise independent
of, the Company and its Subsidiaries.
"UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the Company that does not
own any Capital Stock of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and that, at the time
of determination, shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the
Board of Directors of the Company); PROVIDED, that such Subsidiary (a) shall not
engage, to any substantial extent, in any line or lines of business activity
other than a Related Business, (b) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse
Debt, (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of the
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation to subscribe for additional
Equity Interests or maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to
cause such Person to achieve any specified level of operating results, and (d)
has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support
for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
"U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS" means direct noncallable obligations of, or
noncallable obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the
payment of which obligation or guarantee the full faith and credit of the United
States of America is pledged.
102
<PAGE>
"WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.
"WHOLLY-OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means a Restricted Subsidiary all the
Equity Interests of which are owned by the Company or one or more Wholly-Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company (other than directors' qualifying shares
and nominal amounts required to be held by foreign nationals under applicable
law).
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
The Exchange Notes initially will be represented by one or more notes in
registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the "Global
Note"). The Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee, as
custodian for The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), in New York, New York, and
registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an
account of a direct or indirect participant as described below. Notes sold to
Institutional Accredited Investors may be represented by the Global Note or, if
such an investor may not hold an interest in the Global Note, a certificated
Note.
Except as set forth below, the Global Note may be transferred, in whole and
not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its
nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Note may not be exchanged for Notes
in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. See
"--Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes."
The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the
offices of the Registrar.
DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively,
the "Direct Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of
transactions in those securities between the Direct Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the Direct Participants. The Direct
Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial
Purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Access to DTC's system is also available to other entities that
clear through or maintain a direct or indirect custodial relationship with a
Direct Participant (collectively, the "Indirect Participants"). DTC may hold
securities beneficially owned by other persons only through the Direct
Participants or the Indirect Participants, and such person's ownership interest
and transfer of ownership interest will be recorded on the records of the Direct
Participants and the Indirect Participants, and not on the records maintained by
DTC.
DTC has also advised the Company that, pursuant to DTC's procedures, (i)
upon deposit of the Global Note, DTC will credit the accounts of Direct
Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with portions of the principal
amount of the Global Note allocated by the Initial Purchasers to such Direct
Participants and (ii) DTC will maintain records of the ownership interests of
such Participants in the Global Note and the transfer of ownership interests by
and between Direct Participants. DTC will not maintain records of the ownership
interests of, or the transfer of ownership interests by and between, Indirect
Participants or other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes. Direct
Participants and Indirect Participants must maintain their own records of the
ownership interests of, and the transfer of ownership interests by and between,
Indirect Participants and other owners of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes.
The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery
in definitive, certificated form of securities that they own. This may limit or
curtail the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the
103
<PAGE>
Global Note to such persons. Because DTC can act only on behalf of the Direct
Participants, which in turn act on behalf of the Indirect Participants and
others, the ability of a person having beneficial interests in the Global Note
to pledge such interests to persons or entities that do not participate in the
DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be
affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests. For
certain other restrictions on the transferability of such Notes, see "--Exchange
of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes."
EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED BELOW, OWNERS OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE
WILL NOT HAVE NOTES REGISTERED IN THEIR NAMES, WILL NOT RECEIVE PHYSICAL
DELIVERY OF NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED THE REGISTERED
OWNERS OR HOLDERS THEREOF UNDER THE INDENTURE FOR ANY PURPOSE.
Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee will treat
persons in whose names the Notes are registered (including Notes represented by
Global Notes) as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payments and
for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Payments in respect of the principal,
premium, Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on Global Notes registered in
the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable by the Trustee to DTC or its
nominee as the registered holder under the Indenture. Consequently, neither the
Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee has or will
have any responsibility or liability for (i) any aspect of DTC's records or any
Direct Participant's or Indirect Participant's records relating to or payments
made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for
maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC's records or any Direct
Participant's or Indirect Participant's records relating to the beneficial
ownership interests in any Global Note or (ii) any other matter relating to the
actions and practices of DTC or any of its Direct Participants or Indirect
Participants.
DTC has advised the Company that its current payment practice (for payments
of principal, interest and the like) with respect to securities such as the
Notes is to credit the accounts of the relevant Direct Participants with such
payment on the payment date in amounts proportionate to such Direct
Participant's respective ownership interests in the Global Notes as shown on
DTC's records. Payments by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to the
beneficial owners of the Notes will be governed by standing instructions and
customary practices between them and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the
Trustee or the Company. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for
any delay by DTC or its Direct Participants or Indirect Participants in
identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and the Company and the Trustee
may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from
DTC or its nominee as the registered owner of the Notes for all purposes.
The Global Notes will trade in DTC's Same-Day Funds Settlement System and,
therefore, transfers between Direct Participants in DTC will be effected in
accordance with DTC's procedures, and will be settled in immediately available
funds. Transfers between Indirect Participants who hold an interest through a
Direct Participant will be effected in accordance with the procedures of such
Direct Participant but generally will settle in immediately available funds.
DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of Notes only at the direction of one or more Direct
Participants to whose account with DTC interests in the Global Note are credited
and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the
Notes as to which such Direct Participant or Direct Participants has or have
given such direction. However, if any of the events described under "--Exchange
of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes" occurs, DTC reserves the right to
exchange the Global Note for Notes in certificated form and to distribute such
Notes to its Direct Participants.
The information in this section concerning DTC and its book-entry system has
been obtained from sources that the Company believes to be reliable, but the
Company takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.
104
<PAGE>
Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers
of interests in the Global Note among accountholders in DTC, it is under no
obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and such
procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee
nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee will have any responsibility for the
performance by DTC or its respective participants, indirect participants or
accountholders of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures
governing their operations.
EXCHANGE OF BOOK-ENTRY NOTES FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES
The Global Note is exchangeable for definitive Notes in registered
certificated form if (i) DTC (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or
unable to continue as depository for the Global Note and the Company thereupon
fails to appoint a successor depository within 90 days or (y) has ceased to be a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company, at its
option, notifies the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of
the Notes in certificated form or (iii) there shall have occurred and be
continuing a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In all
cases, certificated Notes delivered in exchange for the Global Note or
beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any
approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of DTC (in accordance with its
customary procedures).
DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of the Notes only at the direction of one or more Direct
Participants to whose account interests in the Global Note are credited and only
in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to
which such Direct Participant or Direct Participants has or have given
direction.
Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the
holder of the Global Note or the DTC in identifying the beneficial owners of the
Notes, and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be
protected in relying on, instructions from the holder of the Global Note or the
DTC for all purposes.
105
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
The Company has entered into a $40.0 million, five-year senior secured
revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility") with a group of
banks to be available for working capital and general corporate purposes,
including acquisitions and capital expenditures.
GUARANTEES; SECURITY. The Revolving Credit Facility is guaranteed by
Holdings and by all existing and future subsidiaries of the Company. In
addition, the Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first priority security
interest in substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and
its existing and future domestic subsidiaries, including a pledge of all of the
stock of such subsidiaries, and a pledge by Holdings of all of the stock of the
Company.
INTEREST. The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at a fluctuating
rate determined by reference to (i) the Base Rate (as defined in the Revolving
Credit Facility) plus a margin ranging from .25% to 1.5%, or (ii) the Eurodollar
Rate (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) plus a margin ranging from
1.25% to 2.5%, as the case may be. The applicable margin is based on the
Company's consolidated total leverage ratio.
The Base Rate equals the higher of (a) the rate of interest publicly
announced from time to time by Bank of America as its reference rate, or (b) the
Federal funds rate plus .5%. The Eurodollar Rate is based on (i) the interest
rate per annum at which deposits in U.S. Dollars are offered by Bank of
America's applicable lending office to major banks in the offshore market in an
aggregate principal amount approximately equal to the amount of the loan made to
the Company, and (ii) the maximum reserve percentage in effect under regulations
issued from time to time by the Federal Reserve Board.
FEES. The Company is required to pay customary fees with respect to the
Revolving Credit Facility, including an up-front arrangement fee, annual
administrative agency fees, and commitment fees on the unused portion of the
Revolving Credit Facility.
COMMITMENT REDUCTIONS. The commitments of the lenders under the Revolving
Credit Facility are required to be reduced to the extent of the proceeds of
asset sales and certain financings.
COVENANTS; EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The Revolving Credit Facility contains
customary covenants commensurate with the size of the Revolving Credit Facility
that restrict the ability of the Company to take certain actions. Such covenants
restrict the ability of the Company to, among other things: (i) declare
dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock; (ii) incur liens and engage in
sale and leaseback transactions; (iii) make loans and investments; (iv) incur
indebtedness and contingent obligations; (v) make capital expenditures; (vi)
engage in mergers, consolidations, acquisitions and asset sales; (vii) enter
into transactions with affiliates; and (viii) make changes in their lines of
business or accounting methods. In general, such covenants are subject to
materiality concepts and baskets and other exceptions. The Company is also
required to comply with certain financial covenants, including: (i) a maximum
total leverage ratio; (ii) a minimum interest coverage ratio; and (iii) a
minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. The Revolving Credit Facility also contains
customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including a Change of
Control, as defined therein. As of June 1, 1998 (the most recent practicable
measurement date), the Company was in compliance with all applicable financial
covenants referred to in the immediately preceding sentence.
DESCRIPTION OF THE DISCOUNT NOTES
Concurrent with the Initial Offering, Holdings offered $35.0 million initial
aggregate principal amount (accreting to approximately $63.3 million aggregate
principal amount at maturity) of its 12 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2008.
106
<PAGE>
The Discount Notes were issued at a substantial discount to their principal
amount at maturity. The issue price to investors per Discount Note was $553.14,
which represents a yield to maturity on the Discount Notes of 12 1/4% per annum
(computed on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis). A holder of Discount Notes
will be required to include the accretion of the original issue discount as
gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes prior to the receipt of the
cash payments to which such income is attributable.
Interest on the Discount Notes will not accrue or be payable prior to
December 15, 2002. Thereafter, interest on the Discount Notes will accrue on the
principal amount at maturity at a rate of 12 1/4% per annum, and will be payable
semiannually on each June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2003.
The Discount Notes will be senior unsecured general obligations of Holdings
and will rank senior in right of payment to any subordinated indebtedness of
Holdings. The Discount Notes will be effectively subordinated in right of
payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including
trade payables, of subsidiaries of Holdings (including the Notes offered
hereby).
The Discount Notes will be redeemable at the option of Holdings, in whole or
in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2002, at the redemption prices set
forth in the Discount Note indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest
thereon (and Liquidated Damages, if any) to the redemption date. The Discount
Notes will also be subject to redemption, at any time or from time to time prior
to December 15, 2002, at the option of Holdings, in whole or in part, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value thereof plus the applicable
Make-Whole Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (and Liquidated
Damages), if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date. In addition, Holdings,
at its option, may redeem all, but not less than all, of the principal amount of
the Discount Notes outstanding at any time on or prior to December 15, 2000 at a
redemption price equal to 109.75% of the Accreted Value (as defined in the
Discount Note indenture) thereof, out of the net proceeds of one or more Public
Equity Offerings, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such redemption occurs within 90
days following the closing of any such Public Equity Offering.
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of the Discount
Notes will be entitled to require Holdings to purchase such holder's Discount
Notes at a purchase price equal to (i) 101% of the Accreted Value thereof, if
the repurchase date is on or prior to December 15, 2002 or (ii) 101% of the
principal amount at maturity thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest
thereon and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the repurchase date, if such date is
after December 15, 2002.
Holdings will be obligated in certain instances to make an offer to
repurchase the Discount Notes at a purchase price equal to (i) 100% of the
Accreted Value thereof, if the repurchase date is on or prior to December 15,
2002, or (ii) 100% of the principal amount at maturity thereof, together with
accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the purchase date, with the net cash
proceeds of certain asset sales, if such date is after December 15, 2002, and
Liquidated Damages, if any.
The Discount Note Indenture under which the Old Discount Notes were issued
will contain certain covenants that, among other things, will limit (i) the
incurrence of additional indebtedness by Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries (including the Company), (ii) the payment of dividends and other
restricted payments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) the
creation of restrictions on distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries of
Holdings, (iv) asset sales, (v) transactions with affiliates, (vi) the
incurrence of liens and (vii) mergers and consolidations. These limitations are
subject to a number of important exceptions.
Pursuant to a registration rights agreement among Holdings and the Initial
Purchasers, Holdings must use its reasonable best efforts to file within 120
days, and cause to become effective within 180 days, of the date of issuance of
the Discount Notes an Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as defined in such
agreement) with respect to an offer to exchange the Old Discount Notes for notes
of Holdings with terms substantially identical to the Old Discount Notes.
107
<PAGE>
The net proceeds from the sale of the Old Discount Notes was used to make a
capital contribution to the Company.
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion is based on the current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), applicable Treasury regulations,
judicial authority and administrative rulings and practice. There can be no
assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the "Service") will not take a
contrary view, and no ruling from the Service has been or will be sought.
Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be
forthcoming that could alter or modify the statements and conditions set forth
herein. Any such changes or interpretations may or may not be retroactive and
could affect the tax consequences to holders. Certain holders (including
insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions,
broker-dealers, foreign corporations and persons who are not citizens or
residents of the United States) may be subject to special rules not discussed
below. The Company recommends that each holder consult such holder's own tax
advisor as to the particular tax consequences of exchanging such holder's Old
Notes for Exchange Notes, including the applicability and effect of any state,
local or foreign tax laws.
The Company believes that the exchange of Old Notes for Exchange Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will not be treated as an "exchange" for federal
income tax purposes because the Exchange Notes will not be considered to differ
materially in kind or extent from the Old Notes. Rather, the Exchange Notes
received by a holder will be treated as a continuation of the Old Notes in the
hands of such holder. As a result, there will be no federal income tax
consequences to holders exchanging Old Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with the resale of Exchange Notes
received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has
agreed that for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, they will make
this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any Participating
Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until
September 15, 1998 (90 days after the date of the Prospectus), all dealers
effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a
prospectus.
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the Exchange
Notes by Participating Broker Dealers. Exchange Notes received by Participating
Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold
from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in
negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or
a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time
of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any such Participating Broker-Dealer and/or the purchasers of
any such Exchange Notes. Any Participating Broker-Dealer that resells the
Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of
such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any
commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
108
<PAGE>
For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any Participating Broker-Dealer that requests
such documents in the Letter of Transmittal.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Exchange Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for
the Company and the Guarantors by Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue, New York, New
York.
EXPERTS
Old ALM's consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and
its respective statements of operations and cash flows for the years then ended,
Old ALM's consolidated balance sheet as of July 31, 1997 and its respective
statements of operations and cash flows for the seven months then ended, the
Company's consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1997, and its respective
statements of operations and cash flows for the five months then ended and NLP's
consolidated balance sheet as of December 21, 1997 and the related statements of
operations and cash flows for the period from January 1, 1997 through December
21, 1997, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent certified public accountants, as indicated in their reports with
respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said
firm as experts in giving said reports.
NLP's consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and its
statements of operations and cash flows for each of the years then ended,
included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Leslie Sufrin and Company,
P.C., independent certified public accountants, as stated in their report
herein.
109
<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1998 of American Lawyer Media, Inc.................. F-3
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 of American
Lawyer Media, Inc...................................................................................... F-4
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31,
1998 of American Lawyer Media, Inc..................................................................... F-5
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 of American
Lawyer Media, Inc...................................................................................... F-6
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements March 31, 1998 of American Lawyer Media, Inc........ F-7
Independent Auditor's Report of the Financial Statements as of and for the Five Months Ended December 31,
1997 of American Lawyer Media, Inc..................................................................... F-12
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media, Inc......................... F-13
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Five Months Ended December 31, 1997 of American Lawyer
Media, Inc............................................................................................. F-14
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder's Equity for the Five Months Ended December 31, 1997 of
American Lawyer Media, Inc............................................................................. F-15
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Five Months Ended December 31, 1997 of American Lawyer
Media, Inc............................................................................................. F-16
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media, Inc..... F-17
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P. (OLD ALM)
Independent Auditor's Report of the Financial Statements as of and for the Seven Months Ended July 31,
1997 of American Lawyer Media, L.P..................................................................... F-27
Balance Sheet as of July 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media, L.P.......................................... F-28
Statement of Operations for the Seven Months Ended July 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media, L.P........... F-29
Statement of Changes in Partners' Capital and Accumulated Deficit for the Seven Months Ended July 31,
1997 of American Lawyer Media, L.P..................................................................... F-30
Statement of Cash Flows for the Seven Months Ended July 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media, L.P........... F-31
Notes to the Financial Statements as of July 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media, L.P...................... F-32
Unaudited Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media, L.P............................... F-37
Unaudited Statement of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media,
L.P.................................................................................................... F-38
Unaudited Statement of Changes in Partners' Capital and Accumulated Deficit for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media, L.P........................................................... F-39
Unaudited Statement of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media,
L.P.................................................................................................... F-40
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements as of March 31, 1997 of American Lawyer Media, L.P............... F-41
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P. (OLD ALM)
Independent Auditor's Report of the Financial Statements as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 1996
and 1995 of American Lawyer Media, L.P................................................................. F-44
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 of American Lawyer Media, L.P............................ F-45
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 of American Lawyer Media, L.P.... F-46
Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital and Accumulated Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 1996
and 1995 of American Lawyer Media, L.P................................................................. F-47
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 of American Lawyer Media, L.P.... F-48
Notes to the Financial Statements as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 of American Lawyer Media, L.P......... F-49
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
Independent Auditor's Report of the Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Period from
January 1, 1997 through December 21, 1997 of National Law Publishing Company, Inc...................... F-54
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 21, 1997 of National Law Publishing Company, Inc............... F-55
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Period from January 1, 1997 through December 21, 1997 of
National Law Publishing Company, Inc................................................................... F-56
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the Period from January 1, 1997 through December 21,
1997 of National Law Publishing Company, Inc........................................................... F-57
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from January 1, 1997 through December 21, 1997 of
National Law Publishing Company, Inc................................................................... F-58
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 21, 1997 of National Law Publishing
Company, Inc........................................................................................... F-59
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1997 of National Law Publishing Company, Inc........ F-67
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 of National Law
Publishing Company, Inc................................................................................ F-68
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Stockholder's Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 of
National Law Publishing Company, Inc................................................................... F-69
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 of National Law
Publishing Company, Inc................................................................................ F-70
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 1997 of National Law Publishing
Company, Inc........................................................................................... F-71
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
Independent Auditor's Report of the Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Years Ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995 of National Law Publishing Company, Inc..................................... F-74
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 of National Law Publishing Company, Inc..... F-75
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 of National Law
Publishing Company, Inc................................................................................ F-76
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and
1995 of National Law Publishing Company, Inc........................................................... F-77
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 of National Law
Publishing Company, Inc................................................................................ F-78
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 of National Law
Publishing Company, Inc................................................................................ F-79
</TABLE>
F-2
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
MARCH 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS; EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31,
1998
----------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................................... $ 3,367
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and returns of $3,231................... 11,275
Inventories, net.................................................................................... 1,324
Other current assets................................................................................ 3,363
----------
Total current assets.............................................................................. 19,329
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $1,095............. 5,358
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $4,608.......................................... 160,552
GOODWILL, net of accumulated amortization of $3,228................................................... 168,155
DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS net of accumulated amortization of $184...................................... 6,600
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES................................................................................. 2,878
OTHER ASSETS.......................................................................................... 188
----------
Total assets...................................................................................... $ 363,060
----------
----------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable.................................................................................... $ 2,690
Accrued expenses.................................................................................... 11,191
Accrued interest payable............................................................................ 4,740
Deferred income (including deferred subscription income of $16,680)................................. 18,821
----------
Total current liabilities......................................................................... 37,442
----------
SENIOR NOTES.......................................................................................... 175,000
----------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES................................................................................. 50,522
----------
OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES.......................................................................... 3,227
----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common stock--$.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; 100 issued and outstanding................... --
Paid-in-capital..................................................................................... 108,775
Accumulated deficit................................................................................. (11,906)
----------
Total stockholder's equity........................................................................ 96,869
----------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity........................................................ $ 363,060
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of this balance sheet.
F-3
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
---------
<S> <C>
NET REVENUES:
Periodicals
Advertising........................................................................................ $ 14,954
Subscription....................................................................................... 5,140
Ancillary Products and Services...................................................................... 5,628
Internet Services.................................................................................... 654
---------
Total net revenues............................................................................... 26,376
---------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Editorial............................................................................................ 3,361
Production and Distribution.......................................................................... 5,472
Selling.............................................................................................. 4,250
General and Administrative........................................................................... 7,101
Internet Services.................................................................................... 1,110
Depreciation and Amortization........................................................................ 5,946
---------
Total operating expenses......................................................................... 27,240
---------
Operating loss................................................................................... (864)
INTEREST EXPENSE, net.................................................................................. (4,382)
---------
Loss before income taxes......................................................................... (5,246)
BENEFIT FOR INCOME TAXES............................................................................... 937
---------
Net Loss......................................................................................... $ (4,309)
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of this statement.
F-4
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL
------------------------ PAID-IN
SHARES PAR VALUE CAPITAL NET LOSS TOTAL
----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997............................. 100 $ -- $ 108,775 $ (7,597) $ 101,178
Net loss............................................... -- -- -- (4,309) (4,309)
----- ----- ---------- ---------- ----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1998................................ 100 $ -- $ 108,775 $ (11,906) $ 96,869
----- ----- ---------- ---------- ----------
----- ----- ---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of this statement.
F-5
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
----------
<S> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss............................................................................................ $ (4,309)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities-
Depreciation and amortization..................................................................... 5,946
Decrease (increase) in-
Accounts receivable, net........................................................................ 1,285
Inventories..................................................................................... 158
Other current assets............................................................................ (97)
Deferred financing costs........................................................................ (348)
Other assets.................................................................................... 26
Increase (decrease) in-
Accounts payable................................................................................ (776)
Accrued expenses................................................................................ (1,076)
Accrued interest payable........................................................................ 4,266
Deferred income................................................................................. 1,649
Other noncurrent liabilities.................................................................... (1,130)
----------
Total adjustments............................................................................. 9,903
----------
Net cash provided by operating activities..................................................... 5,594
----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures................................................................................ (189)
Purchase of business:
Cost in excess of net assets of company acquired................................................ (11,262)
Acquisition related costs and expenses.......................................................... 262
----------
Net cash used in investing activities......................................................... (11,189)
----------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents..................................................... (5,595)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period........................................................ 8,962
----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period.............................................................. $ 3,367
----------
----------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the period for -
Income taxes.................................................................................... $ 234
----------
Interest........................................................................................ $ 3
----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of this statement.
F-6
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 1998
1. ACQUISITIONS
Pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of March 3, 1998, among
Corporate Presentations, Inc., its sole stockholder and LegalTech, LLC, a
wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of American Lawyer Media, Inc., LegalTech, LLC
agreed to purchase substantially all of the assets and assume certain of the
liabilities of Corporate Presentations, Inc. for approximately $10,800,000 (the
"LegalTech Acquisition"). Corporate Presentations, Inc. is a producer of
tradeshows and conferences for the legal community. For advisory services
rendered to the Company (as defined below) in connection with the LegalTech
Acquisition, the Company paid WPMP (as defined below), an affiliate of American
Lawyer Media Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"), a fee of 1% of the purchase price of
the LegalTech Acquisition.
The LegalTech Acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method
and the results of operations of the acquired business have been included in the
financial statements since the date of acquisition (March 3, 1998). The excess
of the purchase price over net assets acquired was allocated to goodwill. In the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations, the excess of purchase price
over net assets acquired is being amortized over fifteen years.
The following unaudited pro forma information presents a summary of
consolidated results of operations of the Company as if the LegalTech
Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 1998 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE THREE
MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1998
--------------
<S> <C>
Net revenues.................................................................. $ 26,707
Net loss...................................................................... (4,547)
-------
</TABLE>
These unaudited pro forma results have been prepared for comparative
purposes only and include certain adjustments, such as additional amortization
expense as a result of goodwill. They do not purport to be indicative of the
results of operations which actually would have resulted had the combination
been in effect on January 1, 1998, or of future results of operations of the
consolidated entities.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of American
Lawyer Media, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, ALM, LLC, Counsel Connect,
LLC, and National Law Publishing Company, Inc. ("NLP"), and the Company's 99%
owned subsidiary, ALM IP, LLC, which, unless the context otherwise requires, are
collectively referred to herein as the "Company". The accounts of NLP include
its wholly-owned subsidiary NLP IP Company. Intercompany transactions and
balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
The unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form
10-Q and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only
of normal recurring accruals) necessary for a fair presentation of the results
of operations for such periods. They do not, however, include all of the
information and disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles
for complete financial statements.
F-7
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 31, 1998
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
For further information, reference is made to the consolidated financial
statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 and the footnotes related
thereto included in the Company's 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K from which the
December 31, 1997 balances presented herein have been derived. The results of
operations for the three months ended March 31, 1998 are not necessarily
indicative of the results of operations for the full year.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
The Company's financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of
credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts
receivable. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit
risk related to cash and cash equivalents. Concentrations of credit risk with
respect to trade accounts receivable are, except for amounts due from legal
advertising ad agents ("Legal Ad Agents"), generally limited due to the large
number of customers comprising the Company's customer base. Such Legal Ad Agents
do not have significant liquid net worth and, as a result, the Company is
exposed to a certain level of credit concentration risk in this area, for which
the Company believes it has adequately provided.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Periodical advertising revenues are generated from the placement of display
and classified advertisements, as well as legal notices, in the Company's
publications. Advertising revenue is recognized upon release of the related
publications.
Periodical subscription revenues are recognized on a pro rata basis as
issues of a subscription are served.
Ancillary revenues consist principally of third-party printing revenues,
newsletter subscriptions, sales of professional books, seminar and conference
income, income from a daily fax service of court decisions and income from
electronic products. Printing revenue is recorded upon shipment. Book and
directory revenues are recognized upon shipment and are reflected net of
estimated returns. Newsletter revenues are recognized on the same basis as
subscription revenues. Seminar and conference revenues are recognized when the
seminar or conference is held. Daily fax service revenue is recognized upon
fulfillment of orders. Income from electronic products is recognized monthly as
the service is provided.
Internet Service revenues consist primarily of revenues from subscriptions
and advertising. Internet subscription income is recognized on a pro-rata basis
over the life of a subscription, generally one year. Internet advertising
revenues are recognized upon the release of an advertisement on the website.
F-8
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 31, 1998
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
DEFERRED SUBSCRIPTION INCOME
Deferred subscription income results from advance payments or orders for
subscriptions received from subscribers and is amortized on a straight-line
basis over the life of the subscription as issues are served. Subscription
receivables of $2,360,100 and $1,772,000 are included in accounts receivable in
the accompanying consolidated March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997 balance
sheets, respectively.
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION COSTS
Advertising and promotion expenditures, which totaled approximately
$1,314,200 for the three months ended March 31, 1998, are expensed as the
related advertisements or campaigns are released.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers time deposits and certificates of deposit with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES
Inventories consist principally of paper and related binding materials
utilized by the Company and its outside printers and professional books
published and sold by the Company. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost,
as determined by the average cost method, or market.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, with the exception of fixed
assets acquired as part of the acquisition on August 27, 1997, effective as of
August 1, 1997, of substantially all of the publishing-related assets and
assumption of certain of the liabilities of American Lawyer Media, L.P. by the
Company (the "ALM Acquisition") and the acquisition on December 22, 1997 of all
of the issued and outstanding capital stock of NLP (the "NLP Acquisition"),
which are stated at approximate fair market value as of the date of the
acquisitions. Significant improvements are capitalized, while expenditures for
maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is
calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated remaining useful
lives of the assets acquired as part of the ALM Acquisition and the NLP
Acquisition. Assets purchased after the ALM Acquisition and the NLP Acquisition
are depreciated using the straight-line method over the following estimated
useful lives:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings......................................................... 25 years
Furniture, machinery and equipment................................ 5-9 years
Computer equipment and software................................... 3-6 years
</TABLE>
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining lease
term or the estimated useful life.
GOODWILL
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net
assets acquired. It is stated at cost less accumulated amortization and is
amortized on a straight-line basis over a fifteen-year useful life. The Company
periodically assesses the recoverability of goodwill by determining whether the
F-9
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 31, 1998
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
amortization of goodwill over its estimated remaining life can be recovered
through projected undiscounted future consolidated operating cash flows.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets represent advertiser commitments, trademarks, customer and
subscriber lists and non-compete agreements. They are stated at cost less
accumulated amortization and are amortized on a straight-line basis over a
weighted average useful life of fifteen years.
INCOME TAXES
Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the
financial reporting and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities
and principally consist of nondeductible goodwill and identified intangibles
relating to NLP, accelerated depreciation, allowance for doubtful accounts,
certain accrued liabilities not currently deductible for tax purposes and net
operating loss carryforwards.
REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Effective with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997, companies are
required to adopt the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130
"Reporting Comprehensive Income." The Statement establishes standards for the
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components in a full set
of general-purpose financial statements. Comprehensive income includes net
income and other comprehensive income, which comprises certain specific items
reported directly in stockholder's equity. Other comprehensive income comprises
items such as unrealized gains and losses on debt and equity securities
classified as available-for-sale securities, minimum pension liability
adjustments, and foreign currency translation adjustments. Since the Company
does not currently have any of these other comprehensive income items, the
Company's comprehensive income equals its net income. Therefore, SFAS No. 130
has no impact on the way the Company reports or has reported its financial
statements.
3. DEBT
On December 22, 1997, the Company issued $175,000,000 of 9.75% senior notes
("Senior Notes") due December 15, 2007. The Senior Notes accrue interest at
9.75% which is payable in cash semi-annually on June 15 and December 15
(beginning June 15, 1998). The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally
guaranteed on a joint and several and senior unsecured basis by each of the
Company's existing and future subsidiaries. The Senior Notes may be redeemed at
any time by the Company, in whole or in part, at various redemption prices that
include accrued and unpaid interest as well as any existing liquidating damages.
The Senior Notes contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit the
incurrence of additional indebtedness by the Company and its subsidiaries, the
payment of dividends and other restricted payments by the Company and its
subsidiaries, asset sales, transactions with affiliates, the incurrence of
liens, and mergers and consolidations. Financing costs associated with this debt
have been capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the Senior Notes.
Amortization of deferred financing costs is recorded as interest expense in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Assuming there is no
redemption of the Senior Notes prior to maturity, the entire principal will be
payable on December 15, 2007.
F-10
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 31, 1998
3. DEBT (CONTINUED)
On March 25, 1998, Holdings and the Company (as the "Borrower") entered into
a Credit Agreement with various banks that established a combined revolving loan
commitment in the initial principal amount of $40,000,000 (the "Revolving Credit
Facility"). Financing costs associated with the Revolving Credit Facility have
been capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the agreement. The
Revolving Credit Facility is guaranteed by Holdings and by all subsidiaries of
the Company. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first
priority security interest in substantially all of the properties and assets of
the Company and its domestic subsidiaries, including a pledge of the equity
securities of such subsidiaries, and a pledge by Holdings of all of the stock of
the Company. The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at a fluctuating rate
determined by reference to (i) the Base Rate (as defined in the Revolving Credit
Facility) plus a margin ranging from .25% to 1.5%, or (ii) the Eurodollar Rate
(as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) plus a margin ranging from 1.25%
to 2.5%, as the case may be. The applicable margin is based on the Company's
consolidated total leverage ratio. The Base Rate equals the higher of (a) the
rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its
reference rate, or (b) the Federal funds rate plus .5%. The Eurodollar Rate is
based on (i) the interest rate per annum at which deposits in U.S. Dollars are
offered by Bank of America's applicable lending office to major banks in the
offshore market in an aggregate principal amount approximately equal to the
amount of the loan made to the Company, and (ii) the maximum reserve percentage
in effect under regulations issued from time to time by the Federal Reserve
Board. The Company is also required to pay customary fees with respect to the
Revolving Credit Facility, including an up-front arrangement fee, annual
administrative agency fees, and commitment fees on the unused portion of the
Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility includes both
affirmative and negative covenants that include meeting certain financial
ratios. As of March 31, 1998, there was no debt outstanding under the Revolving
Credit Facility.
4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On April 22, 1998, effective as of April 1, 1998, the Company consummated
the acquisition of substantially all of the legal publishing-related assets and
assumed certain liabilities of Legal Communications, Ltd ("LCL") for an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $20 million. LCL is a publisher of
regional legal publications. For advisory services rendered to the Company in
connection with the LCL Acquisition, the Company paid WP Management Partners,
LLC ("WPMP"), an affiliate of Holdings, a fee of 1% of the purchase price of the
LCL Acquisition.
On April 14, 1998, Holdings contributed an aggregate of $15,000,000 to the
equity capital of the Company. The proceeds of the equity contribution are
intended to be used to fund acquisitions and to provide capital for aggressive
growth.
F-11
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To American Lawyer Media, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of American
Lawyer Media, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 1997 and the
related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholder's equity
and cash flows for the five months then ended. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of American Lawyer Media, Inc.
as of December 31, 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the five months then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
New York, New York
April 3, 1998
F-12
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
----------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................................... $ 8,962
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and returns of $3,236................... 12,560
Inventories, net.................................................................................... 1,482
Other current assets................................................................................ 3,266
----------
Total current assets............................................................................ 26,270
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $613............... 5,630
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $1,855.......................................... 163,305
GOODWILL, net of accumulated amortization of $498..................................................... 159,623
DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS.............................................................................. 6,252
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES................................................................................. 2,934
OTHER ASSETS.......................................................................................... 158
----------
Total assets.................................................................................... $ 364,172
----------
----------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable.................................................................................... $ 3,466
Accrued expenses.................................................................................... 12,478
Deferred income (including deferred subscription income of $16,502)................................. 17,172
----------
Total current liabilities....................................................................... 33,116
----------
SENIOR NOTES.......................................................................................... 175,000
----------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES................................................................................. 51,515
----------
OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES.......................................................................... 3,363
----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common stock--$.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; 100 issued and outstanding................... --
Paid-in-capital..................................................................................... 108,775
Accumulated deficit................................................................................. (7,597)
----------
Total stockholder's equity...................................................................... 101,178
----------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity...................................................... $ 364,172
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of this balance sheet.
F-13
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE FIVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
----------
<S> <C>
NET REVENUES:
Periodicals
Advertising....................................................................................... $ 13,410
Subscription...................................................................................... 5,260
Ancillary Products and Services..................................................................... 4,142
Internet Services................................................................................... 1,162
----------
Total net revenues.............................................................................. 23,974
----------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Editorial........................................................................................... 3,323
Production and Distribution......................................................................... 5,766
Selling............................................................................................. 3,656
General and Administrative.......................................................................... 7,145
Internet Services................................................................................... 2,988
Depreciation and Amortization....................................................................... 3,273
Shutdown of Counsel Connect......................................................................... 3,000
----------
Total operating expenses........................................................................ 29,151
----------
Operating loss.................................................................................. (5,177)
INTEREST EXPENSE, net................................................................................. (2,420)
----------
Loss before income taxes........................................................................ (7,597)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES............................................................................ --
----------
Net Loss........................................................................................ $ (7,597)
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of this statement.
F-14
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
FOR THE FIVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL
------------------------ PAID-IN
SHARES PAR VALUE CAPITAL NET LOSS TOTAL
----------- ----------- ---------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCEPTION................................................. -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
Issuance of common stock................................ 100 -- 108,775 -- 108,775
Net loss................................................ -- -- -- (7,597) (7,597)
--- ----------- ---------- --------- -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997.............................. 100 $ -- $ 108,775 $ (7,597) $ (101,178)
--- ----------- ---------- --------- -----------
--- ----------- ---------- --------- -----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of this statement.
F-15
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE FIVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
-----------
<S> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss........................................................................................... $ (7,597)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities-
Depreciation and amortization.................................................................. 3,273
Decrease (increase) in-
Accounts receivable, net..................................................................... 515
Inventories.................................................................................. (74)
Other current assets......................................................................... (487)
Other assets................................................................................. 89
Increase (decrease) in-
Accounts payable............................................................................. 1,200
Accrued expenses............................................................................. (666)
Deferred income.............................................................................. (466)
Other noncurrent liabilities................................................................. 1,035
-----------
Total adjustments.......................................................................... 4,419
-----------
Net cash used in operating activities...................................................... (3,178)
-----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures............................................................................... (364)
Purchase of businesses:
Negative working capital, other than cash.................................................... 9,229
Plant, property and equipment................................................................ (8,058)
Intangible assets............................................................................ (165,160)
Deferred income taxes........................................................................ 50,107
Other noncurrent assets...................................................................... (595)
Cost in excess of net assets of company acquired............................................. (160,121)
Acquisition related costs and expenses....................................................... 9,579
-----------
Net cash used in investing activities...................................................... (265,383)
-----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Capital contribution............................................................................... 108,775
Issuance of notes, net of fees and expenses of $6,252.............................................. 168,748
Assumption of affiliate note in connection with acquisition........................................ 32,000
Repayment of affiliate note........................................................................ (32,000)
Note payable assumed in connection with acquisition................................................ 31,500
Repayment of note payable.......................................................................... (31,500)
-----------
Net cash provided by financing activities.................................................. 277,523
-----------
Net increase in cash....................................................................... 8,962
CASH, at inception................................................................................... --
CASH, end of period.................................................................................. $ 8,962
-----------
-----------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
Cash paid during the period
Income taxes................................................................................... $ --
-----------
-----------
Interest....................................................................................... $ 1,954
-----------
-----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of this statement.
F-16
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS
American Lawyer Media, Inc. (the "Company") is a wholly owned subsidiary of
American Lawyer Media Holdings, Inc. (formerly Cranberry Partners, LLC
("Cranberry")). Except with respect to the acquisitions and financing discussed
below, the Company has no operating activities or operating assets and
liabilities.
Cranberry, a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on August 1,
1997. On August 27, 1997 (the "ALM Acquisition Closing"), Cranberry acquired
substantially all of the assets and liabilities of American Lawyer Media, L.P.
("Old ALM") for $63,000,000. The acquisition was effective retroactively to July
31, 1997. As of the ALM Acquisition Closing, all of the membership interests of
Cranberry were held by W.P. Management Partners, LLC on behalf of U.S. Equity
Partners, L.P. and certain of its affiliates. Old ALM is a publisher of legal
publications, which includes THE AMERICAN LAWYER, CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE,
AMLAW TECH, THE CONNECTICUT LAW TRIBUNE, LEGAL TIMES, NEW JERSEY LAW JOURNAL,
THE RECORDER, TEXAS LAWYER, FULTON COUNTY DAILY REPORT, and MIAMI DAILY BUSINESS
REVIEW. In addition, Old ALM operates Counsel Connect, a membership-based online
service exclusively for lawyers and legal professionals. The Company's
operations are based in New York with regional offices in seven states and the
District of Columbia.
Prior to the ALM Acquisition Closing, Cranberry formed ALM Holdings, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, and ALM Holdings, LLC formed two wholly
owned subsidiaries, ALM, LLC (a New York limited liability company) and Counsel
Connect, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company) and one 99% owned subsidiary
(the remaining 1% of which was, as of the ALM Acquisition Closing, held by W.P.
Management Partners, LLC on behalf of U.S. Equity Partners, L.P. and certain of
its affiliates), ALM IP, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company). On the ALM
Acquisition Closing, Cranberry transferred all of the non-intellectual property
publishing assets and liabilities acquired from Old ALM to ALM, LLC, all the
non-intellectual property Counsel Connect assets and liabilities acquired from
Old ALM to Counsel Connect, LLC, and all of the intellectual property assets
acquired from Old ALM to ALM IP, LLC.
On November 26, 1997, Cranberry was merged with and into ALM Capital Corp.
(a Delaware corporation), and ALM Capital Corp. was simultaneously renamed
American Lawyer Media Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"). Also on November 26, 1997,
ALM Holdings, LLC was merged with and into ALM Capital Corp. II (a Delaware
corporation), and ALM Capital Corp. II was simultaneously renamed American
Lawyer Media, Inc.
In December 1997, Holdings received capital contributions from its
stockholders, Wasserstein & Co., Inc., U.S. Equity Partners, L.P. and U.S.
Equity Partners (Offshore), L.P., totaling $75 million. On December 22, 1997,
Holdings issued $35 million of 12.25% Senior Discount Notes in an offering under
Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").
Simultaneously, Holdings contributed capital of $108.8 million to the Company.
Also on December 22, 1997, the Company issued $175 million of 9.75% Senior Notes
in an offering under Rule 144A promulgated under the Act. The Company used a
portion of the capital and the proceeds from the Company's 144A offering to
acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of National Law Publishing Company,
Inc. (a Delaware corporation) ("Old NLP") for approximately $203 million (the
"NLP Acquisition") through a wholly owned subsidiary, NLP Acquisition Co., Inc.
(a New York corporation) ("Acquisition"). Old NLP was then, on December 22,
1997, merged with and into Acquisition with Acquisition surviving. Subsequent to
the merger, Acquisition was renamed National Law Publishing Company, Inc.
("NLP"). At the closing of the NLP Acquisition, all intellectual property of NLP
and its subsidiaries was transferred to NLP IP Company, a wholly owned
subsidiary of NLP. Old NLP is a publisher of legal publications, which include
NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL, THE
F-17
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997
1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL and LAW TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS. In addition, Old NLP
operates LAW JOURNAL EXTRA!, a membership-based internet service for lawyers and
legal professionals, publishes legal text and provides seminars targeted at the
U.S. legal community.
2. ACQUISITIONS
The ALM Acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method and the
results of operations of the acquired publishing business have been included in
the financial statements since the date of acquisition (August 1, 1997). The
excess of the purchase price over net assets acquired is as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Total purchase price...................................... $ 63,000
Reimbursement from seller............................... (110)
---------
Adjusted purchase price................................... 62,890
Historical net liabilities at July 31, 1997............. 29,342
Elimination of historical intangible assets............. 5,545
Assets and liabilities not assumed/acquired............. (34,702)
Adjustment to record fixed assets at fair value......... (365)
Writeoff of leasehold improvements...................... 445
---------
Net liabilities assumed................................... 265
Adjustment for acquisition related costs and expenses..... 4,546
---------
67,701
Identified intangibles.................................... (59,770)
---------
Excess of purchase price over net assets acquired......... $ 7,931
---------
---------
</TABLE>
In the accompanying statement of operations, the excess of purchase price
over net assets acquired are being amortized over fifteen years. As previously
discussed, the identified intangibles were transferred to ALM IP, LLC and are
being amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average useful life of
fifteen years. ALM IP, LLC licenses the identified intangibles, ALM IP, LLC's
only principal asset, to ALM, LLC and Counsel Connect, LLC at a market royalty
rate.
The NLP Acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method and the
results of operations of the acquired publishing business have been included in
the financial statements since the date of acquisition (December 22, 1997). The
excess of the purchase price over net assets acquired is as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Total purchase price.................................... $ 203,218
Historical net assets at December 22, 1997............ (64,782)
Elimination of historical intangible assets........... 122,351
Elimination of historical debt........................ (59,500)
Adjustment to record assets at fair value............. 1,153
---------
Net assets acquired..................................... (778)
Provision of deferred income taxes principally related
to identified intangibles............................. 50,107
Adjustment for acquisition related costs and expenses... 5,033
---------
257,580
Identified intangibles.................................. (105,390)
---------
Excess of purchase price over net assets acquired....... $ 152,190
---------
---------
</TABLE>
F-18
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997
2. ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
In the accompanying statement of operations, the excess of purchase price
over net assets acquired are being amortized over fifteen years. As previously
discussed, the identified intangibles were transferred to NLP IP Company and are
being amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average useful life of
fifteen years. NLP IP Company licenses the identified intangibles, NLP IP
Company's only principal asset, to the Company at a market royalty rate.
The results of operations of NLP are included in the accompanying
consolidated statement of operations for the period from December 22, 1997 to
December 31, 1997. The following unaudited pro forma information presents a
summary of consolidated results of operations of the Company as if the NLP
Acquisition had occurred on August 1, 1997 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE FIVE
MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1997
-------------
<S> <C>
Net revenues................................................................... $ 45,766
Net loss....................................................................... $ 6,960
</TABLE>
These unaudited pro forma results have been prepared for comparative
purposes only and include certain adjustments, such as additional amortization
expense as a result of goodwill and other intangible assets, and interest
expense on acquisition debt. They do not purport to be indicative of the results
of operations which actually would have resulted had the combination been in
effect on August 1, 1997, or of future results of operations of the consolidated
entities.
3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company,
its wholly-owned subsidiaries (ALM, LLC, Counsel Connect, LLC, and National Law
Publishing Company, Inc.) and its 99% owned subsidiary, ALM IP, LLC. The
accounts of National Law Publishing Company, Inc. include its wholly-owned
subsidiary, NLP IP Company. Intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated in consolidation.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
The Company's financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of
credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts
receivable. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit
risk related to cash and cash equivalents. Concentrations of credit risk with
respect to trade accounts receivable are, except for amounts due from legal
advertising ad agents ("Legal Ad Agents"), generally limited due to the large
number of customers comprising the Company's customer base. Such Legal Ad Agents
do not have significant liquid net worth and, as a result, the Company is
F-19
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997
3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
exposed to a certain level of credit concentration risk in this area, which the
Company believes it has adequately provided for.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Periodical Advertising revenues are generated from the placement of display
and classified advertisements, as well as legal notices, in the Company's
publications. Advertising revenue is recognized upon release of the related
publications.
Periodical Subscription revenues are recognized on a pro rata basis as
issues of a subscription are served.
Ancillary revenues consist principally of third-party printing revenues,
newsletter subscriptions, sales of professional books, seminar and conference
income, income from a daily fax service of court decisions and income from
electronic products. Printing revenue is recorded upon shipment. Book revenues
are recognized upon shipment and are reflected net of estimated returns.
Newsletter revenues are recognized on the same basis as subscription revenues.
Seminar and conference revenues are recognized when the seminar or conference is
held. Daily fax service revenue is recognized upon fulfillment of orders. Income
from electronic products is recognized monthly as the service is provided.
Internet Service revenues consist primarily of revenues from subscriptions
and advertising. Internet subscription income is recognized on a pro-rata basis
over the life of a subscription, generally one year. Internet advertising
revenues are recognized upon the release of an advertisement on the website.
DEFERRED SUBSCRIPTION INCOME
Deferred subscription income results from advance payments or orders for
subscriptions received from subscribers and is amortized on a straight-line
basis over the life of the subscription as issues are served. Subscription
receivables of $1,772,000 are included in accounts receivable in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION COSTS
Advertising and promotion expenditures, which totaled approximately $778,500
for the year ended December 31, 1997, are expensed as the related advertisements
or campaigns are released.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers time deposits and certificates of deposit with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES
Inventories consist principally of paper and related binding materials
utilized by the Company and it's outside printers and professional books
published and sold by the Company. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost,
as determined by the average cost method, or market.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, with the exception of fixed
assets acquired as part of the ALM and NLP Acquisitions, which are stated at
approximate fair market value as of the date of the acquisitions. Significant
improvements are capitalized, while expenditures for maintenance and repairs are
F-20
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997
3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated remaining useful lives of the assets
acquired as part of the ALM and NLP Acquisitions. Assets purchased after the ALM
and NLP Acquisitions are depreciated using the straight-line method over the
following estimated useful lives:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings......................................................... 25 years
Furniture, machinery and equipment................................ 5-9 years
Computer equipment and software................................... 3-6 years
</TABLE>
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining lease
term or the estimated useful life.
GOODWILL
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net
assets acquired. It is stated at cost less accumulated amortization and is
amortized on a straight-line basis over a fifteen-year useful life. The Company
periodically assesses the recoverability of goodwill by determining whether the
amortization of goodwill over its estimated remaining life can be recovered
through projected undiscounted future consolidated operating cash flows.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets represent advertiser commitments, trademarks, customer and
subscriber lists and non-compete agreements. They are stated at cost less
accumulated amortization and are amortized on a straight-line basis over a
weighted average life of fifteen years.
ACCRUED EXPENSES
Included in accrued expenses on the accompanying balance sheet is
approximately $1,851,000 of fees and costs related to the acquisition of Old ALM
and NLP.
4. SHUTDOWN OF COUNSEL CONNECT
The Company has operated Counsel Connect, a major legal internet site, since
1993. Counsel Connect operated as a subscription based service offering users
the opportunity to exchange legal information such as court opinions, insights
about judges and legal opinions and special written work. The Company, through
Counsel Connect, provided general internet access (as an "internet service
provider") to its subscribers.
Since its inception, Counsel Connect has incurred substantial operating
losses. The Company has determined that it will cease to operate Counsel Connect
and has begun the wind down of its operations. Staff reductions and curtailments
of operating activities have already taken place commencing with the ALM
Acquisition in August, 1997. In connection with the NLP Acquisition, the Company
acquired LAW JOURNAL EXTRA!, a legal internet site. The Company is currently
transferring certain Counsel Connect assets (e.g., tradename, customer lists) to
a new combined service. The transfer will be substantially completed by July 1,
1998. Included in the Internet Services revenue and expense line items in the
accompanying statement of operations are revenues and expenses of $1,122,000 and
$2,945,000, respectively, related to Counsel Connect. The accompanying statement
of operations includes a provision of $3,000,000 related to the shutdown of
Counsel Connect to cover severance costs of $200,000, uncollectible receivables
of $500,000, writedown of computer and network equipment of $2,000,000 and
termination of
F-21
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997
4. SHUTDOWN OF COUNSEL CONNECT (CONTINUED)
contracts related to network services which provided Internet access of
$300,000. The provision is a preliminary estimate of the total costs associated
with these items.
5. INCOME TAXES
Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the
financial reporting and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities
and principally consist of nondeductible goodwill and identified intangibles
relating to NLP, accelerated depreciation, allowance for doubtful accounts,
certain accrued liabilities not currently deductible for tax purposes and net
operating loss carryforwards.
The reconciliation between the provision for income taxes and the amount
computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to loss before income
taxes is as follows for the five months ended December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Federal statutory income taxes..................................... $ (2,582)
Permanent differences (principally goodwill and intangible
amortization).................................................... 194
State and local income taxes....................................... (456)
Other.............................................................. (126)
Valuation allowance................................................ 2,970
---------
$ --
---------
---------
</TABLE>
Upon the creation of American Lawyer Media, Inc. discussed in Note 1, the
Company changed its tax status from an LLC to a C Corporation on November 26,
1997. As of that date, a net deferred tax asset of $1,224,000 was recorded
relating to the Company's temporary differences. A valuation allowance of
$1,224,000 was also recorded against this net deferred tax asset.
6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31 (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
---------
<S> <C>
Land................................................................................. $ 207
Buildings and improvements........................................................... 790
Furniture, machinery, and equipment.................................................. 2,739
Computer equipment and software...................................................... 2,507
---------
6,243
Accumulated depreciation and amortization............................................ (613)
---------
Net property, plant and equipment.................................................. $ 5,630
---------
---------
</TABLE>
F-22
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997
7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 USEFUL LIFE
---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Advertiser commitments...................................................... $ 880 6 months
Trademarks.................................................................. 82,650 20 years
Customer and subscriber lists............................................... 69,670 5-17 years
Non-compete agreements...................................................... 11,960 3 years
----------
165,160
Accumulated amortization.................................................... (1,855)
----------
Net intangible assets..................................................... $ 163,305
----------
----------
</TABLE>
8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company and CourtRoom Television Network ("CourtTV"), an affiliate of
Old ALM's general partner, share certain administrative resources and employees.
In addition, the Company has advertising revenue from Court TV under an
agreement made by the former owner of Old ALM. This agreement was terminated in
October 1997. The cost associated with Court TV employees who devote a portion
of their time to the Company's activities is charged to the Company based on an
estimate of the time spent on such activities. These charges amounted to
$99,191, while the revenue was $44,730 for the five months ended December 31,
1997. In addition, the Company has a receivable from CourtTV of $262,600 at
December 31, 1997 reflected in accounts receivable on the accompanying balance
sheet.
Included in accrued expenses on the accompanying balance sheet is $45,000
due to Wasserstein and Co., Inc. for payment of certain costs related to the
acquisition of Old ALM.
Approximately $5,250,000 of financing costs related to the Senior Notes as
defined in Note 11, were paid to Wasserstein Perella, an affiliate of the
Company. In addition, approximately $4,150,000 of acquisition related fees and
expenses were either paid or remain due to Wasserstein Perella.
Included in other current assets on the accompanying balance sheet is a
$550,000 net receivable to Holdings resulting from various intercompany
transactions.
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Rent expense, including payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other
expenses required under certain leases, amounted to approximately $783,000 for
the five months ended December 31, 1997. This amount includes the monthly rent
payments for corporate headquarters discussed below.
F-23
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
At December 31, 1997, minimum rental commitments under noncancellable leases
were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REAL
ESTATE OTHER TOTAL
--------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1998............................................................ $ 2,174 $ 75 $ 2,249
1999............................................................ 2,162 64 2,226
2000............................................................ 2,165 49 2,214
2001............................................................ 1,958 38 1,996
2002 and thereafter............................................. 10,349 9 10,358
--------- ----- ---------
$ 18,808 $ 235 $ 19,043
--------- ----- ---------
--------- ----- ---------
</TABLE>
Certain of the leases provide for free rent periods as well as rent
escalations. The rental commitments above represent actual rental payments to be
made. The financial statements reflect rent expense and rental income on a
straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. Approximately $1,800,000,
representing accrued pro rata future payments, net of receipts, is included in
other noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet as of December
31, 1997.
ALM, LLC leases its corporate headquarters from Old ALM's general partner.
Because the lease can be cancelled with ninety days notice, the commitments
under this lease are excluded from the above table. Monthly rent payments under
this lease total $74,700. This lease terminates on December 31, 1998.
The Company is involved in a number of legal proceedings, some of which are
significant, which arose in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of
management, the ultimate outcome of these contingencies is not expected to have
a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of
operations.
10. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
NLP has a 401(k) profit sharing plan (the "NLP Plan") for all eligible
employees who have completed one year of service. Under the NLP Plan, NLP has
the option of making a matching contribution of up to 3% of a participant's
compensation. NLP may also annually contribute additional discretionary amounts
to participants. For the five months ended December 31, 1997, NLP did not make
any matching discretionary contributions to the NLP Plan. In addition,
approximately twenty NLP employees are covered by certain defined contribution
retirement plans sponsored by the Typographical Union. NLP did not make any
contributions to these retirement plans for the five months ended December 31,
1997.
ALM, LLC sponsors a 401(k) salary deferral plan (the "ALM Plan").
Participation in the ALM Plan is available for substantially all ALM, LLC and
Counsel Connect, LLC employees. The ALM Plan provides for employer matching of
employees' contributions, as defined. The cost of the ALM Plan for the five
months ended December 31, 1997 was $137,400.
ALM, LLC also sponsored a defined benefit plan covering substantially all
ALM, LLC and Counsel Connect, LLC employees. This plan was frozen effective
December 31, 1997, resulting in an insignificant
F-24
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997
10. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
curtailment gain. The components of net periodic pension cost for the five
months ended December 31, 1997 were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
---------
<S> <C>
Service cost.......................................................................... $ 160
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation......................................... 94
Actual return on assets............................................................... (173)
Net amortization and deferral......................................................... 119
---------
$ 200
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the funded status of the Company's pension
plan and amounts recognized in the balance sheet as of December 31, 1997 (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
---------
<S> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation.......................................................... $ 2,948
---------
Accumulated benefit obligation....................................................... $ 3,305
---------
Projected benefit obligation......................................................... $ 3,305
Plan assets at fair value............................................................ 2,613
---------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets................................ $ 692
Unrecognized net gain................................................................ --
Unrecognized net transition obligation............................................... --
---------
Accrued pension liability............................................................ $ 692
---------
---------
</TABLE>
In determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit
obligation as of December 31, 1997, the discount rate was 6.75%, the rate of
increase in future compensation levels was 3.00%, and the expected long-term
rate of return on assets was 9.00%.
ALM, LLC also sponsors an Excess Benefit Pension Plan providing a benefit to
highly compensated employees in excess of the benefits provided by the tax
qualified defined benefit plan. The plan is an unfunded, non-qualified deferred
compensation plan. This plan was also frozen as of December 31, 1997.
ALM, LLC and Counsel Connect, LLC sponsor a comprehensive medical and dental
insurance plan, which is available to substantially all employees. ALM, LLC and
Counsel Connect, LLC are self insured for claims submitted under this plan up to
predetermined amounts above which third party insurance applies.
11. NOTES PAYABLE
On December 22, 1997, the Company issued $175,000,000 of 9.75% senior notes
("Senior Notes") due December 15, 2007. The Senior Notes accrue interest at
9.75% which is payable in cash semi-annually on June 15 and December 15
(beginning June 15, 1998). The Senior Notes are unsecured general obligations of
the Company and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a joint and several
and senior unsecured basis, by each of the Company's existing and future
subsidiaries. Separate financial statements of, and other disclosures
concerning, the Guarantors are not included herein because of the Guarantors'
full and unconditional guarantee of the Senior Notes and management has
determined that separate financial statements and other disclosures concerning
the Guarantors are not material and would not provide any
F-25
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997
11. NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
additional meaningful disclosure. The Senior Notes may be redeemed at any time
by the Company, in whole or in part, at various redemption prices that includes
accrued and unpaid interest as well as any existing liquidating damages. The
Senior Notes contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit the
incurrence of additional indebtedness by the Company and its subsidiaries, the
payment of dividends and other restricted payments by the Company and its
subsidiaries, asset sales, transactions with affiliates, the incurrence of
liens, and mergers and consolidations. Financing costs, totaling $6,252,000,
have been capitalized on the accompanying balance sheet and are being amortized
over the term of the Senior Notes. Amortization of deferred financing costs is
recorded as interest expense. Assuming there is no redemption of the Senior
Notes prior to maturity, the entire principal will be payable on December 15,
2007.
12. FASB 107--FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and notes payable. The
Company believes that the carrying amount for these accounts approximates fair
value.
13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of March 3, 1998, among
Corporate Presentations, Inc., its sole stockholder, and LegalTech, LLC, a
wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, LegalTech, LLC agreed to
purchase substantially all of the assets and assume certain of the liabilities
of Corporate Presentations, Inc. for approximately $10,800,000. Corporate
Presentations, Inc. is a producer of tradeshows and conferences for the legal
community. For advisory services rendered to the Company in connection with the
LegalTech Acquisition, the Company paid WPMP, an affiliate of Holdings, a fee of
1% of the purchase price of Legal-Tech.
Pursuant to an Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of March 27, 1998,
among Legal Communications, Ltd., and ALM, LLC a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company, ALM, LLC agreed to purchase substantially all of the assets and assume
certain of the liabilities of Legal Communications Ltd. for a purchase price of
$20,000,000. Legal Communications, Ltd. is a publisher of regional legal
publications. For advisory services rendered to the Company in connection with
the Legal Communications, Ltd Acquisition, the Company intends to pay WPMP, an
affiliate of Holdings, a fee of 1% of the purchase price of Legal
Communications, Ltd.
On March 25, 1998, Holdings and the Company (as the "Borrower") signed a
Credit Agreement with various banks that has a combined Revolving Commitment in
the initial principal amount of $40,000,000. The Revolving Credit Facility is
guaranteed by Holdings and by all subsidiaries of the Company. In addition, the
Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first priority security interest in
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its domestic
subsidiaries, including a pledge of all of the stock of such subsidiaries, and a
pledge by Holdings of all of the stock of the Company. Each revolving loan shall
bear interest on the outstanding principal amount from the borrowing date until
it becomes due at a rate per annum equal to the "Base Rate" or the Eurodollar
rate plus the "Applicable Margin" of 1.5% for base rate loans and 2.5% for
Eurodollar rate loans. The Base Rate is the higher of the Bank of America
publicly announced "Reference Rate" or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%. A
commitment fee must be paid on the daily unused portion of the revolving
commitment. The Credit Agreement includes both affirmative and negative
covenants that include meeting certain financial ratios.
On April 2, 1998, the Board of Directors authorized Holdings to issue shares
of Holdings' $.01 par value per share common stock to U.S. Equity Partners, L.P.
in consideration of payment by U.S. Equity Partners, L.P. of $15,000,000.
F-26
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To American Lawyer Media, L.P.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of American Lawyer Media,
L.P. as of July 31, 1997 and the related statements of operations, changes in
partners' capital and accumulated deficit and cash flows for the seven months
then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of American Lawyer Media, L.P.
as of July 31, 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the seven months then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
New York, New York
November 20, 1997
F-27
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
BALANCE SHEET
JULY 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents....................................................... $ 615
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,661........... 5,726
Due from affiliate.............................................................. 390
Inventories, net................................................................ 399
Other current assets............................................................ 557
---------
Total current assets........................................................ 7,687
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation of $7,354.......... 5,594
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $20,665..................... 4,488
GOODWILL, net of accumulated amortization of $247................................. 1,057
OTHER ASSETS...................................................................... 156
---------
Total assets................................................................ $ 18,982
---------
---------
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable................................................................ $ 744
Accrued expenses................................................................ 4,745
Deferred income (including deferred subscription income of $7,466).............. 8,093
---------
Total current liabilities................................................... 13,582
DUE TO GENERAL PARTNER............................................................ 34,742
---------
Total liabilities........................................................... 48,324
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7)
PARTNERS' ACCUMULATED DEFICIT..................................................... (29,342)
---------
Total liabilities and partners' accumulated deficit......................... $ 18,982
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
balance sheet.
F-28
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (NOTE 3)
FOR THE SEVEN MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
NET REVENUES:
Periodicals
Advertising.................................................................... $ 18,146
Subscription................................................................... 6,719
Ancillary Products and Services.................................................. 4,532
Internet Services................................................................ 2,148
---------
Total net revenues........................................................... 31,545
---------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Editorial........................................................................ 4,023
Production and Distribution...................................................... 6,919
Selling.......................................................................... 4,640
General and Administrative....................................................... 9,531
Internet Services................................................................ 6,464
Depreciation and Amortization.................................................... 1,590
---------
Total operating expenses..................................................... 33,167
---------
Operating loss............................................................... (1,622)
INTEREST EXPENSE, net.............................................................. 1,420
---------
Net loss (Note 3)............................................................ $ (3,042)
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
statement.
F-29
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
FOR THE SEVEN MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PARTNERS'
CONTRIBUTED EARNINGS/ ACCUMULATED
CAPITAL LOSSES DEFICIT
----------- ---------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996............................................... $ 31,677 $ (57,977) $ (26,300)
Net loss................................................................. -- (3,042) (3,042)
----------- ---------- ------------
BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1997................................................... $ 31,677 $ (61,019) $ (29,342)
----------- ---------- ------------
----------- ---------- ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
statement.
F-30
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SEVEN MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S> <C>
Net loss......................................................................... $ (3,042)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities-
Depreciation and amortization.................................................. 1,590
Allowance for doubtful accounts................................................ 304
Decrease (increase) in-
Accounts receivable and due from affiliate................................... 1,057
Inventories.................................................................. 121
Other current assets......................................................... (21)
Other assets................................................................. (56)
Increase (decrease) in-
Accounts payable............................................................. (1,137)
Accrued expenses............................................................. 422
Deferred income.............................................................. 85
---------
Total adjustments.......................................................... 2,365
---------
Net cash used in operating activities...................................... (677)
---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures............................................................. (1,971)
---------
Net cash used in investing activities...................................... (1,971)
---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net borrowings from general partner.............................................. 3,173
---------
Net cash provided by financing activities.................................. 3,173
---------
Net increase in cash....................................................... 525
CASH, beginning of period.......................................................... 90
---------
CASH, end of period................................................................ $ 615
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
statement.
F-31
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JULY 31, 1997
1. ORGANIZATION
American Lawyer Media, L.P. (the "Company") is a limited partnership of Time
Warner and Associated Newspapers. The sole general partner of American Lawyer
Media, L.P. is Time Warner. The Company is based in New York and has operations
in seven states and the District of Columbia. The Company publishes THE AMERICAN
LAWYER, CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE, AMLAW TECH, THE CONNECTICUT LAW TRIBUNE,
LEGAL TIMES, NEW JERSEY LAW JOURNAL, THE RECORDER, TEXAS LAWYER, FULTON COUNTY
DAILY REPORT, and the DAILY BUSINESS REVIEWS, all of which are divisions of the
Company. In addition, the Company consolidates its interest in Counsel Connect,
a New York general partnership. The partnership, which runs a membership-based
internet service exclusively for lawyers and legal professionals, was formed in
February 1994 by Mead Data Central and the Company. In February 1996, Mead Data
Central assigned its interest in the partnership to the Company and also
contributed the balance in its capital account of approximately $1,647,000, to
the Company.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Advertising revenues are generated from the placement of display and
classified advertisements, as well as legal notices, in the Company's
publications. Advertising revenue is recognized upon release of the related
publications to subscribers. Allowances for estimated doubtful accounts are
provided based upon historical experience.
Subscription revenues are recognized on a pro rata basis as issues of a
subscription are served.
Ancillary revenues consist principally of third-party printing services,
newsletter subscriptions, sales of professional books and directories,
Lexis/Nexis royalty income, seminar income, and a daily fax service of court
decisions.
Internet services revenues consist of income earned from COUNSEL CONNECT
subscriptions and usage fees.
DEFERRED SUBSCRIPTION INCOME
Deferred subscription income results from advance payments or orders for
magazine subscriptions received from subscribers.
CIRCULATION PROMOTION (SUBSCRIPTION DIRECT MAIL) COSTS
Circulation promotion costs are charged to expense upon the release of the
campaign.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-32
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
JULY 31, 1997
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers time deposits and certificates of deposit with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES
Inventories consist principally of paper utilized by the Company and its
outside printers and professional books published and sold by the Company.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Significant improvements
are capitalized, while expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to
expense as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Machinery and equipment........................................... 5 years
Buildings......................................................... 25 years
Furniture and fixtures............................................ 5 years
Computer equipment and software................................... 3-5 years
</TABLE>
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining lease
term or the estimated useful life. The cost and accumulated depreciation of
property sold or retired are removed from the accounts upon disposition.
INTANGIBLES AND GOODWILL
Intangible assets, consisting primarily of noncompete agreements and
subscription lists, are valued at the appraised market value of the assets at
the date of acquisition, net of accumulated amortization. Intangibles are
amortized over the expected useful lives of the respective assets, ranging from
two to thirteen years. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the
fair value of net assets acquired, less accumulated amortization. Goodwill is
being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
Included in accounts payable are $425,000 of bank overdrafts as of July 31,
1997.
3. INCOME TAXES
No provision has been made in the accompanying statement of operations for
income taxes since, pursuant to provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the net
loss appearing on the accompanying statement of operations is reportable by each
of the partners on their individual tax returns.
F-33
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
JULY 31, 1997
4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at July 31, 1997
(in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Machinery and equipment............................................ $ 10,323
Buildings and improvements......................................... 1,430
Furniture and fixtures............................................. 823
Land............................................................... 300
Automobiles........................................................ 72
---------
12,948
Accumulated depreciation and amortization.......................... (7,354)
---------
Net property, plant and equipment.............................. $ 5,594
---------
---------
</TABLE>
5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has a business relationship with Courtroom Television Network
("Court TV"), an affiliate of the Company's general partner. Revenues are
generated through licensing fees charged to Court TV for editorial content and
sales of advertisements. The licensing fees for American Lawyer publications
totaled approximately $149,000 for the seven months ended July 31, 1997.
Advertising revenues from Court TV totaled approximately $122,000 for the seven
months ended July 31, 1997. In addition, the Company and Court TV share certain
editorial and administrative resources and employees, as well as office
facilities. The cost associated with employees who devote all or a portion of
their time to Court TV activities is charged to Court TV based on an estimate of
their time spent on such activities. These charges, which include an allocation
for the chairman of the Company, amounted to $321,000 for the seven months ended
July 31, 1997. Court TV is also charged a flat annual fee of $195,000 for use of
the Company's reporters for on-camera appearances and background reports.
Finally, an allocation is made to Court TV to cover general overhead costs
(e.g., rent, utilities, etc.) which amounted to approximately $53,000 for the
seven months ended July 31, 1997. Amounts due from Court TV are reflected as due
from affiliate on the accompanying balance sheet.
The Company's general partner provides certain legal, administrative,
accounting, and tax services for the Company. Charges for such services amounted
to approximately $47,000 for the seven months ended July 31, 1997.
6. DUE TO GENERAL PARTNER
Due to General Partner consists of borrowings from WCI/AMLAW Inc. and
interest accrued thereon. The borrowings bear interest at 1% under prime and do
not have a stated maturity date. This amount has been included in long- term
liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet since the amount is not intended
to be repaid within the next year.
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Rent expense, including payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other
expenses required under certain leases, amounted to approximately $1,046,500 for
the seven months ended July 31, 1997, including rent accruals in excess of
payments of $6,600.
F-34
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
JULY 31, 1997
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
Minimum rental commitments under noncancellable leases as of July 31, 1997
were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REAL SUBLEASE
ESTATE INCOME OTHER TOTAL
--------- ---------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1997.................................................................... $ 1,450 $ (650) $ 28 $ 828
1998.................................................................... 3,161 (1,443) 70 1,788
1999.................................................................... 3,094 (1,473) 59 1,680
2000.................................................................... 3,087 (1,473) 44 1,658
2001.................................................................... 2,906 (1,473) 33 1,466
2002 and thereafter..................................................... 17,424 (10,823) 5 6,606
--------- ---------- ----- ---------
$ 31,122 $ (17,335) $ 239 $ 14,026
--------- ---------- ----- ---------
--------- ---------- ----- ---------
</TABLE>
Certain of the leases provide for free rent periods as well as rent
escalations. The rental commitments above represent actual rental payments to be
made. The financial statements reflect rent expense and rental income on a
straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. An obligation of $6,600,
representing accrued pro rata future payments, net of receipts, is included in
the accompanying balance sheet.
The Company subleases a portion of its office facilities to Court TV. The
sublease charges summarized above are based on an oral agreement between the
Company and Court TV.
The lease for the Company's headquarters contains a provision whereby the
Company could elect not to renew the lease for the years 1999 through 2008 upon
payment of a $2,200,000 termination penalty.
The Company is involved in a number of legal proceedings, some of which are
significant, which arose in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of
management, the ultimate outcome of these contingencies is not expected to have
a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of
operations.
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Company sponsors a retirement savings plan. Participation in this plan
is available for substantially all employees. The plan provides for employer
matching of employees' contributions, as defined. The cost of the plan was
$177,000 for the seven months ended July 31, 1997.
The Company has a defined benefit plan covering substantially all employees.
The Company's general funding policy is to contribute annual amounts that
satisfy the Internal Revenue Code funding requirements. The components of net
periodic pension cost for the year ended December 31, 1996 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Service cost...................................................... $ 361,216
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation..................... 188,428
Actual return on assets........................................... (260,515)
Net amortization and deferral..................................... 178,602
---------
$ 467,731
---------
---------
</TABLE>
F-35
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
JULY 31, 1997
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
The following table sets forth the funded status of the Company's defined
benefit plan and amounts recognized in the balance sheet as of December 31,
1996:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation....................................... $1,756,139
---------
Accumulated benefit obligation.................................. $1,988,235
---------
Projected benefit obligation.................................... $3,031,741
Plan assets at fair value....................................... 1,965,782
---------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets........... $1,065,959
Unrecognized net gain........................................... 155,802
Unrecognized net transition obligation.......................... (728,462)
---------
Accrued pension liability....................................... $ 493,299
---------
---------
</TABLE>
In determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit
obligation as of December 31, 1996, the discount rate was 7.5%, the rate of
increase in future compensation levels was 6%, and the expected long-term rate
of return on assets was 9%.
The Company sponsors an Excess Benefit Pension Plan providing a benefit to
highly compensated employees in excess of the benefits provided by the tax
qualified defined benefit plan. The plan is an unfunded, non-qualified deferred
compensation plan.
The Company also sponsors a comprehensive medical and dental insurance plan
which is available to substantially all employees. The Company is self insured
for claims submitted under this plan up to predetermined amounts, above which
third party insurance applies.
9. STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NO. 107-FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS
The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and due to general
partner. The carrying amount of these accounts approximates fair value.
F-36
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
BALANCE SHEET
MARCH 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS 1997
---------
<S> <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents....................................................... $ 456
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,508........... 6,305
Inventories, net................................................................ 411
Other current assets 705
---------
Total current assets 7,877
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of
$6,811.......................................................................... 4,773
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $20,196 4,958
GOODWILL, net of accumulated amortization of $236 977
OTHER ASSETS 123
---------
Total assets $ 18,708
---------
---------
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable................................................................ $ 1,132
Accrued expenses................................................................ 3,919
Deferred income (including deferred subscription income of $7,229).............. 7,840
---------
Total current liabilities 12,891
---------
DUE TO GENERAL PARTNER............................................................ 32,790
---------
OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES...................................................... 1,035
---------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
PARTNERS' ACCUMULATED DEFICIT (28,008)
---------
Total liabilities and partners' accumulated deficit $ 18,708
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
balance sheet.
F-37
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
---------
<S> <C>
NET REVENUES:
Periodicals
Advertising........................................................................................ $ 7,345
Subscription....................................................................................... 2,716
Ancillary Products and Services...................................................................... 1,826
Internet Services.................................................................................... 1,052
---------
Total net revenues............................................................................... 12,939
---------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Editorial............................................................................................ 1,707
Production and Distribution.......................................................................... 2,920
Selling.............................................................................................. 1,888
General and Administrative........................................................................... 4,232
Internet Services.................................................................................... 2,690
Depreciation and Amortization........................................................................ 634
---------
Total operating expenses......................................................................... 14,071
---------
Operating loss................................................................................... (1,132)
INTEREST EXPENSE, net.................................................................................. (576)
---------
Net Loss......................................................................................... $ (1,708)
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
statement.
F-38
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PARTNERS'
CONTRIBUTED NET ACCUMULATED
CAPITAL LOSSES DEFICIT
----------- ---------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996............................................... $ 31,677 $ (57,977) $ (26,300)
Net loss................................................................. -- (1,708) (1,708)
----------- ---------- ------------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997.................................................. $ 31,677 $ (59,685) $ (28,008)
----------- ---------- ------------
----------- ---------- ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
statement.
F-39
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
---------
<S> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss................................................................................................ $ (1,708)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization......................................................................... 634
Allowance for doubtful accounts....................................................................... 152
Decrease (increase) in
Accounts receivable and due from affiliate.......................................................... 1,020
Inventories......................................................................................... 109
Other current assets................................................................................ (169)
Other assets........................................................................................ (23)
Increase (decrease) in
Accounts payable.................................................................................... (749)
Accrued expenses.................................................................................... (1,249)
Deferred income..................................................................................... (168)
Other liabilities................................................................................... 1,035
---------
Total adjustments................................................................................. 592
---------
Net cash used in operating activities............................................................. (1,116)
---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures.................................................................................. (583)
---------
Net cash used in investing activities............................................................... (583)
---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net borrowings from general partner..................................................................... 2,065
---------
Net cash provided by financing activities........................................................... 2,065
---------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents................................................ 366
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.......................................................... 90
---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period................................................................ $ 456
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
statement.
F-40
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 1997
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
PRINCIPLES OF PRESENTATION
The unaudited financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1997
have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and include,
in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal
recurring accruals) necessary for a fair presentation of the results of
operations for such periods. They do not, however, include all of the
information and disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles
for complete financial statements. For further information, reference is made to
the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and the
footnotes related thereto included in American Lawyer Media, Inc.'s 1997 Annual
Report on Form 10-K. The results of operations for the three months ended March
31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the
full year.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Periodical advertising revenues are generated from the placement of display
and classified advertisements, as well as legal notices, in the Company's
publications. Advertising revenue is recognized upon release of the related
publications.
Periodical subscription revenues are recognized on a pro rata basis as
issues of a subscription are served.
Ancillary revenues consist principally of third-party printing services,
newsletter subscriptions, sales of professional books, seminar income, and a
daily fax service of court decisions. Printing revenue is recognized upon
shipment. Book revenues are recognized upon shipment and are reflected net of
estimated returns. Newsletter revenues are recognized on the same basis as
subscription revenues. Seminar revenues are recognized when the seminar is held.
The daily fax service revenue is recognized upon fulfillment of orders.
Internet Service revenues consist primarily of revenues from subscriptions
and advertising. Internet subscription income is recognized on a pro-rata basis
over the life of a subscription, generally one year. Internet advertising
revenues are recognized upon the release of an advertisement on the website.
DEFERRED SUBSCRIPTION INCOME
Deferred subscription income results from advance payments or orders for
magazine subscriptions received from subscribers. Subscription receivables of
$1,064,100 are included in accounts receivable in the accompanying balance
sheet.
CIRCULATION PROMOTION (SUBSCRIPTION DIRECT MAIL) COSTS
Circulation promotion costs are charged to expense upon the release of the
campaign.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the
F-41
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 31, 1997
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
The Company considers time deposits and certificates of deposit with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES
Inventories consist principally of paper utilized by the Company and its
outside printers and professional books published and sold by the Company.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Significant improvements
are capitalized, while expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to
expense as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Machinery and equipment........................................................... 5 years
Buildings......................................................................... 25 years
Furniture and fixtures............................................................ 5 years
Computer equipment and software................................................... 3-5 years
</TABLE>
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining lease
term or the estimated useful life. The cost and accumulated depreciation of
property sold or retired are removed from the accounts upon disposition.
INTANGIBLES AND GOODWILL
Intangible assets, consisting primarily of noncompete agreements and
subscription lists, are valued at the appraised market value of the assets at
the date of acquisition, net of accumulated amortization. Intangibles are
amortized over the expected useful lives of the respective assets, ranging from
two to thirteen years. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the
fair value of net assets acquired, less accumulated amortization. Goodwill is
being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
Included in accounts payable are $696,000 of bank overdrafts as of March 31,
1997.
2. INCOME TAXES
No provision has been made in the accompanying statement of operations for
income taxes since, pursuant to provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the net
loss appearing on the accompanying statement of operations is reportable by each
of the partners on their individual tax returns.
3. DUE TO GENERAL PARTNER
Due to General Partner consists of borrowings from WCI/AMLAW Inc. and
interest accrued thereon. The borrowings bear interest at 1% under prime and do
not have a stated maturity date. This amount has
F-42
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 31, 1997
3. DUE TO GENERAL PARTNER (CONTINUED)
been included in long-term liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet since
the amount is not intended to be repaid within the next year.
F-43
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To American Lawyer Media, L.P.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of American Lawyer Media,
L.P. as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related statements of operations,
changes in partner's capital and accumulated deficit and cash flows for the
years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of American Lawyer Media, L.P.
as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
New York, New York
November 20, 1997
F-44
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................... $ 90 $ 780
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,357 in 1996 and $1,098
in 1995............................................................................... 6,496 5,899
Due from affiliate...................................................................... 981 289
Inventories, net........................................................................ 520 629
Other current assets.................................................................... 536 476
---------- ----------
Total current assets................................................................ 8,623 8,073
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation of $6,469 in 1996 and
$6,309 in 1995.......................................................................... 4,533 3,649
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $19,911 in 1996 and $18,773 in
1995.................................................................................... 5,242 6,381
GOODWILL, net of accumulated amortization of $229 in 1996 and $198 in 1995................ 984 1,015
OTHER ASSETS.............................................................................. 100 195
---------- ----------
Total assets........................................................................ $ 19,482 $ 19,313
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable........................................................................ $ 1,881 $ 836
Accrued expenses........................................................................ 5,743 6,672
Deferred income (including deferred subscription income of $7,221 in 1996 and $7,095 in
1995) 8,008 7,631
---------- ----------
Total current liabilities........................................................... 15,632 15,139
DUE TO GENERAL PARTNER.................................................................... 30,150 22,114
---------- ----------
Total liabilities................................................................... 45,782 37,253
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7)
MINORITY INTEREST IN CONSOLIDATED PARTNERSHIP (Note 1).................................... -- 1,819
PARTNERS' ACCUMULATED DEFICIT............................................................. (26,300) (19,759)
---------- ----------
Total liabilities and partners' accumulated deficit................................. $ 19,482 $ 19,313
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
balance sheets.
F-45
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
NET REVENUES:
Periodicals
Advertising............................................................................. $ 26,659 $ 25,037
Subscription............................................................................ 11,304 10,884
Ancillary Products and Services........................................................... 8,467 8,387
Internet Services......................................................................... 5,474 3,238
--------- ---------
Total net revenues.................................................................. 51,904 47,546
--------- ---------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Editorial................................................................................. 7,141 7,073
Production and Distribution............................................................... 12,469 12,587
Selling................................................................................... 7,479 6,913
General and Administrative................................................................ 16,829 16,506
Internet Services......................................................................... 11,886 10,854
Depreciation and Amortization............................................................. 2,488 2,680
--------- ---------
Total operating expenses............................................................ 58,292 56,613
--------- ---------
Operating loss...................................................................... (6,388) (9,067)
--------- ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE, net....................................................................... 1,972 1,384
Loss before minority interest....................................................... (8,360) (10,451)
MINORITY INTEREST IN LOSS OF CONSOLIDATED PARTNERSHIP
(Note 1).................................................................................. 172 2,334
--------- ---------
Net loss (Note 3)................................................................... $ (8,188) $ (8,117)
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
statements.
F-46
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PARTNERS'
CONTRIBUTED EARNINGS/ ACCUMULATED
CAPITAL LOSSES DEFICIT
----------- ---------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994............................................... $ 30,030 $ (41,672) $ (11,642)
Net loss................................................................. -- (8,117) (8,117)
----------- ---------- ------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995............................................... 30,030 (49,789) (19,759)
Contribution of capital from minority partner............................ 1,647 -- 1,647
Net loss................................................................. -- (8,188) (8,188)
----------- ---------- ------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996............................................... $ 31,677 $ (57,977) $ (26,300)
----------- ---------- ------------
----------- ---------- ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
statements.
F-47
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss................................................................................... $ (8,188) $ (8,117)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities--
Depreciation and amortization............................................................ 2,488 2,680
Minority interest........................................................................ (172) (2,334)
Allowance for doubtful accounts.......................................................... 259 108
Decrease (increase) in--
Accounts receivable and due from affiliate............................................. (1,548) 757
Inventories............................................................................ 109 (105)
Other current assets................................................................... (60) (97)
Other assets........................................................................... 95 13
Increase (decrease) in--
Accounts payable....................................................................... 1,045 28
Accrued expenses....................................................................... 1,043 1,238
Deferred income........................................................................ 377 357
--------- ---------
Total adjustments.................................................................... 3,636 2,645
--------- ---------
Net cash used in operating activities................................................ (4,552) (5,472)
--------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures....................................................................... (2,202) (1,481)
--------- ---------
Net cash used in investing activities................................................ (2,202) (1,481)
--------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net borrowings from general partner........................................................ 6,064 7,206
--------- ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities............................................ 6,064 7,206
--------- ---------
Net (decrease) increase in cash...................................................... (690) 253
CASH, beginning of year...................................................................... 780 527
--------- ---------
CASH, end of year............................................................................ $ 90 $ 780
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
statements.
F-48
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
1. ORGANIZATION
American Lawyer Media, L.P. (the "Company") is a limited partnership of Time
Warner and Associated Newspapers. The sole general partner of American Lawyer
Media, L.P. is Time Warner. The Company is based in New York and has operations
in seven states and the District of Columbia. The Company publishes THE AMERICAN
LAWYER, CORPORATE COUNSEL MAGAZINE, AMLAW TECH, THE CONNECTICUT LAW TRIBUNE,
LEGAL TIMES, NEW JERSEY LAW JOURNAL, THE RECORDER, TEXAS LAWYER, FULTON COUNTY
DAILY REPORT, and the DAILY BUSINESS REVIEWS, all of which are divisions of the
Company. In addition, the Company consolidates its interest in Counsel Connect,
a New York general partnership. The partnership, which runs a membership-based
internet service exclusively for lawyers and legal professionals, was formed in
February 1994 by Mead Data Central and the Company. In February 1996, Mead Data
Central assigned its interest in the partnership to the Company and also
contributed the balance in its capital account of approximately $1,647,000, to
the Company.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Advertising revenues are generated from the placement of display and
classified advertisements, as well as legal notices, in the Company's
publications. Advertising revenue is recognized upon release of the related
publications to subscribers. Allowances for estimated doubtful accounts are
provided based upon historical experience.
Subscription revenues are recognized on a pro rata basis as issues of a
subscription are served.
Ancillary revenues consist principally of third-party printing revenues,
newsletter subscriptions, sales of professional books and directories,
Lexis/Nexis royalty income, seminar income, and a daily fax service of court
decisions.
Internet services revenues consist of income earned from COUNSEL CONNECT
subscriptions and usage fees.
DEFERRED SUBSCRIPTION INCOME
Deferred subscription income results from advance payments or orders for
magazine subscriptions received from subscribers.
CIRCULATION PROMOTION (SUBSCRIPTION DIRECT MAIL) COSTS
Circulation promotion costs are charged to expense upon the release of the
campaign.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-49
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers time deposits and certificates of deposit with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES
Inventories consist principally of paper utilized by the Company and its
outside printers and professional books published and sold by the Company.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Significant improvements
are capitalized, while expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to
expense as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Machinery and equipment........................................... 5 years
Buildings......................................................... 25 years
Furniture and fixtures............................................ 5 years
Computer equipment and software................................... 3-5 years
</TABLE>
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining lease
term or the estimated useful life. The cost and accumulated depreciation of
property sold or retired are removed from the accounts upon disposition.
INTANGIBLES AND GOODWILL
Intangible assets, consisting primarily of non-compete agreements and
subscription lists, are valued at the appraised market value of the assets at
the date of acquisition, net of accumulated amortization. Intangibles are
amortized over the expected useful lives of the respective assets, ranging from
two to thirteen years. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the
fair value of net assets acquired, less accumulated amortization. Goodwill is
being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
Included in accounts payable are $1,537,000 and $335,000 of bank overdrafts
as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
3. INCOME TAXES
No provision has been made in the accompanying statements of operations for
income taxes since, pursuant to provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the net
losses appearing on the accompanying statement of operations is reportable by
each of the partners on their individual tax returns.
F-50
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31,
1996 and 1995 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Machinery and equipment.................................................... $ 8,469 $ 7,460
Buildings and improvements................................................. 1,398 1,349
Furniture and fixtures..................................................... 763 777
Land....................................................................... 300 300
Automobiles................................................................ 72 72
--------- ---------
11,002 9,958
Accumulated depreciation and amortization.................................. (6,469) (6,309)
--------- ---------
Net property, plant and equipment...................................... $ 4,533 $ 3,649
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has a business relationship with Courtroom Television Network
("Court TV"), an affiliate of the Company's general partner. Revenues are
generated through licensing fees charged to Court TV for editorial content and
sales of advertisements. The licensing fees for American Lawyer publications
were fixed at approximately $255,000 in both 1996 and 1995. Advertising revenues
from Court TV totaled approximately $244,000 and $233,000 for 1996 and 1995,
respectively. In addition, the Company and Court TV share certain editorial and
administrative resources and employees, as well as office facilities. The cost
associated with employees who devote all or a portion of their time to Court TV
activities is charged to Court TV based on an estimate of their time spent on
such activities. These charges, which include an allocation for the chairman of
the Company, amounted to $1,266,000 and $1,309,000 in 1996 and 1995,
respectively. Court TV is also charged a flat annual fee of $195,000 for use of
the Company's reporters for on-camera appearances and background reports.
Finally, an allocation is made to Court TV to cover general overhead costs
(e.g., rent, utilities, etc.) which amounted to approximately $90,000 in both
1996 and 1995. Amounts due from Court TV at December 31, 1996 and 1995 are
reflected as due from affiliate on the accompanying balance sheets.
The Company's general partner provides certain legal, administrative,
accounting, and tax services for the Company. Charges for such services amounted
to approximately $97,000 and $103,000, in 1996 and 1995, respectively.
6. DUE TO GENERAL PARTNER
Due to General Partner consists of borrowings from WCI/AMLAW Inc. and
interest accrued thereon. The borrowings bear interest at 1% under prime and do
not have a stated maturity date. This amount has been included in long-term
liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet since the amount is not intended
to be repaid within the next year.
F-51
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Rent expense, including payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other
expenses required under certain leases, amounted to approximately $1,757,000 and
$1,726,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively,
including rent accruals in excess of payments of $12,000 and $21,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
At December 31, 1996, minimum rental commitments under noncancelable leases
were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REAL SUBLEASE
ESTATE INCOME OTHER TOTAL
--------- ---------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1997.................................................................... $ 3,481 $ (1,560) $ 67 $ 1,988
1998.................................................................... 3,161 (1,443) 70 1,788
1999.................................................................... 3,094 (1,473) 59 1,680
2000.................................................................... 3,087 (1,473) 44 1,658
2001.................................................................... 2,906 (1,473) 33 1,466
2002 and thereafter..................................................... 17,424 (10,823) 5 6,606
--------- ---------- ----- ---------
$ 33,153 $ (18,245) $ 278 $ 15,186
--------- ---------- ----- ---------
--------- ---------- ----- ---------
</TABLE>
Certain of the leases provide for free rent periods as well as rent
escalations. The rental commitments above represent actual rental payments to be
made. The financial statements reflect rent expense and rental income on a
straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. An obligation of $12,400,
representing accrued pro rata future payments, net of receipts, is included in
the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 1996.
The Company subleases a portion of its office facilities to Court TV. The
sublease charges summarized above are based on an oral agreement between the
Company and Court TV.
The lease for the Company's headquarters contains a provision whereby the
Company could elect not to renew the lease for the years 1999 through 2008 upon
payment of a $2,200,000 termination penalty.
The Company is involved in a number of legal proceedings, some of which are
significant, which arose in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of
management, the ultimate outcome of these contingencies is not expected to have
a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of
operations.
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Company sponsors a retirement savings plan. Participation in this plan
is available for substantially all employees. The plan provides for employer
matching of employees' contributions, as defined. The cost of the plan for the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, was $308,000 and $310,000, respectively.
The Company sponsors an Excess Benefit Pension Plan providing a benefit to
highly compensated employees in excess of the benefits provided by the tax
qualified defined benefit plan. The plan is an unfunded, non-qualified deferred
compensation plan.
F-52
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, L.P.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
The Company also has a defined benefit plan covering substantially all
employees. The Company's general funding policy is to contribute annual amounts
that satisfy the Internal Revenue Code funding requirements. The components of
net periodic pension cost are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Service cost.......................................................... $ 361,216 $ 324,416
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation......................... 188,428 155,834
Actual return on assets............................................... (260,515) (90,023)
Net amortization and deferral......................................... 178,602 59,568
---------- ----------
$ 467,731 $ 449,795
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the funded status of the Company's defined
benefit plan and amounts recognized in the balance sheet as of December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation............................................................. $ 1,756,139 $ 1,414,464
------------ ------------
Accumulated benefit obligation........................................................ $ 1,988,235 $ 1,606,773
------------ ------------
Projected benefit obligation.......................................................... $ 3,031,741 $ 2,547,018
Plan assets at fair value............................................................. 1,965,782 1,242,044
------------ ------------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets................................. $ 1,065,959 $ 1,304,974
Unrecognized net gain (loss).......................................................... 155,802 (174,550)
Unrecognized net transition obligation................................................ (728,462) (788,030)
------------ ------------
Accrued pension liability............................................................. $ 493,299 $ 342,394
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
In determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit
obligation, the discount rate was 7.5% as of December 31, 1996 and 1995; the
rate of increase in future compensation levels was 6% as of December 31, 1996
and 1995, and the expected long-term rate of return on assets was 9% as of
December 31, 1996 and 1995.
The Company sponsors a comprehensive medical and dental insurance plan which
is available to substantially all employees. The Company is self insured for
claims submitted under this plan up to predetermined amounts, above which third
party insurance applies.
9. STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NO. 107-
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and due to general
partner. The carrying amount of these accounts approximates fair value.
F-53
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the National Law Publishing Company, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of National Law
Publishing Company, Inc. (a New York corporation) and subsidiaries as of
December 21, 1997 and the related consolidated statement of operations,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for the period from January 1, 1997 through
December 21, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of National Law Publishing
Company, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 21, 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the period from January 1, 1997 through
December 21, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
New York, New York
April 3, 1998
F-54
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 21, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 584
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns
of $1,014..................................................................... 7,402
Inventories, net................................................................ 1,010
Deferred income taxes........................................................... 800
Other current assets............................................................ 741
---------
Total current assets........................................................ 10,537
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of
$2,250.......................................................................... 2,544
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $14,306..................... 122,351
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES............................................................. 2,934
OTHER ASSETS...................................................................... 1,244
---------
Total assets................................................................ $ 139,610
---------
---------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable................................................................ $ 1,522
Accrued expenses................................................................ 1,674
Deferred income (including deferred subscription income of $9,041).............. 9,545
---------
Total current liabilities................................................... 12,741
---------
LONG-TERM DEBT.................................................................... 59,500
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES............................................................. 926
---------
OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES...................................................... 1,661
---------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common stock, $.01 par value; 125,000 shares authorized; 89,609 shares issued
and outstanding............................................................... 1
Paid-in capital................................................................. 72,993
Accumulated (deficit)........................................................... (8,212)
---------
Total stockholders' equity................................................ 64,782
---------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity................................ $ 139,610
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet
F-55
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH DECEMBER 21, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REVENUES:
<S> <C>
Periodicals......................................................................
Advertising.................................................................... $ 26,402
Subscription................................................................... 9,504
Ancillary products and services.................................................. 13,926
Internet services................................................................ 1,109
---------
Total net revenues......................................................... 50,941
---------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Editorial........................................................................ 5,837
Production and distribution...................................................... 9,872
Selling.......................................................................... 8,211
General and administrative....................................................... 8,722
Internet services................................................................ 1,657
Depreciation and amortization.................................................... 7,283
Special compensation charge...................................................... 6,926
---------
Total operating costs and expenses......................................... 48,508
---------
Operating income........................................................... 2,433
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET.............................................................. (5,137)
---------
Loss before income taxes................................................... (2,704)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES......................................................... (2,508)
---------
Net loss................................................................... $ (5,212)
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement
F-56
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH DECEMBER 21, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON PAID-IN ACCUMULATED TREASURY
STOCK CAPITAL (DEFICIT) STOCK TOTAL
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996............................ $ 1 $ 66,165 $ (3,000) $ -- $ 63,166
Contribution from Stockholder......................... 6,828 6,828
Net loss for the period from January 1, 1997 through
December 21, 1997................................... -- -- (5,212) -- (5,212)
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 21, 1997............................ $ 1 $ 72,993 $ (8,212) $ -- $ 64,782
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ---------
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement
F-57
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1997 THROUGH DECEMBER 21, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S> <C>
Net loss........................................................................ $ (5,212)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities--
Depreciation and amortization................................................. 7,283
Decrease in deferred income taxes............................................. 1,134
Special compensation charges.................................................. 6,828
Changes in operating assets and liabilities--.................................
(Increase) in accounts receivable........................................... (405)
(Increase) in inventories................................................... (174)
Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets....................... 37
Decrease in other assets.................................................... 317
(Decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses......................... (320)
Increase in deferred income................................................. 788
Increase in other noncurrent liabilities.................................... 1,016
---------
Net cash provided by operating activities................................. 11,292
---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Additions to furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net of loss on
disposal of fixed assets of $19............................................... (496)
---------
Net cash used in investing activities..................................... (496)
---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Repayments of debt.............................................................. (10,800)
---------
Net cash used in financing activities..................................... (10,800)
---------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents................................. (4)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.................................... 588
---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period.......................................... $ 584
---------
---------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for--
Interest...................................................................... $ 5,528
Income taxes.................................................................. 341
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement
F-58
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 21, 1997
1. ORGANIZATION
The National Law Publishing Company, Inc. ("National") through its wholly
owned operating subsidiary, New York Law Publishing Company, Inc. ("NYLP" or the
"Company") is considered a leading publisher of periodicals, books and
newsletters as well as a provider of seminars and electronic information
services targeted to the U.S. legal community. NYLP's principal periodical
publications are the New York Law Journal (a daily newspaper), The National Law
Journal (a weekly publication) and Law Technology Product News (published
approximately fifteen times per year). NYLP also wholly owns Law Journal EXTRA!,
Inc. ("LJX"). LJX is an on-line service available on the World Wide Web
providing access to various legal information and related services including
electronic versions of NYLP's principal periodicals.
On December 1, 1995, Boston Ventures Limited Partnership IV and Boston
Ventures Limited Partnership IVA (collectively "Boston Ventures"), through a
wholly-owned subsidiary, NLPC Acquisition, Inc. ("NAI"), acquired approximately
71,308 shares of National's common stock from Apollo Publishing Partners, L.P.
("Apollo") and James A. Finkelstein ("Finkelstein"), the chief executive of the
Company, and initiated a series of related transactions which resulted in Boston
Ventures acquiring approximately 94.3% of National for $141,958,454 in cash plus
acquisition related costs of $757,000.
In addition, on December 1, 1995, NAI was merged into National, with
National as the surviving corporation. In connection with the merger, Boston
Ventures received 60,916.5954 shares of National's common stock (approximately
94.3% of National's outstanding stock) in exchange for its shares of NAI.
Finkelstein retained 3,691.9149 shares of National, approximately 5.7% of its
outstanding stock. In addition, under a related stock option agreement,
Finkelstein was granted options to acquire up to an additional 6,461 shares of
National which vest, subject to certain employment and operating performance
criteria, over a five year period (Note 7).
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
The Company's financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of
credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts
receivable. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit
risk related to cash and cash equivalents. Concentrations of credit risk with
respect to trade accounts receivable are, except for amounts due from legal
advertising ad agents ("Legal Ad Agents"), generally limited due to the large
number of customers comprising the Company's customer base. Such Legal Ad Agents
do not have significant liquid net worth and, as a result, the Company is
exposed to a certain level of credit concentration risk in this area, which the
Company believes it has adequately provided for.
F-59
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 21, 1997
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Advertising revenues are generated from the placement of display and
classified advertisements, as well as legal notices, in the Company's
publications. Advertising revenue is recognized upon release of the related
publications to subscribers.
Subscription revenues are recognized on a pro rata basis as issues of a
subscription are served.
Ancillary revenues consist principally of newsletter subscriptions, sales of
professional books, software, royalty income and seminar income.
Internet services revenues are recognized upon the release of an
advertisement on the website.
DEFERRED SUBSCRIPTION INCOME
Deferred subscription income results from advance payments or orders for
subscriptions received from subscribers and is amortized on a straight-line
basis over the life of the subscription as issues are served. Subscription
receivables of $734,000 are included in accounts receivable in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet.
EXPENSE RECOGNITION
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION COSTS--Advertising expenditures are expensed when
the particular advertisement is released. The Company capitalizes direct
response promotional costs. At December 21, 1997 approximately $1,152,000 of
direct response promotional costs was recorded in other assets on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Advertising expense was approximately
$3,018,000 for the period ended December 21, 1997. The amortization of direct
response promotion expenditures is included in selling expense in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
EDITORIAL COSTS--All editorial costs are expensed as incurred.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers time deposits and certificates of deposit with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES
Inventories consist principally of professional books published and sold by
the Company and related binding materials utilized. Inventories are stated at
the lower of cost, as determined by the average cost method, or market.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Furniture, equipment and purchased
software are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their respective
estimated useful lives. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as
incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the
improvements or the term of the related lease, whichever is shorter.
F-60
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 21, 1997
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets include deferred financing costs with the amortization
and/or write-off of such costs classified as part of amortization expense.
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net
assets acquired.
3. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
The following is a summary of property, plant and equipment at December 21,
1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED
USEFUL
(IN THOUSANDS) LIVES
--------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Computer equipment and purchased software.................... $ 2,971 6 years
Furniture and office equipment............................... 1,210 5 to 9 years
Leasehold improvements....................................... 613 7 to 10 years
------
4,794
Less--accumulated depreciation and amortization.............. (2,250)
------
$ 2,544
------
------
</TABLE>
4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
The following is a summary of intangible assets at December 21, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMORTIZATION
(IN THOUSANDS) PERIODS
-------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill....................................................... $ 135,519 20 years
Deferred financing costs....................................... 1,138 7 years
--------------
136,657
Less--accumulated amortization................................. (14,306)
--------------
$ 122,351
--------------
--------------
</TABLE>
Total amortization expense of intangibles was approximately $6,709,000 for
the period ended December 21, 1997.
5. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt was comprised of the following at December 21, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
--------------
<S> <C>
Revolving credit facilities................................................... $ 59,500
Less-current portion of revolving credit facilities reduction amount.......... --
-------
$ 59,500
-------
-------
</TABLE>
F-61
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 21, 1997
5. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITIES
On December 1, 1995, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility
agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with The First National Bank of Boston (the
"Bank"), as a lender and as agent for other lenders, under which NAI borrowed
$15,674,061 and NYLP borrowed $55,225,939 (aggregating $70,900,000) in
connection with Boston Ventures' acquisition of the Company. Upon NAI's merger
into National, NYLP assumed the $15,674,061 of Bank debt, in the form of a
dividend from NYLP to National. The Company's borrowing capacity under the
revolving credit facility, including cash loans and standby letters of credit of
up to $6 million, was $70.5 million through December 21, 1997, and decreases
semi-annually until final maturity on December 31, 2002 as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD AMOUNT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
<S> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
January 1, 1998 through June 29, 1998......................................... $ 67,000
June 30, 1998 through December 30, 1998....................................... 63,250
December 31, 1998 through June 29, 1999....................................... 59,500
June 30, 1999 through December 30, 1999....................................... 55,250
December 31, 1999 through June 29, 2000....................................... 51,000
June 30, 2000 through December 30, 2000....................................... 45,750
December 31, 2000 through June 29, 2001....................................... 40,500
June 30, 2001 through December 30, 2001....................................... 33,750
December 31, 2001 through June 29, 2002....................................... 27,000
June 30, 2002 through final maturity date..................................... 19,000
Final maturity date (December 31, 2002)
</TABLE>
Available borrowings under this facility are further limited by the sum of
(a) the Company's letter of credit exposure and (b) certain stipulated
percentages of excess cash flow based on the ratio of the Company's consolidated
funded debt to consolidated operating cash flow, as defined. Outstanding
borrowings under the facility bear interest at a fluctuating rate, subject to
the Company's elected pricing option, at either the Base Rate, Eurodollar Rate,
and/or CD Rate, plus a variable margin based on the Company's ratio of
consolidated funded debt to consolidated operating cash flow, as defined. The
interest rate under this revolving credit facility approximated 8.0% for the
period ended December 21, 1997. Commitment fees are charged and payable
quarterly at either a .375% or .500% annual rate, depending on the Company's
ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated operating cash flow for the
immediately preceding quarter (the "Quarterly Funded Debt Ratio") and on the
average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facility. In addition,
letter of credit usage fees are payable at rates which range between 1.25% and
2.5% depending on the Quarterly Funded Debt Ratio and on the daily letter of
credit exposure during the three month period or portion thereof ending on such
payment date. The revolving credit facility is secured by the assets of National
and NYLP and the stock of NYLP and its subsidiaries.
The Credit Agreement requires, among other things, that the Company maintain
certain minimum levels of consolidated operating cash flow and certain
prescribed ratios of consolidated funded debt to consolidated operating cash
flows, consolidated operating cash flow to interest expense and consolidated
adjusted operating cash flow to consolidated fixed charges, as defined. The
Credit Agreement contains other restrictive covenants, including limitations on
indebtedness, investments and acquisitions, the disposition of assets,
transactions with affiliates and distributions to stockholders.
F-62
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 21, 1997
5. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
The Agreement provides that within 10 days after the Eurodollar Basic Rate
for three month Eurodollar Pricing Options first exceeds 5.875% per annum, the
Company will obtain and thereafter keep in effect one or more interest rate
protection agreements covering a notional amount of at least 50% of the
outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility for an aggregate
period of not less than two years.
6. INCOME TAXES
National and its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal and combined New
York State and New York City income tax returns. NYLP also files income tax
returns in California and the District of Columbia. At December 21, 1997,
National had a net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future
taxable income for Federal income tax purposes of approximately $2.0 million.
These carryforwards expire in the years 2004 through 2010 and, as a result of
the change in ownership described in Note 1, are subject to the limitations of
Internal Revenue Code Section 382. At December 21, 1997, National had
approximately $75,000 of operating loss carryforwards for New York State and New
York City income tax purposes.
The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following for the period
from January 1, 1997 to December 21, 1997:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Current--
Federal.......................................................... $ 1,830
State and local.................................................. 610
---------
$ 2,440
---------
Deferred--
Federal.......................................................... 50
State and local.................................................. 18
---------
$ 68
---------
$ 2,508
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The reconciliation between the provision for income taxes and the amount
computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to loss before income
taxes is as follows for the period from January 1, 1997 to December 21, 1997:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Federal statutory income taxes...................................... $ (947)
Permanent differences (principally goodwill amortization)........... 2,391
State and local income taxes, net of Federal benefit................ 352
Other............................................................... 712
---------
$ 2,508
---------
---------
</TABLE>
F-63
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 21, 1997
7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
STOCK OPTIONS
In connection with and as a condition of Boston Ventures' acquisition, the
Company entered into a stock option agreement (the "Agreement") with Finkelstein
which, subject to certain terms and conditions of the Agreement, granted
Finkelstein an option to purchase an aggregate of approximately 6,461 shares of
National's common stock. One-third of the shares covered by the option vest and
become exercisable in 60 equal installments of approximately 36 shares on the
last day of each month commencing on January 31, 1996 and continuing until
December 31, 2000. The remaining shares vest and become exercisable, subject to
the Company's attainment of two separate annual operating cash flow targets, as
defined, in equal annual installments of approximately 431 shares or
approximately 862 shares, respectively (if such respective operating cash flow
targets are reached), on December 31, 1996 through 2000 or upon sale, subject to
achieving certain performance targets. The vesting of all shares is generally
subject to Finkelstein being employed by the Company on such dates. The shares
are exercisable at a price of approximately $1,083 per share and expire on the
tenth anniversary date of the Agreement.
STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT
On December 1, 1995, Boston Ventures, National and Finkelstein entered into
a stockholders' agreement which, among other things, allows Finkelstein, upon
the nonrenewal of his employment, as defined in his employment agreement to
require the Company to purchase all of his shares and liquidate and cash out his
vested option shares for fair value. The Company's obligation to acquire
Finkelstein's shares is subject to it being permitted by the Credit Agreement
and applicable law to do so. In addition, the stockholders' agreement gives the
Company, along with Boston Ventures, the right of first refusal with respect to
Finkelstein's shares.
8. RETIREMENT PLANS
The Company has a 401(k) profit sharing plan (the "Plan") for all eligible
employees who have completed one year of service. Under the Plan, the Company
has the option of making a matching contribution of up to 3% of a participant's
compensation. The Company may also annually contribute additional discretionary
amounts to participants. For the period ended December 21, 1997, the Company did
not make any matching discretionary contributions to the Plan.
In addition, approximately twenty Company employees are covered by certain
defined contribution retirement plans sponsored by the Typographical Union.
Company contributions to these retirement plans for the period ended December
21, 1997 were approximately $474,000.
F-64
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 21, 1997
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
OPERATING LEASES
The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating leases which
expire at various dates through October 2008. At December 21, 1997, the future
minimum payments due under these leases, net of sublease income are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31, AMOUNT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------
<S> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
1998.......................................................................... 1,093
1999.......................................................................... 1,173
2000.......................................................................... 1,177
2001.......................................................................... 1,177
Thereafter.................................................................... 8,611
-------
$ 13,231
-------
-------
</TABLE>
Rent expense, net of sublease income, was approximately $1,153,000 for the
period ended December 21, 1997.
At December 21, 1997, the Company had a letter of credit outstanding of
approximately $533,000 for the security deposit on its corporate office space.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
In connection with Boston Ventures' December 1, 1995 acquisition of the
Company, Finkelstein entered into a long-term employment agreement (the
"Employment Agreement") with the Company. The initial term of the Employment
Agreement is through December 31, 2000 and provides for, among other things, an
annual base salary which, beginning on June 30, 1996, and annually thereafter,
is to be increased by the greater of (i) 5% or (ii) the annual increase in the
consumer price index for all urban consumers not in excess of 8%.
LEGAL MATTERS
The Company is subject to certain legal actions and complaints that arise in
the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management, the amount of
the ultimate liability, if any, which may result from these legal actions and
complaints will not materially affect the consolidated financial statements of
the Company.
10. FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company has a number of financial instruments, none of which are held
for trading purposes. These financial instruments consist of cash and cash
equivalents, long-term debt and interest rate protection agreements. The Company
estimates that the fair value of all financial instruments at December 21, 1997
does not differ materially from the aggregate carrying values of its financial
instruments recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
F-65
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 21, 1997
11. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On December 22, 1997, Boston Ventures and Mr. James A. Finkelstein completed
a Stock Purchase Agreement with American Lawyer Media, LLC for the sale of NLP.
The purchase price for the NLP acquisition was approximately $203,200,000 in
cash. In connection with the sale of the Company, Boston Ventures cashed out
options held by certain management employees with a portion of the proceeds of
the sale. The payment totaled approximately $6,926,000 which is included as a
special compensation charge in the accompanying consolidated statement of
operations (see Note 7).
F-66
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
MARCH 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
----------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................................... $ 286
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $717.............. 7,248
Inventories, net.................................................................................... 872
Deferred income taxes............................................................................... 3,643
Other current assets................................................................................ 577
----------
Total current assets.............................................................................. 12,626
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $1,871............. 2,633
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $9,332.......................................... 127,325
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES................................................................................. 577
OTHER ASSETS.......................................................................................... 1,572
----------
Total assets...................................................................................... $ 144,733
----------
----------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable.................................................................................... $ 1,722
Accrued expenses.................................................................................... 2,909
Deferred income (including deferred subscription income of $9,068).................................. 10,016
----------
Total current liabilities......................................................................... 14,647
----------
LONG-TERM DEBT........................................................................................ 66,200
----------
OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES.......................................................................... 1,596
----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common stock, $.01 par value; 125,000 shares authorized; 89,609 shares issued and outstanding....... 1
Paid-in capital..................................................................................... 66,165
Accumulated (deficit)............................................................................... (3,876)
----------
Total stockholders' equity........................................................................ 62,290
----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........................................................ $ 144,733
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet
F-67
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
REVENUES:
Periodicals
Advertising................................................................... $ 6,349
Subscription.................................................................. 2,314
Ancillary products and services................................................. 2,861
Internet services............................................................... 271
---------
Total net revenues............................................................ 11,795
---------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Editorial....................................................................... 1,420
Production and distribution..................................................... 2,267
Selling......................................................................... 2,120
General and administrative...................................................... 2,431
Internet services............................................................... 411
Depreciation and amortization................................................... 1,890
---------
Total operating costs and expenses............................................ 10,539
---------
Operating income.............................................................. 1,256
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET............................................................. (1,378)
---------
Loss before income taxes...................................................... (122)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES........................................................ (754)
---------
Net loss...................................................................... $ (876)
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-68
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON PAID-IN ACCUMULATED TREASURY
STOCK CAPITAL (DEFICIT) STOCK TOTAL
--------- --------- ------------ --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996............................ $ 1 $ 66,165 $ (3,000) $ -- $ 63,166
Net loss.............................................. -- -- (876) -- (876)
--------- --------- ------------ --------- ---------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997............................... $ 1 $ 66,165 $ (3,876) $ -- $ 62,290
--------- --------- ------------ --------- ---------
--------- --------- ------------ --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-69
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
----------
<S> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss............................................................................................ $ (876)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization..................................................................... 1,890
Decrease in deferred income taxes................................................................. 650
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Decrease in accounts receivable................................................................. 140
(Increase) in inventories....................................................................... (36)
Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets........................................... 201
(Increase) in other assets...................................................................... (11)
Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses............................................... 1,115
Increase in deferred income..................................................................... 868
Increase in other noncurrent liabilities........................................................ 25
----------
Net cash provided by operating activities..................................................... 3,966
----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Additions to furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements........................................ (168)
----------
Net cash used in investing activities......................................................... (168)
----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Repayments of debt.................................................................................. (4,100)
----------
Net cash used in financing activities......................................................... (4,100)
----------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents..................................................... (302)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period........................................................ 588
----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period.............................................................. $ 286
----------
----------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest.......................................................................................... $ 536
----------
Income taxes...................................................................................... $ --
----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-70
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 1997
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
PRINCIPLES OF PRESENTATION
The unaudited financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1997
have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and include,
in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal
recurring accruals) necessary for a fair presentation of the results of
operations for such periods. They do not, however, include all of the
information and disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles
for complete financial statements. For further information, reference is made to
the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and the
footnotes related thereto included in American Lawyer Media, Inc.'s 1997 Annual
Report on Form 10-K. The results of operations for the three months ended March
31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the
full year.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
National Law Publishing Company, Inc.'s ("NLP's") financial instruments that
are exposed to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash
equivalents and trade accounts receivable. NLP believes it is not exposed to any
significant credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents. Concentrations of
credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivables are, except for amounts
due from legal advertising ad agents ("Legal Ad Agents"), generally limited due
to the large number of customers comprising NLP's customer base. Such Legal Ad
Agents do not have significant liquid net worth and, as a result, NLP is exposed
to a certain level of credit concentration risk in this area, for which NLP
believes it has adequately provided.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Periodical Advertising revenues are generated from the placement of display
and classified advertisements, as well as legal notices, in NLP's publications.
Advertising revenue is recognized upon release of the related publications.
Periodical Subscription revenues are recognized on a pro rata basis as
issues of a subscription are served.
Ancillary revenues consist principally of newsletter subscriptions, sales of
professional books, seminar income and income from electronic products. Book
revenues are recognized upon shipment and are reflected net of estimated
returns. Newsletter revenues are recognized on the same basis as subscription
revenues. Seminar revenues are recognized when the seminar is held. Income from
electronic products is recognized monthly as the service is provided.
F-71
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 31, 1997
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Internet Service revenues consist primarily of revenues from subscriptions
and advertising. Internet subscription income is recognized on a pro-rata basis
over the life of a subscription, generally one year. Internet advertising
revenues are recognized upon the release of an advertisement on the website.
DEFERRED SUBSCRIPTION INCOME
Deferred subscription income results from advance payments or orders for
subscriptions received from subscribers and is amortized on a straight-line
basis over the life of the subscription as issues are served. Subscription
receivables of approximately $1,599,000 are included in accounts receivable in
the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
EXPENSE RECOGNITION
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION COSTS Advertising expenditures are expensed when
the particular advertisement is released. The Company capitalizes direct
response promotion costs. At March 31, 1997 approximately $1,407,000 of direct
response promotional costs was recorded in other assets on the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet. Advertising expense was approximately $819,000 for
the three months ended March 31, 1997. The amortization of direct response
promotion expenditures is included in selling expense in the accompanying
consolidated statement of operations.
EDITORIAL COSTS All editorial costs are expensed as incurred.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
NLP considers time deposits and certificates of deposit with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES
Inventories consist principally of professional books published and sold by
NLP and related binding materials utilized. Inventories are stated at the lower
of cost, as determined by the average cost method, or market.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Furniture, equipment and purchased
software are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their respective
estimated useful lives. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as
incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the
improvements or the term of the related lease, whichever is shorter.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets include deferred financing costs with the amortization
and/or write-off of such costs classified as part of amortization expense.
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net
assets acquired.
F-72
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
MARCH 31, 1997
2. LONG-TERM DEBT
On December 1, 1995, NLP entered into a revolving credit facility agreement
(the "Credit Agreement") with the First National Bank of Boston (the "Bank"), as
a lender and as an agent for other lenders, under which NLP Acquisition Co.,
Inc. ("NAI") borrowed $15,674,061 and The New York Law Publishing Company
("NYLP") borrowed $55,225,939 (aggregating $70,900,000) in connection with
Boston Ventures' acquisition of NLP. Upon NAI's merger into NLP, NYLP assumed
the $15,674,061 of Bank debt, in the form of a dividend from NYLP to NLP. NLP's
borrowing capacity under the Credit Agreement, including cash loans and standby
letters of credit of up to $6.0 million, is $74.0 million at March 31, 1997, and
decreases semi-annually to $70.5 million on December 30, 1997. As of March 31,
1997, $66.2 million was outstanding under the Credit Agreement.
The Credit Agreement requires, among other things, that NLP maintain certain
minimum levels of consolidated operating cash flow and certain prescribed ratios
of consolidated funded debt to consolidated operating cash flows, consolidated
operating cash flow to interest expense and consolidated adjusted operating cash
flow to consolidated fixed charges, as defined. The Credit Agreement contains
other restrictive covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, investments
and acquisitions, the disposition of assets, transactions with affiliates and
distributions to stockholders.
F-73
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
National Law Publishing Company, Inc.
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of National Law Publishing
Company, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficiency), and
cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
the Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 1, the Company's 1995 consolidated financial
statements, effective December 1, 1995, reflect the push down accounting effects
of Boston Ventures' acquisition cost for the Company. The consolidated financial
statements for the eleven month period prior to December 1, 1995 do not reflect
the push down accounting effects of the acquisition cost basis of the Company's
former stockholders.
LESLIE SUFRIN AND COMPANY, P.C.
New York, New York
February 19, 1997, except as to Note 7
which date is March 27, 1997
F-74
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................... $ 588 $ 101
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $1,086
in 1996 and $1,159 in 1995............................................................ 6,997 6,496
Inventories, net........................................................................ 836 784
Deferred tax benefits (Note 9).......................................................... 4,293 3,208
Prepaid expenses and other current assets............................................... 778 860
---------- ----------
Total current assets................................................................ 13,492 11,449
Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net (Note 4)............................. 2,621 2,664
Intangible assets, net (Note 5)........................................................... 129,060 134,738
Deferred tax benefits (Note 9)............................................................ 577 4,354
Other assets (Note 6)..................................................................... 1,561 920
---------- ----------
$ 147,311 $ 154,125
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses................................................... $ 3,516 $ 4,253
Current portion of long-term debt....................................................... 3,300 --
Due to stockholder (Note 7)............................................................. -- 5,000
Deferred revenue........................................................................ 8,757 6,913
---------- ----------
Total current liabilities........................................................... 15,573 16,166
Long-term debt (Note 7)................................................................... 67,000 70,900
Other non-current liabilities............................................................. 1,571 1,439
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity (Note 10):
Common stock, $.01 par value; 125,000 shares authorized; 89,609 shares issued and
outstanding........................................................................... 1 1
Additional paid-in capital.............................................................. 66,165 66,165
Accumulated (deficit)................................................................... (2,999) (546)
---------- ----------
Total stockholders' equity.......................................................... 63,167 65,620
---------- ----------
$ 147,311 $ 154,125
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-75
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REVENUES: 1996 1995
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Periodicals
Advertising............................................................. $ 23,319 $ 21,387
Subscription............................................................ 9,759 9,694
Ancillary products and services......................................... 13,398 12,729
Internet services....................................................... 747 264
--------- ---------
Total net revenues.................................................. 47,223 44,074
--------- ---------
OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Editorial............................................................... 5,929 5,778
Production and distribution............................................. 8,679 8,146
Selling................................................................. 8,991 9,776
General and administrative.............................................. 8,047 7,620
Internet services....................................................... 1,704 2,947
Depreciation and amortization........................................... 7,487 6,329
--------- ---------
Total operating costs and expenses.................................. 40,837 40,596
--------- ---------
Operating income...................................................... 6,386 3,478
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET..................................................... (6,013) (5,458)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)(Note 11)........................................... 181 (211)
--------- ---------
Total other (expense)............................................... (5,832) (5,669)
--------- ---------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES......................................... 554 (2,191)
(PROVISION) BENEFIT FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 9)............................. (3,007) 523
--------- ---------
NET (LOSS)................................................................ $ (2,453) $ (1,668)
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-76
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONAL
COMMON PAID-IN ACCUMULATED TREASURY
STOCK CAPITAL (DEFICIT) STOCK TOTAL
------------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, January 1, 1995............................. $ 1 $ 2,261 $ (35,910) $ (11,194) $ (44,842)
Elimination of accumulated deficit and treasury stock
at December 1, 1995 resulting from Boston Ventures'
acquisition of approximately 94.3% of the Company
(Note 1)........................................... -- (48,226) 37,032 11,194 --
Fair value and other adjustments related to Boston
Ventures' acquisition.............................. -- 112,130 -- -- 112,130
Net (loss) for the year ended December 31, 1995...... -- -- (1,668) -- (1,668)
--
---------- ------------ ---------- ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995........................... 1 66,165 (546) -- 65,620
Net (loss) for the year ended December 31, 1996...... -- -- (2,453) -- (2,453)
--
---------- ------------ ---------- ----------
Balance, December 31, 1996........................... $ 1 $ 66,165 $ (2,999) $ -- $ 63,167
--
--
---------- ------------ ---------- ----------
---------- ------------ ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-77
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
--------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net (loss)................................................................................ $ (2,453) $ (1,668)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization........................................................... 7,487 6,329
Provision for deferred rent............................................................. 136 238
Deferred income taxes................................................................... 2,692 (546)
Loss on disposal of fixed assets........................................................ 9 --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) in accounts receivable..................................................... (335) (247)
(Increase) in inventories............................................................. (52) (104)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets...................... 82 (189)
(Increase) in other assets............................................................ (641) (899)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses.......................... (737) 965
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue............................................... 432 (178)
(Decrease) in other non current liabilities........................................... (4) (11)
--------- ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities........................................... 6,616 3,690
--------- ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Additions to furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements............................ (512) (608)
Additions to intangible assets.......................................................... (17) --
--------- ----------
Net cash (used in) investing activities............................................. (529) (608)
--------- ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments on line of credit.............................................................. (8,524) (44,600)
Payment of stockholder debt............................................................. (5,000) --
Proceeds from line of credit............................................................ 7,924 --
Payment of deferred financing costs..................................................... -- (1,138)
Payment of acquisition costs............................................................ -- (2,839)
Payment of subordinated debt............................................................ -- (10,000)
Issuance of long-term debt.............................................................. -- 70,900
Purchase of stock, warrants and options................................................. -- (15,674)
--------- ----------
Net cash (used in) financing activities............................................. (5,600) (3,351)
--------- ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...................................... 487 (269)
Cash and cash equivalents--beginning of year.............................................. 101 370
--------- ----------
Cash and cash equivalents--end of year.................................................... $ 588 $ 101
--------- ----------
--------- ----------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest.............................................................................. $ 6,198 $ 5,303
--------- ----------
--------- ----------
Income taxes.......................................................................... $ 117 $ 91
--------- ----------
--------- ----------
Supplemental disclosure of non cash activities: Issuance of note payable to stockholder in
connection with the acquisition of a portion of such stockholder's common stock on
December 1, 1995 (Notes 1 and 7).......................................................... $ -- $ 5,000
--------- ----------
--------- ----------
Push-down of acquisition cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired resulting
in an increase of stockholders' equity................................................ $ -- $ 45,964
--------- ----------
--------- ----------
Purchase price adjustment related principally to the revaluation of deferred
subscription income at the acquisition date resulting in a corresponding increase to
goodwill.............................................................................. $ 1,246 $ --
--------- ----------
--------- ----------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-78
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
1. ORGANIZATION, NATURE OF BUSINESS AND CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP
The National Law Publishing Company, Inc. ("National") through its wholly
owned operating subsidiary, New York Law Publishing Company, Inc. ("NYLP") is a
leading publisher of periodicals, books and newsletters as well as a provider of
seminars and electronic information services targeted to the U.S. legal
community. NYLP's principal periodical publications are NEW YORK LAW JOURNAL (a
daily newspaper), THE NATIONAL LAW JOURNAL (a weekly publication) and LAW
TECHNOLOGY PRODUCT NEWS (published 12 times per year). NYLP also wholly owns Law
Journal EXTRA!, Inc. ("LJX"). LJX is an online service available on the World
Wide Web providing access to various legal information and related services
including electronic versions of NYLP's principal periodicals. In addition to
NYLP, National also owns all outstanding shares of PPC Publishing Corporation
("PPC"), whose sole asset is 25,000 shares of National's common stock. National
and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the "Company".
On December 1, 1995, Boston Ventures Limited Partnership IV and Boston
Ventures Limited Partnership IVA (collectively, "Boston Ventures"), through a
wholly-owned subsidiary, NLPC Acquisition, Inc. ("NAI"), acquired approximately
71,308 shares of National's common stock from Apollo Publishing Partners, L.P.
("Apollo") and James A. Finkelstein ("Finkelstein"), the chief executive of the
Company, and initiated a series of related transactions which resulted in Boston
Ventures acquiring approximately 94.3% of National for $141,958,454 in cash plus
acquisition related costs of $757,000. The following summarizes the series of
transactions which have been accounted for as acquisition related:
<TABLE>
<C> <S> <C>
(i) Purchase by NAI of 71,308.0851 shares of National stock (65,000 and $77,258,645
6,308.0851 shares acquired from Apollo and Finkelstein, respectively)....
(ii) Cash settlement and cancellation of a Finkelstein stock option and Apollo 9,415,417
stock warrant of 9,756 shares and 1,407 shares, respectively.............
(iii) Payment of NYLP bank debt and related accrued interest................... 43,083,087
(iv) Payment of National 13% subordinated notes and related accrued 10,119,167
interest.................................................................
(v) Payment of certain agreed upon transaction related expenses incurred by 2,082,138
the Company on behalf of Apollo and Finkelstein..........................
-----------
$141,958,454
-----------
-----------
</TABLE>
In addition, on December 1, 1995, NAI was merged into National, with
National as the surviving corporation. In connection with the merger, Boston
Ventures received 60,916.5954 shares of National's common stock (approximately
94.3% of National's outstanding stock) in exchange for its shares of NAI.
Finkelstein retained 3,691.9149 shares of National, approximately 5.7% of its
outstanding stock. In addition, under a related stock option agreement,
Finkelstein was granted options to acquire up to an additional approximate 6,461
shares of National which vest, subject to certain employment and operating
performance criteria, over a five year period (See Note 10).
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A) BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of National and
its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a result of the
acquisition by Boston Ventures of approximately 94.3% of National's common stock
on December 1, 1995, the Company's assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair
value under what is commonly referred to as push down accounting. Since the fair
value of the Company's
F-79
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
tangible net assets approximated book value, the effect of applying push down
accounting has been to record goodwill and to adjust stockholders' equity
(deficiency) on that date to reflect Boston Ventures' acquisition cost.
Finkelstein's continuing interest in the Company has been reflected at its
historical cost basis and not at its $4 million stipulated fair value at the
time of Boston Ventures' acquisition. Had the Company made adjustments to "push
down" Finkelstein's approximate 5.7% interest at its stipulated fair value, the
Company's intangible assets and stockholders' equity at December 31, 1995 would
have each increased by $3,818,000 and its 1995 amortization expense and net loss
would have each increased by $16,000.
The Company's results of operations for the eleven months ended November 30,
1995 do not include push down accounting adjustments reflecting Apollo's and
Finkelstein's respective costs bases in the Company.
The consolidated statements of operations for 1995 reflects the Company's
consolidated results of operations for (i) the eleven months ended November 30,
1995 (the "Predecessor Period") determined without regard to the effects of push
down accounting and (ii) the month of December 1995 (the "Successor Period")
which reflects the effects of such push down accounting. The consolidated
results of operations for the Successor Period and Predecessor Periods are
summarized in Note 15.
All significant intercompany items and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
B) USE OF ESTIMATES
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and, accordingly,
include certain amounts that are based, in part, on management's best estimates
and judgments. These estimates and judgments affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and the amount of reported revenues and expenses. Actual
results could differ from these estimates and judgments.
C) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased
with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
D) CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
The Company's financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of
credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts
receivable. The Company's cash and cash equivalent balances are principally
maintained with one financial institution. At times, such balances may be in
excess of Federally insured limits; however, the Company believes it is not
exposed to any significant credit risk in this area. Concentrations of credit
risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are, except for amounts due from
legal advertising ad agents ("Legal Ad Agents"), generally limited due to the
large number of customers comprising the Company's customer base. Approximately
$8.4 million in 1996 and $7.6 million in 1995 of advertising revenues relate to
legal advertising in New York Law Journal. A significant portion of such revenue
is generated through Legal Ad Agents. Such Legal Ad Agents do not have
significant liquid net worth, and, as a result, the Company is exposed to a
certain level of credit concentration risk in this area, which it believes it
has adequately provided for.
F-80
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
During 1995, the Company determined that its provisions for doubtful
accounts with respect to revenues recognized in years prior to 1995, principally
with respect to its legal advertising revenues, should be increased by $946,000
due to, among other things, the concentration of credit risk associated with
Legal Ad Agents. This additional provision for doubtful accounts has been
included in selling expense in the accompanying 1995 consolidated statements of
operations.
The Company's recurring provision for doubtful accounts, which is based on a
review of its customer accounts, is included in selling and shipping expense in
the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
E) INVENTORIES
Inventories, consisting of book texts and related binding materials, are
stated at the lower of cost or market, after appropriate reserves for obsolete
inventories. Cost is determined by the average cost method.
F) FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Furniture, equipment and purchased
software are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their respective
estimated useful lives. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as
incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the
improvements or the term of the related lease, whichever is shorter.
G) INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization.
Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective
useful lives. Intangible assets include deferred financing costs with the
amortization and/or write-off of such costs classified as part of amortization
expense rather than as interest expense. Goodwill represents the excess of
purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, including, beginning
on December 1, 1995, the push down accounting effects attributable to the Boston
Ventures' acquisition of the Company (See Note 1). The Company periodically
assesses the recoverability of goodwill by determining whether the amortization
of goodwill over its estimated remaining life can be recovered through projected
undiscounted future consolidated operating cash flows. The amount of goodwill
impairment, if any, is charged to operations at the time impairment is
determined by management. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, management determined
that there was no impairment of goodwill.
H) SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
The Company capitalizes directly related software development costs incurred
from the period technological feasibility is established until the product is
ready for release. Amounts capitalized are amortized over the estimated useful
life of the product and are evaluated by management, as to recoverability, based
upon whether the estimated future undiscounted net cash flows from the product
are sufficient to fully recover the unamortized remaining book value related to
such product.
F-81
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
I) REVENUE AND COST RECOGNITION
REVENUES:
(i) Advertising--Advertising revenues are recognized, net of related
advertising agency commissions, on the date publications are released for
sale. Revenues billed and/or received for advertisements to be released in
future months are included in deferred revenue.
(ii) Subscriptions--Sales of publication subscriptions are deferred and
recognized as revenues over the term of the related subscriptions,
principally one year.
(iii) Books and related updates--Revenues are recognized upon shipment
date and are reflected net of estimated returns.
(iv) Seminars--Seminar revenues are recognized when the seminar is held.
COST AND EXPENSES
(i) Advertising and promotion costs--Advertising expenditures are
expensed when the particular advertisement is released. Beginning in 1995,
direct response promotion costs are capitalized, subject to a net
recoverability evaluation, and amortized, on a straight-line basis, over
their estimated future benefit period. The amortization of direct response
promotion expenditures is included in selling and shipping expense in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Prior to 1995, direct
response promotional costs were expenses upon advertisement and/or promotion
release date (See Note 3).
(ii) Editorial costs--All editorial costs are expensed as incurred.
(iii) Rent expense--In accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, rent expense reflects the straight-line amortization, over the
terms of the respective leases, of scheduled rent payments over such lease
terms. The excess of recognized rent expense over rent payments made to date
is included in the accompanying consolidated sheets as a deferred rent
obligation, included as part of other non current liabilities.
(iv) Barter revenue and expenses--Revenue from barter transactions
(advertising space provided in exchange for goods and/or services) is
recognized as income when the advertisement is run. Costs and expenses
related to barter transactions are recognized when the merchandise and/or
service is received. Barter revenue and barter expense is reflected net in
the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
J) INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest expense includes letter of credit usage and commitment fees and
excludes the amortization and/or other charges related to deferred financing
costs. With respect to interest rate swap agreements, the differential to be
paid or received is accrued as interest rates change and is recognized as an
adjustment to interest expense.
F-82
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
K) INCOME TAXES
The Company, for financial statement purposes, reports certain items of
income and expense in periods different from when such items are reported for
income tax purposes. The principal differences relate to the timing and
deductibility of bad debt allowances and book returns, the capitalization of
certain direct response promotional and inventory costs, depreciation of fixed
assets, and the straight-line expense recognition of office space rentals.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for differences
between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities
that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted
tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are
expected to affect taxable income. In addition, the tax benefit related to net
operating loss carryforwards and alternative minimum tax ("AMT") credit
carryforwards are reflected as deferred tax assets when the realization of such
tax benefit is more likely than not. Valuation allowances are established, when
necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
Income tax expense for a particular period is equal to the tax payable or
refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred
tax assets and liabilities.
L) RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1995 consolidated financial
statements to conform with the current year presentation.
3. DIRECT RESPONSE PROMOTIONAL COSTS
Effective January 1, 1995, the Company adopted the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants' Statement of Position 93-7. "Reporting on
Advertising Costs" (the "SOP"). The statement requires, among other things, that
direct response advertising costs, whose primary purpose is to elicit sales to
customers, be reported as an asset and amortized over the estimated period of
future benefit. Under the Company's previous accounting policy, promotional and
subscription acquisition costs were capitalized prior to the launching of a
direct marketing or subscription acquisition campaign and then expensed when the
promotional materials were mailed.
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, approximately $1,203,000 and $583,000 of
direct response promotional costs, net of accumulated amortization of $1,255,000
in 1996 and $224,000 in 1995 was recorded in other assets on the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet. Advertising expense was approximately $2,707,000 for
1996 and $2,826,000 for 1995.
F-83
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
4. FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS, NET
The following is a summary of furniture, equipment and leasehold
improvements at:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------- ESTIMATED
1996 1995 USEFUL LIVES
--------- --------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
Computer equipment and purchase software.................................... $ 2,558 $ 2,171 6 years
Furniture and office equipment.............................................. 1,187 1,082 5 to 9 years
Leasehold improvements...................................................... 589 579 7 to 10 years
--------- ---------
4,334 3,832
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.............................. (1,713) (1,168)
--------- ---------
$ 2,621 $ 2,664
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
The following is a summary of intangible assets at:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------- AMORTIZATION
1996 1995 PERIODS
---------- ---------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
Goodwill................................................................... $ 135,519 $ 134,256 (*)
Deferred financing costs................................................... 1,138 1,138 7 years
---------- ----------
136,657 135,394
Less accumulated amortization.............................................. (7,597) (656)
---------- ----------
$ 129,060 $ 134,738
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(*) 38 years for periods prior to December 1, 1995 and 20 years thereafter.
Total amortization expense of intangibles was $6,941,000 and $5,303,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The 1995 amortization
expense includes an approximate $2 million charge relating to the unamortized
deferred financing cost attributable to the Predecessor Credit Facility which
was paid off as part of the Boston Ventures' December 1, 1995 acquisition.
During 1996, the Company implemented systems which, among other operational and
financial reporting enhancements, better quantify its deferred subscription
obligation for certain publications. As permitted by generally accepted
accounting principles, the Company has restated by approximately $1.3 million
the goodwill recorded on December 1, 1995 to reflect the difference between the
Company's deferred subscription obligation computed under its upgraded reporting
systems and the amount estimated by management on that date.
F-84
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
6. OTHER ASSETS
Other assets is comprised of the following at:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred direct response promotional costs (a)............................... $ 1,203 $ 583
Capitalized software (b)..................................................... 204 150
Security deposits (c)........................................................ 97 89
Officers' life insurance--cash surrender value (d)........................... 43 83
Other........................................................................ 14 15
--------- ---------
$ 1,561 $ 920
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(a) Represents direct mail promotional costs that relate to SOP 93-7 (See Note
3).
(b) During 1996, the Company introduced a CD-ROM Product. All development costs
incurred capitalized and are being amortized over a three year period.
(c) Represents security deposits required for leased properties.
(d) Represents the cash value of life insurance purchased on a former officer.
7. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt was comprised of the following at:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER
--------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Revolving Credit Facilities (a)......................................... $ 70,300 $ 70,900
Less: current portion of Revolving Credit Facilities reduction amount... (3,300) --
--------- ---------
$ 67,000 $ 70,900
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
(A) REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITIES
On December 1, 1995, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility
agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with The First National Bank of Boston (the
"Bank"), as a lender and as agent for other lenders, under which NAI borrowed
$15,674,061 and NYLP borrowed $55,225,939 (aggregating $70,900,000) in
connection with Boston Ventures' acquisition of the Company. Upon NAI's merger
into National, NYLP assumed the $15,674,061 of Bank debt, in the form of a
dividend from NYLP to National. Therefore, at December 31, 1995, the entire Bank
debt of $70.9 million was reflected as a NYLP borrowing. In addition, on January
2, 1996, NYLP borrowed approximately $5,022,000 from the Bank to pay the
Finkelstein $5 million note and related accrued interest. The Finkelstein $5
million note was issued in connection with the December 1, 1995 acquisition of
the Company (See Note 1). The Finkelstein note and related accrued interest was
secured by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the Bank. The
F-85
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
7. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
Company's borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility, including cash
loans and standby letters of credit of up to $6 million, was $80 million through
December 30, 1996, and decreases semi-annually until final maturity on December
31, 2002 as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD AMOUNT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
December 31, 1996 through June 29, 1997........................................................... $ 74,000
June 30, 1997 through December 30, 1997........................................................... 70,500
December 31, 1997 through June 29, 1998........................................................... 67,000
June 30, 1998 through December 30, 1998........................................................... 63,250
December 31, 1998 through June 29, 1999........................................................... 59,500
June 30, 1999 through December 30, 1999........................................................... 55,250
December 31, 1999 through June 29, 2000........................................................... 51,000
June 30, 2000 through December 30, 2000........................................................... 45,750
December 31, 2000 through June 29, 2001........................................................... 40,500
June 30, 2001 through December 30, 2001........................................................... 33,750
December 31, 2001 through June 29, 2002........................................................... 27,000
June 30, 2002 through final maturity date......................................................... 19,000
Final maturity date (December 31, 2002)
</TABLE>
Available borrowings under this facility are further limited by the sum of
(a) the Company's letter of credit exposure and (b) certain stipulated
percentages of excess cash flow based on the ratio of the Company's consolidated
funded debt to consolidated operating cash flow, as defined. Outstanding
borrowings under the facility bear interest at a fluctuating rate, subject to
the Company's elected pricing option, at either the Base Rate, Eurodollar Rate,
and/or CD Rate, plus a variable margin based on the Company's ratio of
consolidated funded debt to consolidated operating cash flow, as defined. The
interest rate under this revolving credit facility approximated 8.1% and 8.8%
for the year and one month ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
Commitment fees are charged and payable quarterly at either a .375% or .500%
annual rate, depending on the Company's ratio of consolidated funded debt to
consolidated operating cash flow for the immediately preceding quarter (the
"Quarterly Funded Debt Ratio") and on the average daily unused portion of the
revolving credit facility. In addition, letter of credit usage fees are payable
at rates which range between 1.25% and 2.5% depending on the Quarterly Funded
Debt Ratio and on the daily letter of credit exposure during the three month
period or portion thereof ending on such payment date. The revolving credit
facility is secured by the assets of National and NYLP and the stock of NYLP and
its subsidiaries.
The Credit Agreement requires, among other things, the Company maintain
certain minimum levels of consolidated operating cash flow and certain
prescribed ratios of consolidated funded debt to consolidated operating cash
flow, consolidated operating cash flow to interest expense and consolidated
adjusted operating cash flow to consolidated fixed charges, as defined. The
Credit Agreement contains other restrictive covenants, including limitations on
indebtedness, investments and acquisitions, the disposition of assets,
transactions with affiliates and distributions to stockholders.
The Company, prior to December 1, 1995, had a revolving credit facility with
two financial institutions (the "Predecessor Credit Facility"). The weighted
average interest rates under the Predecessor Credit
F-86
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
7. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
Facility for the eleven months ended November 30, 1995 approximated 9%. The
Predecessor Credit Facility was secured by the stock and assets of NYLP and any
future NYLP subsidiaries.
(B) INTEREST RATE PROTECTION AGREEMENTS
The Agreement provides that within 10 days after the Eurodollar Basic Rate
for three month Eurodollar Pricing Options first exceeds 5.875% per annum, the
Company will obtain and thereafter keep in effect one or more interest rate
protection agreements covering a notional amount of at least 50% of the
outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility for an aggregate
period of not less than two years.
8. OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Other non-current liabilities was comprised of the following at:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
Deferred rent (a).......................................................... $ 1,536 $ 1,400
Rent Security and deposit--sublease........................................ 23 22
Deferred compensation...................................................... 12 17
--------- ---------
$ 1,571 $ 1,439
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(a) Represents the cumulative excess of rent expense recognized in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles over cumulative cash rental
payments made.
9. INCOME TAXES
National and its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal and combined New
York State and New York City income tax returns. NYLP also files income tax
returns in California and the District of Columbia. At December 31, 1996,
National had net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable
income for Federal income tax purposes of approximately $11.2 million. These
carryforwards expire in the years 2004 through 2010 and, as a result of the
change in ownership described in Note 1, are subject to the limitations of
Internal Revenue Code Section 382. At December 31, 1996, National had net
operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5.3 million available to offset
future taxable income for New York State and New York City income tax purposes
which expire in the years 2005 through 2010.
F-87
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
9. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The benefit (provision) for income taxes is comprised of the following for
the years ended:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Current:
Federal................................................................... $ (110) $ 53
State and local........................................................... (205) (76)
--------- ---------
(315) (23)
--------- ---------
Deferred:
Federal................................................................... (1,621) 264
State and local........................................................... (1,071) 282
--------- ---------
(2,692) 546
--------- ---------
$ (3,007) $ 523
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
Net deferred tax assets were comprised of the following at:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Accounts receivable reserves............................................ $ 268 $ 357
Inventory capitalization................................................ 372 326
Deferred rent........................................................... 715 651
Federal, state and local operating loss carryforwards................... 4,472 6,674
Federal AMT credit...................................................... 139 33
--------- ---------
5,966 8,041
--------- ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation............................................................ $ 442 $ 140
Deferred promotional costs.............................................. 559 269
Product development costs............................................... 95 70
--------- ---------
1,096 479
--------- ---------
Net deferred tax assets................................................... $ 4,870 $ 7,562
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
F-88
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
9. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The presentation of deferred tax assets and liabilities on the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet is as follows at:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax benefits, current............................................. $ 4,293 $ 3,208
Deferred tax liabilities, current.......................................... -- --
--------- ---------
Net deferred tax benefits, current......................................... 4,293 3,208
--------- ---------
Deferred tax benefits, non-current......................................... 1,673 4,833
Deferred tax liabilities, non-current...................................... (1,096) (479)
--------- ---------
Net deferred tax benefits, non-current..................................... 577 4,354
--------- ---------
Net deferred tax assets.................................................... $ 4,870 $ 7,562
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
The reconciliation between total tax expense (benefit) and the amount
computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to income before
income taxes is as follows for the years ended:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Federal statutory income taxes.............................................. $ 188 $ (745)
Permanent differences (principally goodwill amortization)................... 2,181 265
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit........................ 842 (136)
Other....................................................................... (204) 93
--------- ---------
$ 3,007 $ (523)
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
A) STOCK OPTIONS
In connection with and as a condition of Boston Ventures' acquisition, the
Company entered into a stock option agreement (the "Agreement") with Finkelstein
which, subject to certain terms and conditions of the Agreement, granted
Finkelstein an option to purchase an aggregate of approximately 6,461 shares of
National's common stock. One-third of the shares covered by the option vest and
become exercisable in 60 equal installments of approximately 36 shares on the
last day of each month commencing on January 31, 1996 and continuing until
December 31, 2000. The remaining shares vest and become exercisable, subject to
the Company's attainment of two separate annual operating cash flow targets, as
defined, in equal annual installments of approximately 431 shares or
approximately 862 shares, respectively (if such respective operating cash flow
targets are reached), on December 31, 1996 through 2000 or upon sale, subject to
achieving certain performance targets. The vesting of all shares is generally
subject to Finkelstein been employed by the Company on such dates. The shares
are exercisable at a price of approximately $1,083 per share and expire on the
tenth anniversary date of the Agreement.
F-89
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY) (CONTINUED)
B) STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT
On December 1, 1995, Boston Ventures, National and Finkelstein entered into
a stockholders' agreement which, among other things, allows Finkelstein, upon
the non-renewal of his employment, as defined in his employment agreement (See
Note 13) to require the Company to purchase all of his shares and liquidate and
cash out his vested option shares for fair value. The Company's obligation to
acquire Finkelstein's shares is subject to it being permitted by the Credit
Agreement and applicable law to do so. In addition, the stockholders' agreement
gives the Company, along with Boston Ventures, the right of first refusal with
respect to Finkelstein's shares.
11. OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
Other income (expense) is comprised of the following items:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
Insurance claim recovery (a).................................................. $ 235 $ (80)
Litigation settlement......................................................... -- (25)
Barter income (loss).......................................................... (54) 125
Apollo management fee......................................................... -- (231)
--------- ---------
$ 181 $ (211)
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(a) Represents an insurance reimbursement of approximately $287,000 relating to
employee theft, net of legal and professional costs of $52,000.
12. RETIREMENT PLANS
The Company has a 401(k) profit sharing plan (the "Plan") for all eligible
employees who have completed one year of service. Under the Plan, the Company
has the option of making a matching contribution of up to 3% of a participant's
compensation. During 1996 and 1995, the Company did not make any matching
discretionary contributions to the Plan.
In addition, approximately 20 Company employees are covered by certain
defined contribution retirement plans sponsored by the Typographical Union.
Company contributions to these retirement plans for 1996 and 1995 were $476,000
and $481,000, respectively.
F-90
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
A) OPERATING LEASES
The Company leases office space under non cancelable operating leases which
expire at various dates through October 2008. At December 31, 1996, the future
minimum payments due under these leases, net of sublease income, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31, AMOUNT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
1997.............................................................................................. $ 1,027
1998.............................................................................................. 1,129
1999.............................................................................................. 1,187
2000.............................................................................................. 1,190
2001.............................................................................................. 1,177
Thereafter........................................................................................ 8,620
-------
$ 14,330
-------
-------
</TABLE>
Rent expense, net of sublease income, was approximately $1,395,000 and
$1,335,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company had a letter of credit
outstanding of approximately $533,000 for the security deposit on its corporate
office space.
B) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
In connection with Boston Ventures' December 1, 1995 acquisition of the
Company, Finkelstein entered into a long-term employment agreement (the
"Employment Agreement") with the Company. The initial term of the Employment
Agreement is through December 31, 2000 and provides for an annual base salary
which, beginning on June 30, 1996, and annually thereafter, is to be increased
by the greater of (i) 5% or (ii) the annual increase in the consumer price index
for all urban consumers not in excess of 8%.
C) LEGAL MATTERS
The Company is subject to certain legal actions and complaints that arise in
the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management, the amount of
the ultimate liability, if any, which may result from these legal actions and
complaints will not materially affect the consolidated financial statements of
the Company.
14. FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company has a number of financial instruments, none of which are held
for trading purposes. These financial instruments consist of cash and
equivalents, long term debt and interest rate projection agreements. The Company
estimates that the fair value of all financial instrument at December 31, 1996,
does not differ materially from the aggregate carrying values of its financial
instruments recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
F-91
<PAGE>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
15. SUPPLEMENTARY 1995 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION
The following table summarizes 1995's consolidated results of operations for
the Successor and Predecessor periods:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUCCESSOR PREDECESSOR FULL
PERIOD PERIOD YEAR
----------- -------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues................................................................... $ 3,510 $ 40,564 $ 44,074
Operating income (loss).................................................... (393) 3,871 3,478
(Loss) before income taxes................................................. (953) (1,238) (2,191)
Net (loss)................................................................. (546) (1,122) (1,668)
</TABLE>
F-92
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY OR THE GUARANTORS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM,
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN
IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS
PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
Available Information........................... iv
Summary......................................... 1
Risk Factors.................................... 19
The Transactions................................ 26
Use of Proceeds................................. 27
Capitalization.................................. 27
Pro Forma Financial Information................. 28
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial
Information................................... 33
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.................................... 36
Business........................................ 48
Recent Transactions............................. 59
Management...................................... 60
Certain Transactions............................ 65
Principal Stockholders.......................... 66
The Exchange Offer.............................. 67
Description of the Notes........................ 76
Description of Other Indebtedness............... 106
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations................................ 108
Plan of Distribution............................ 108
Legal Matters................................... 109
Experts......................................... 109
Index to Financial Statements................... F-1
</TABLE>
------------------------
UNTIL SEPTEMBER 15, 1998 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THE PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
ITS 9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007, SERIES B
FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING
9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007
---------------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------------
JUNE 17, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 16, 1998
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATE FRONT COVER PAGE FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007, SERIES B
ALM, LLC, ALM Counsel Connect Inc., ALM IP, LLC, Counsel Connect, Counsel
Connect, LLC, Law Journal Extra, Inc., LegalTech, LLC, National Law Publishing
Company, Inc., The New York Law Publishing Company, NLP IP Company and PPC
Publishing Corporation, as Guarantors of the 9 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2007.
American Lawyer Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
exchanged (the "Exchange Offer"), upon the terms and conditions set forth in a
prospectus dated June 17, 1998, $1,000 principal amount of its 9 3/4% Senior
Notes due 2007, Series B (the "Exchange Notes"), registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a registration
statement, for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 9 3/4% Senior
Notes due 2007 (the "Old Notes") of which $175,000,000 aggregate principal
amount is outstanding. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as
the form and terms of the Old Notes for which they were exchanged pursuant to
the Exchange Offer except that (i) the Exchange Notes bear a Series B
designation, (ii) the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities
Act and do not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof, and (iii) the
holders of the Exchange Notes are not entitled to the rights of holders of Old
Notes under the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined). The Exchange Notes
evidence the same debt as the Old Notes (which they replaced) and were issued
under and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture dated as of December 22,
1997, as supplemented (the "Indenture") by and among the Company, the Guarantors
and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The Old Notes and the Exchange Notes are
sometimes referred to herein collectively as the "Notes." See "Description of
the Notes."
Interest on the Exchange Notes will be payable in cash semi-annually on June
15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 1998. The Exchange Notes
will mature on December 15, 2007, unless previously redeemed, and will not be
subject to any sinking fund requirement. The Exchange Notes will be redeemable
in cash at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or
after December 15, 2002, at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued
and unpaid interest thereon (and Liquidated Damages (as defined), if any) to the
date of redemption. Prior to December 15, 2002, the Exchange Notes will also be
subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the
applicable Make-Whole Premium (as defined) plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon (and Liquidated Damages, if any). Prior to December 15, 2000, the
Company, at its option, may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original
principal amount of the Exchange Notes at 109.75% of the aggregate principal
amount so redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (and Liquidated
Damages, if any) to the redemption date with the Net Cash Proceeds (as defined)
of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined) provided that at least
$113.8 million aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and that any
such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Public
Equity Offering. See "Description of the Notes-- Optional Redemption."
In the event of a Change of Control (as defined), holders of the Notes will
have the right to require the Company to purchase the Exchange Notes at 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon
(and Liquidated Damages, if any) to the purchase date. No assurance can be given
that the Company will have sufficient funds available to satisfy its repurchase
obligation with respect to the Notes following a Change of Control. See
"Description of the Notes--Certain Covenants--Repurchase of Notes at the Option
of the Holder Upon a Change of Control." In addition, the Company is obligated
in certain instances to offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes at a purchase
price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon (and Liquidated Damages, if any) to the date of
repurchase with the Net Cash Proceeds of certain asset sales. See "Description
of the Notes--Certain Covenants-- Limitation on Sale of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock."
The Exchange Notes are senior unsecured general obligations of the Company,
PARI PASSU in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of
the Company and senior in right of payment to all existing and future
Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined) of the Company. As of December 31, 1997,
after giving effect to the consummation of the Initial Offering (as defined),
the Company and its subsidiaries had approximately $175 million aggregate
principal amount of senior indebtedness outstanding. The Company's pro forma
earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $16.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 1997. The Exchange Notes are fully and
unconditionally guaranteed (the "Subsidiary Guarantees"), on a joint and several
and senior unsecured basis, by each of the Company's existing and future
Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined) (each a "Guarantor" and collectively the
"Guarantors"). See "Capitalization" and "Description of the Notes."
(COVER CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
------------------------
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 19 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS WHO TENDER THEIR OLD NOTES.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is June 17, 1998.
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]
The Old Notes were sold by the Company on December 22, 1997 to Wasserstein
Perella Securities, Inc., BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and BancBoston
Securities Inc. (the "Initial Purchasers") in a transaction not registered under
the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption under the Securities Act (the
"Initial Offering"). The Initial Purchasers subsequently placed the Old Notes
with (i) qualified institutional buyers in reliance upon Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, (ii) a limited number of institutional accredited investors (as
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), and (iii)
qualified buyers outside of the United States in reliance upon Regulation S
under the Securities Act. Accordingly, the Old Notes may not be reoffered,
resold or otherwise transferred in the United States unless registered under the
Securities Act or unless an applicable exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act is available. The Exchange Notes were offered
in order to satisfy the obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights
Agreement entered into by the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers
(the "Registration Rights Agreement") in connection with the Initial Offering.
This Prospectus is to be used by Wasserstein Perella Securities, Inc.
("WPS") in connection with its offers and sales of the Exchange Notes (and
related Subsidiary Guarantees) from time-to-time in market-making transactions
at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of sale.
WPS may act as principal or agent in such transactions. The Company does not
intend to list the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange or to seek
admission thereof to trading in the National Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation System. WPS has advised the Company that it intends to make
a market in the Exchange Notes, however, WPS is not obligated to do so and any
market-making may be discontinued at any time. The Company will receive no
portion of the proceeds of the sale of any Exchange Notes by WPS and will bear
expenses incident to the registration thereof. See "Plan of Distribution."
There has not previously been any public market for the Old Notes or the
Exchange Notes. The Company does not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any
securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any automated
quotation system. There can be no assurance that an active market for the
Exchange Notes will develop. See "Risk Factors--Absence of a Public Market Could
Adversely Affect the Value of Exchange Notes."
Concurrently with the Initial Offering, American Lawyer Media Holdings, Inc.
("Holdings"), the parent company of the Company, sold $35.0 million in initial
aggregate principal amount ($63.3 million principal amount at maturity) of its
12 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2008 (the "Old Discount Notes") (the "Initial
Discount Note Offering," and together with the Initial Offering, the "Initial
Offerings").
Concurrently with the Exchange Offer, Holdings exchanged (the "Discount Note
Exchange Offer," and together with the Exchange Offer, the "Exchange Offers")
$1,000 principal amount at maturity of its 12 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due
2008, Series B (the "Exchange Discount Notes"), registered under the Securities
Act pursuant to a registration statement, for each $1,000 principal amount at
maturity of its outstanding Old Discount Notes, of which $63.3 million aggregate
principal amount at maturity is outstanding as of the date hereof. The Old
Discount Notes and the Exchange Discount Notes are sometimes referred to herein
collectively as the "Discount Notes." See "The Transactions" and "Description of
Other Indebtedness--Description of the Discount Notes."
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY
OTHER THAN THE EXCHANGE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES TO ANY
PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR
SOLICITATION TO SUCH
ii
<PAGE>
PERSON. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
The Exchange Notes are available initially only in book-entry form and the
Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer were issued in the form of
a Global Note (as defined), which was deposited with, or on behalf of, The
Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered in the name of Cede & Co., its
nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Note representing the Exchange Notes
will be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected through, records
maintained by DTC and its participants. After the initial issuance of the Global
Note, Exchange Notes in certificated form will be issued in exchange for the
Global Note only under limited circumstances as set forth in the Indenture. See
"Description of the Notes--Book-Entry; Delivery and Form."
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company and the Guarantors have filed with the Commission a registration
statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-50117) (the "Exchange Offer Registration
Statement," which term shall encompass all amendments, exhibits, annexes and
schedules thereto) pursuant to the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, covering the Exchange Offer contemplated hereby. This
Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement. For further information with respect to the Company and
the Exchange Offer, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements
made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other
document referred to are not necessarily complete. With respect to each such
contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete
description of the document or matter involved, and each such statement shall be
deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference. The Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto, can be inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room
1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and inspected at the
Commission's regional offices at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New
York 10048 and Citicorp Center, Suite 1400, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago,
Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates. The Commission maintains a web site that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of such
site is http://www.sec.gov.
Upon the declaration by the Commission that the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement was effective, the Company became subject to the informational
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and in accordance therewith is required to file periodic reports and
other information with the Commission. The obligation of the Company to file
periodic reports and other information with the Commission will be suspended if
the Notes are held of record by fewer than 300 holders as of the beginning of
any fiscal year of the Company and the Guarantors other than the fiscal year in
which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective. The
Company has agreed that, whether or not it is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, for so long as
the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes remain outstanding, it will file with the
Commission and distribute to holders of the Old Notes and the Exchange Notes, as
applicable, copies of the financial information that would have been contained
in such annual reports and quarterly reports, including management's discussion
and analysis of financial conditions and results of operations, that would have
been required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act. See
"Description of the Notes--Reports."
iii
<PAGE>
------------------------
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Prospectus contains "forward-looking statements" that are subject to a
number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company's
control. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by the words
"believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "estimate" and similar expressions.
Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by these
forward-looking statements as a result of factors such as those described under
"Risk Factors." In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no
assurance that the results and events contemplated by the forward-looking
statements contained in this Prospectus will in fact transpire. Prospective
purchasers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor undertakes any obligation to
update or revise any forward-looking statements. All subsequent written or oral
forward-looking statements attributable to the Company, any Guarantor or persons
acting on behalf of any of them are expressly qualified in their entirety by the
discussion under "Risk Factors."
iv
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE SUBSECTION FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE VALUE OF EXCHANGE NOTES
The Exchange Notes constitute a new issue of securities with no established
trading market. Although the Exchange Notes will generally be permitted to be
resold or otherwise transferred by holders who are not affiliates of the Company
without compliance with the registration requirements under the Securities Act,
the Company does not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any securities
exchange or seek the admission thereof to trading in the National Association of
Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System. WPS has advised the Company that
it currently intends to make a market in the Exchange Notes, but WPS is not
obligated to do so and may discontinue such market making at any time. In
addition, such market making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by
law. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that an active public or other
market will develop or be obtained for the Exchange Notes or as to the liquidity
of the trading market for the Exchange Notes. If a trading market does not
develop or develops and is not maintained, holders of the Exchange Notes may
experience difficulty in reselling the Exchange Notes or may be unable to sell
them at all.
If a public trading market develops for the Exchange Notes, future trading
prices of such securities will depend on many factors including, among other
things, prevailing interest rates, the Company's results of operations, the
market for similar securities and general economic conditions. Depending on
prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, general economic
conditions and other factors, including the financial condition of the Company,
the Exchange Notes may trade at discount from their principal amount.
WPS may be deemed to be an "affiliate" of the Company, and, as such, may be
required to deliver a prospectus in connection with its market-making activities
in the Exchange Notes.
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE SECTION FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]
USE OF PROCEEDS
This Prospectus has been prepared for use by WPS in connection with offers
and sales from time to time of the Exchange Notes by WPS in market-making
transactions. The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from such
transactions. See "Plan of Distribution."
The net proceeds to the Company from the Initial Offering, approximately
$169.8 million (after deducting discounts to the Initial Purchasers and other
Initial Offering expenses), were used, together with the Equity Contribution, to
consummate the NLP Acquisition, to repay principal of and accrued interest on
each of the ALM Promissory Note and the WP Promissory Note, to pay certain fees
and expenses and to pay one-time restructuring costs in connection with the
Transactions.
<PAGE>
[ALTERNATIVE SECTION FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
This Prospectus has been prepared for use by WPS in connection with offers
and sales from time-to-time of the Exchange Notes by WPS in market-making
transactions at negotiated prices relating to prevailing market prices at the
time of sale. WPS may act as principal or agent in such transactions. WPS has
advised the Company that it currently intends to make a market in the Exchange
Notes, but it is not obligated to do so and may discontinue or suspend any such
market-making activities at any time without notice.
There is no existing market for the Exchange Notes and there can be no
assurance as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for the Exchange
Notes, the ability of holders of the Exchange Notes to sell their Exchange Notes
or the price at which holders would be able to sell their Exchange Notes. If a
public trading market develops for the Exchange Notes, future trading prices of
the Exchange Notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things,
prevailing interest rates, the Company's operating results, the market for
similar securities and general economic conditions. The Company does not
currently intend to list the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange or the
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.
Therefore, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of any trading market
for the Exchange Notes. See "Risk Factors--Absence of Public Market Could
Adversely Affect the Value of Exchange Notes."
WPS served as an Initial Purchaser in the Initial Offering and received
total underwriting discounts and commissions of $5.3 million in connection
therewith.
WPS, the other Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors
entered into the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the use by WPS of
this Prospectus. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company
agreed to bear all registration expenses incurred under such agreement, and the
Company agreed to indemnify WPS against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
Affiliates of WPS currently own all of the outstanding shares of Holdings.
See "Principal Stockholders." WPS has informed the Company that it does not
intend to confirm sales of the Exchange Notes to any accounts over which it
exercises discretionary authority without the prior specific written approval of
such transactions by the customer.
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ALTERNATE BACK COVER PAGE FOR MARKET-MAKING PROSPECTUS]
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY OR THE GUARANTORS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM,
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN
IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS
PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
Available Information...........................
Summary.........................................
Risk Factors....................................
The Transactions................................
Use of Proceeds.................................
Capitalization..................................
Pro Forma Financial Information.................
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial
Information...................................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations....................................
Business........................................
Recent Transactions.............................
Management......................................
Certain Transactions............................
Principal Stockholders..........................
Description of the Notes........................
Description of Other Indebtedness...............
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations................................
Plan of Distribution............................
Legal Matters...................................
Experts.........................................
Index to Financial Statements...................
</TABLE>
------------------------
UNTIL SEPTEMBER 15, 1998 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THE PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007,
SERIES B
---------------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------------
JUNE 17, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
THE DELAWARE CORPORATIONS
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
Article EIGHTH of the Certificate of Incorporation of American Lawyer Media,
Inc. (the "Company") provides that the Directors of the Company shall be
protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the
fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
as from time to time in effect (the "DGCL").
Paragraph 1 of Article EIGHTH states that a Director of the Company shall
under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director
except for those breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL
expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such
personal liability of Directors. Neither the modification or repeal of paragraph
1 of Article EIGHTH nor any amendment to the DGCL that does not have retroactive
application shall limit the right of Directors to exculpation from personal
liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment,
modification or repeal.
Paragraph 2 of Article EIGHTH states that the Company shall indemnify each
Director and Officer of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Company's By-Laws,
and in furtherance thereof the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to
amend the Company's By-laws from time to time to give full effect thereto,
notwithstanding possible self interest of the Directors in the action being
taken. Neither the modification or repeal of paragraph 2 of Article EIGHTH nor
any amendment to the DGCL that does not have retroactive application shall limit
the right of Directors and Officers to indemnification with respect to any act
or omission occurring prior to such modification, amendment or repeal.
BY-LAWS
Article IV of the By-laws of the Company provides for indemnification.
Section 1 of Article IV states that the Company (1) shall indemnify any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
Company) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer
of the Company and (2) except as otherwise required by Section 3 of Article IV,
may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action
by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that he or she is or
was an employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of
the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent of or participant in another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of NOLO
CONTENDERE or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that
the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable
cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
II-1
<PAGE>
Section 2 of Article IV states that the Company shall indemnify any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure
a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the
request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent of or participant
in another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit
if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or
misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the Company unless and only
to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such
action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the
adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such
person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which
the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 3 of Article IV states that, to the extent that a person who is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company has been successful on
the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to
in Section 1 or Section 2 of Article IV, or in defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection
therewith.
Section 4 of Article IV states that any indemnification under Section 1 or
Section 2 of Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company
only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set
forth in said Sections 1 and 2. Such determination shall be made (1) by the
Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who
were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is
not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so
directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the
stockholders.
Section 5 of Article IV states that expenses incurred by any person who may
have a right of indemnification under Article IV in defending a civil or
criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company in advance of the
final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board
of Directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf
of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall
ultimately be determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified by the.
Company pursuant to Article IV.
Section 6 of Article IV states that the indemnification provided by Article
IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his
or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.
Section 7 of Article IV states that the Company may purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director, officer, employee or agent of or participant in another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability
asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or
arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the Company would
have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the
provisions of Article IV, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware or otherwise.
Section 8 of Article IV states that the invalidity or unenforceability of
any provision of Article IV shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
the remaining provisions of Article IV.
II-2
<PAGE>
ALM COUNSEL CONNECT INC.
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
Article 10 of the Certificate of Incorporation of ALM Counsel Connect Inc.
(the "Company") provides that a director of the Company shall not be personally
liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.
BY-LAWS
Section 7 of Article VII of the By-laws of the Company states that every
person serving as a director, officer or employee of the Company shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all loss,
cost, liability and expense that may be imposed upon or incurred by him in
connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding civil
or criminal, in which he may become involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason
of his being or having been a director, officer or employee of the Company,
whether or not he continues to be such at the time such loss, cost, liability or
expense shall have been imposed or incurred. As used herein, the term "loss,
cost, liability and expense" shall include, but shall not be limited to, counsel
fees and disbursements and amounts of judgments, fines or penalties against, and
amounts paid in settlement by, any such directors, officer or employee;
provided, however, that no such director, officer or employee shall be entitled
to claim such indemnity: (1) with respect to any matter as to which there shall
have been a final adjudication that he has committed or allowed some act or
omission, (a) otherwise than in good faith in what he considered to be the best
interests of the Company, and (b) without reasonable cause to believe that such
act or omission was proper and legal; or (2) in the event of a settlement of
such claim, action, suit, or proceeding unless (a) the court having jurisdiction
thereof shall have approved of such settlement with knowledge of the indemnity
provided herein, or (b) a written opinion of independent legal counsel, selected
by or in manner determined by the board of directors, shall have been rendered
substantially concurrently with such settlement, to the effect that it was not
probable that the matter as to which indemnification is being made would have
resulted in a final adjudication as specified in clause (1) above and that the
said loss, cost, liability or expense may property be borne by the Company. A
conviction or judgment (whether based on a plea of guilty or NOLO CONTENDERE or
its equivalent, or after trial) in a criminal action, suit or proceeding shall
not be deemed an adjudication that such directors, officer or employee has
committed or allowed some act or omission as hereinabove provided if independent
legal counsel, selected as hereinabove set forth, shall substantially
concurrently with such conviction or judgement give to the Company a written
opinion that such director, officer or employee was acting in good faith in what
he considered to be the best interests of the Company or was not without
reasonable cause to believe that such act of omission was proper and legal.
NLP IP COMPANY
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
Article EIGHTH of the Certificate of Incorporation of NLP IP Company (the
"Company") provides that the Directors of the Company shall be protected from
personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent
permitted by the DGCL.
Paragraph 1 of Article EIGHTH states that a Director of the Company shall
under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director
except for those breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL
expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such
personal liability of Directors. Neither the modification or repeal of paragraph
1 of Article EIGHTH nor any amendment to the DGCL
II-3
<PAGE>
that does not have retroactive application shall limit the right of Directors to
exculpation from personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to
such amendment, modification or repeal.
Paragraph 2 of Article EIGHTH states that the Company shall indemnify each
Director and Officer of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Company's By-Laws,
and in furtherance thereof the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to
amend the Company's By-laws from time to time to give full effect thereto,
notwithstanding possible self interest of the Directors in the action being
taken. Neither the modification or repeal of paragraph 2 of Article EIGHTH nor
any amendment to the DGCL that does not have retroactive application shall limit
the right of Directors and Officers to indemnification with respect to any act
or omission occurring prior to such modification, amendment or repeal.
BY-LAWS
Article IV of the By-laws of the Company provides for indemnification.
Section 1 of Article IV states that the Company (1) shall indemnify any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
Company) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer
of the Company and (2) except as otherwise required by Section 3 of Article IV,
may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action
by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that he or she is or
was an employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of
the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent of or participant in another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable .cause to
believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no1o
contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that
the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable
cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 2 of Article IV states that the Company shall indemnify any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure
a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the
request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent of or participant
in another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit
if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or
misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the Company unless and only
to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such
action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the
adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such
person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which
the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 3 of Article IV states that, to the extent that a person who is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company has been successful on
the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to
in Section 1 or Section 2 of Article IV, or in defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection
therewith.
II-4
<PAGE>
Section 4 of Article IV states that any indemnification under Section 1 or
Section 2 of Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company
only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set
forth in said Sections 1 and 2. Such determination shall be made (1) by the
Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who
were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is
not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so
directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the
stockholders.
Section 5 of Article IV states that expenses incurred by any person who may
have a right of indemnification under Article IV in defending a civil or
criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company in advance of the
final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board
of Directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf
of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall
ultimately be determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified by the.
Company pursuant to Article IV.
Section 6 of Article IV states that the indemnification provided by Article
IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his
or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.
Section 7 of Article IV states that the Company may purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director, officer, employee or agent of or participant in another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability
asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or
arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the Company would
have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the
provisions of Article IV, Section 145 of the DGCL or otherwise.
Section 8 of Article IV states that the invalidity or unenforceability of
any provision of Article IV shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
the remaining provisions of Article IV.
GENERAL CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
Under the DGCL, directors, officers, employees, and other individuals may be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgements, fines, and
amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits or
proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other
than an action by or in the right of the corporation--a "derivative action") if
they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct
was unlawful. A similar standard of care is applicable in the case of a
derivative action, except that indemnification only extends to expenses
(including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with defense or settlement of
such an action and Delaware law requires court approval before there can be any
indemnification of expenses where the person seeking indemnification has been
found liable to the corporation.
Delaware corporations may limit the personal liability of their directors
for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty, provided, however, that the
directors can still be held personally liable (i) for a breach of the duty of
loyalty to the corporation and its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not
in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (described below), and (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Section 174 of the DGCL makes directors personally liable for unlawful dividends
or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions in certain circumstances and
expressly sets forth a negligence standard with respect to such liability.
II-5
<PAGE>
THE DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES
ALM IP, LLC
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
Section 15 of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of ALM IP, LLC
provides that the Members of ALM IP, LLC shall not be liable for the obligations
or liabilities of ALM IP, LLC except to the extent provided in the Delaware
Limited Liability Company Act, as amended from time to time.
DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT
Section 18-303(a) of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the "Act")
states that, except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and
liabilities of a limited liability company, whether arising in contract, tort or
otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the limited
liability company, and no member or manager of a limited liability company shall
be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the
limited liability company solely by reason of being a member or acting as a
manager of the limited liability company. Section 18-108 of the Act states that
subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as set forth in its limited
liability company agreement, a limited liability company may, and shall have the
power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from
and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.
THE NEW YORK CORPORATIONS
LAW JOURNAL EXTRA, INC.
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
Article TENTH of the Certificate of Incorporation of Law Journal Extra, Inc.
(the "Company") states that no director of the Company shall be personally
liable to the Company or its shareholders for damages for any breach of duty in
his or her capacity as director, except as may otherwise be required by
applicable law. Neither the amendment, modification or repeal of Article TENTH
nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation
inconsistent with Article TENTH shall adversely affect any right or protection
of any director that exists at the time of such change.
BY-LAWS
Article IV of the By-laws provides for indemnification. Section 1 of Article
IV states that the Company shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted from
time to time by law, any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an
action or proceeding whether civil or criminal, including an action by or in the
right of the Company or any other Company of any type or kind, domestic or
foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise, which any director or officer of the Company heretofore or
hereafter served in any capacity at the request of the Company, by reason of the
fact that such person, or his or her testator or intestate is or was a director,
officer or employee of the Company, or served such other Company, partnership,
joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity,
against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses,
including attorneys' fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of the
threat of, the commencement of and/or the continuation of such action or
proceeding, or any appeal therein. The Company shall advance expenses incurred
by any director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action or proceeding
upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to
repay the amount advanced if such director or officer is ultimate found not to
be entitled to indemnification or to the event the expenses exceed the
indemnification to which such director or office is entitled. The
indemnification provided by this paragraph shall not be deemed exclusive of any
other rights to which a director-officer seeking indemnification or advancement
of expenses may be entitled, whether contained in the certificate of
incorporation or by-laws, or a resolution of shareholders, a resolution of
directors, an agreement providing
II-6
<PAGE>
for such indemnification, or any insurance, provided that no indemnification may
be made to or on behalf of any directors or officers if a judgment or other
final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that such
director's or officer's acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of
active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so
adjudicated, or that such director or officer personally gained in fact a
financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled.
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
The Certificate of Incorporation of National Law Publishing Company, Inc.
(the "Company") provides that the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law, indemnify any person who is or was made, or threatened to be
made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, including
an action by or in the right of any other corporation of any type or kind,
domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
plan or other enterprise, which any director or officer of the Company is
serving or served in any capacity at the request of the Company, by reason of
the fact that he/she, his/her testator or intestate, is or was a director or
officer of the Company, or is serving or served such other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in
any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and expenses,
including attorneys' fees, or any appeal therein. Permissible indemnification
may be provided, as a matter of discretion, to any other person in accordance
wit the provisions of the BCL, as from time to time amended, or other applicable
law. Any director or officer of the Company serving (i) another corporation, of
which a majority of the share entitled to vote in the election of its directors
is held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or(ii) any employee benefit
plan of either, in any capacity, shall be deemed to be doing so at the request
of the Company.
Any person entitled to be indemnified as a matter of right pursuant to the
indemnification provision in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation may
elect, to the extent permitted by law, to have the right to indemnification
interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time of the
occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on
the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time indemnification is sought.
The right to be indemnified pursuant to the indemnification provision in the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation shall be a contract right and shall
include the right to be paid by the Company expenses incurred in defending any
action or proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided; however,
that, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director for officer in his/
her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which
service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including
without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final
disposition of such action or proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to
the Company of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to
repay all amounts so advanced if it should ultimately be determined that such
director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under the indemnification
provision.
The Company's Certificate of Incorporation states that, if a claim is not
paid in full by the Company within ninety days after a written claim has been
received by the Company, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit
against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful
in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled also to be paid the expense
of prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of the Company (including its
Board of Director, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he/she has met the
applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company
(including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its
stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct,
shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant had not
met the applicable standard of conduct.
II-7
<PAGE>
BY-LAWS
Article IV of the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company contains
provisions for indemnification. Section 1 of Article IV states that, subject to
the provisions of Sections 721 through 725 of the Business Corporation Law of
the State of New York (the "BCL"): (A) the Company shall indemnify any person
made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding whether civil
or criminal, including an action by or in the right of any other corporation of
any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise, which any director or officer of the
Company served in any capacity at the request of the Company, by reason of the
fact that he, his testator or intestate, was a director or officer of the
Company, or served such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity, against judgments,
fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys'
fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or proceeding
or any special appeal therein, provided that no indemnification may be made to
or on behalf of any such director or officer if a judgment or other final
adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his acts were
committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty
and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally
gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally
entitled. This limitation prohibits indemnification only to the extent that
indemnification is prohibited by Section 721 of the BCL, or any successor
provision; (B) the termination of any such civil or criminal action or
proceeding by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of NOLO
CONTENDERE, or its equivalent, shall not in itself create a presumption that any
such director or officer did not act, in good faith, for a purpose which he
reasonable believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other
corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
another enterprise, not opposed to the best interests of the Company or that he
had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful; (C) the Company
shall also indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an
action by or in the right of Company to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a director or
officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director or officer of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or
foreign, of any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise against amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses,
including attorneys fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him in connection
with the defense or settlement of such action, or in connection with an appeal
therein, provided that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any
such director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to
the director or officer establishes that his acts were committed in bad faith or
were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the
cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a financial
profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled. This limitation
prohibits indemnification only to the extent that indemnification is prohibited
by Section 721 of the BCL, or any successor provision; except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of (1) a threatened action, or a
pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of or (2) any claim, issue
or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
Company, unless an only to the extent that the court in which the action was
brought, or, if no action was brought, any court of competent jurisdiction,
determines upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case,
the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such portion of
the settlement amount and expenses as the court deems proper and (D) for the
purpose of Article IV, the Company shall be deemed to have requested a person to
serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his
duties to the Company also imposes duties on, or otherwise involved services by,
such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan. Excise
taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to
applicable law shall be considered fines; and action taken or omitted by a
person with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of such
person's duties or purpose reasonably believed by such person to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed for a
purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Company.
Section 2 of Article IV states that a person who has been successful, on the
merits or otherwise, in the defense of a civil or criminal action or proceeding
of the character described in Section 1 of Article IV shall be entitled to
indemnification as authorized in Section 1.
II-8
<PAGE>
Section 3 of Article IV states that except as provided in Section 2 of
Article IV, any indemnification under Section 1 of Article IV, unless ordered by
a court, shall be made by the Company, only if authorized in a specific case:
(1) by the Board of Directors, acting by a quorum consisting of directors who
are not parties to such action or proceeding, upon a finding that the director
or officer has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 of Article IV,
(2) if such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of
disinterested directors so directs: (A) by the Board of Directors upon the
opinion in writing of independent legal counsel that indemnification is proper
in the circumstances because the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
Section 1 has been met by such director or officer, or (B) by the shareholders
upon a finding that the director or officer has met the applicable standard of
conduct set forth in Section 1.
Section 4 of Article IV states that unless the Board of Directors otherwise
determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a director or officer in
defending a civil or criminal action or proceeding shall be paid by the Company
in advance of final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of the director of officer to repay such amount or
an appropriate portion thereof if it is ultimately found, under the procedure
set forth in Article IV, that he is not entitled to any indemnification or the
indemnification to the full extent of the expenses advanced by the Company.
Section 5 of Article IV states that the foregoing provisions for
indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be deemed to be a contract
between the Company and each director, officer, employee and agent who serves in
any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant
provisions of the BCL are in effect and any repeal of modification thereof shall
not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of
facts then or previously existing or any action, suit or proceeding previously
or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such
state of facts. Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without
the consent of such director, officer, employee or agent.
Section 5 of Article IV further states that the indemnification and
advancement of expenses provided by Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of
any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled, whether contained
in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company or the By-laws or, when
authorized by the Certificate of Incorporation of these By-laws, (i) a
resolution of shareholders, (ii) a resolution of directors, or (iii) an
agreement providing for such indemnification. The Company may entered into an
agreement with any of its directors, officers, employees or agents providing for
indemnification and advance of expenses, including attorneys' fees, that may
change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of
expenses created by Article IV; provided that no indemnification may be made to
or on behalf of any director or officer if a judgment or other final
adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his acts were
committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty
and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally
gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally
entitled.
Pursuant to Section 6 of Article IV, if Article IV or any portion of thereof
is invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the
Company shall nevertheless indemnify each employee or agent of the Company as to
costs, charges and expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by
or in the right of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by any
applicable portion of Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
Section 7 of Article IV states that in the event of payment of
indemnification to a person described in Section 1 of Article IV, the Company
shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such
person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification
from the Company, shall execute all documents and to all things that the Company
may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right or recovery, including the
execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to
enforce any such recovery.
II-9
<PAGE>
Section 8 of Article IV states that the Company shall not be liable under
Article IV to make any payment in connection with any claim made against a
person described in Section 1 of Article IV to the extent such person has
otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law or otherwise) of
the amounts otherwise indemnifiable under the By-laws of the Company.
THE NEW YORK LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
Article SEVENTH of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The New York
Law Publishing Company (the "Company") states that no director of the Company
shall be personally liable to the Company or its shareholders for damages for
any breach of duty as a director, unless a judgment or other final adjudication
adverse to the director establishes that (i) the acts or omissions of the
director were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (ii) the director personally gained in fact a financial profit
or other advantage to which the director was not legally entitled, or (iii) the
acts of the director violated Section 719 of the BCL.
BY-LAWS
Article VI of the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company contains
provisions for indemnification. Section 1 of Article VI states that, subject to
the provisions of Sections 721 through 725 of the BCL: (A) the Company shall
indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or
proceeding whether civil or criminal, including an action by or in the right of
any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise,
which any director or officer of the Company served in any capacity at the
request of the Company, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or
intestate, was a director or officer of the Company, or served such other
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement
and reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees actually and necessarily
incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or any appeal therein,
provided that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any such
director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the
director or officer establishes that his acts were committed in bad faith or
were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the
cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a financial
profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled. This limitation
prohibits indemnification only to the extent that indemnification is prohibited
by Section 721 of the BCL, or any successor provision; (B) the termination of
any such civil or criminal action or proceeding by judgment, settlement,
conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not in
itself create a presumption that any such director or officer did not act, in
good faith, for a purpose which he reasonable believed to be in, or, in the case
of service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of
the Company or that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was
lawful; (C) the Company shall also indemnify any person made, or threatened to
be made, a party to an action by or in the right of Company to procure a
judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate,
is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving at the
request of the Company as a director or officer of any other corporation of any
type or kind, domestic or foreign, of any partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against amounts paid in settlement
and reasonable expenses, including attorneys, fees, actually and necessarily
incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, or
in connection with an appeal therein, provided that no indemnification may be
made to or on behalf of any such director or officer if a judgment or other
final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his acts
were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate
dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he
personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was
not legally entitled. This limitation prohibits indemnification only to the
extent that indemnification is prohibited by Section 721 of the BCL, or any
successor provision; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of
(1) a threatened action, or a pending action which is settled or otherwise
disposed of, or (2) any claim,
II-10
<PAGE>
issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to
the Company, unless an only to the extent that the court in which the action was
brought, or, if no action was brought, any court of competent jurisdiction,
determines upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case,
the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such portion of
the settlement amount and expenses as the court deems proper; and (D) for the
purpose of Article VI, the Company shall be deemed to have requested a person to
serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his
duties to the Company also imposes duties on, or otherwise involved services by,
such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan. Excise
taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to
applicable law shall be considered fines; and action taken or omitted by a
person with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of such
person's duties for purpose reasonably believed by such person to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be
for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Company.
Section 2 of Article VI states that a person has been successful, on the
merits or otherwise, in the defense of a civil or criminal action or proceeding
of the character described in Section 1 of Article VI shall be entitled to
indemnification as authorized in Section 1.
Section 3 of Article VI states that, except as provided in Section 2 of
Article VI, any indemnification under Section 1 of Article VI, unless ordered by
a court, shall be made by the Company, only if authorized in a specific case:
(1) by the Board of Directors, acting by a quorum consisting of directors who
are not parties to such action or proceeding, upon a finding that the director
or officer has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 of Article VI,
(2) if such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of
disinterested directors so directs: (A) by the Board of Directors upon the
opinion in writing of independent legal counsel that indemnification is proper
in the circumstances because the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
Section 1 has been met by such director or officer, or (B) by the shareholders
upon a finding that the director or officer has met the applicable standard of
conduct set forth in Section 1.
Section 4 of Article VI states that unless the Board of Directors otherwise
determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a director or officer in
defending a civil or criminal action or proceeding shall be paid by the Company
in advance of final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount or
an appropriate portion thereof if it is ultimately found, under the procedure
set forth in Article VI, that he is not entitled to any indemnification or the
indemnification to the full extent of the expenses advanced by the Company.
Section 5 of Article VI states that the foregoing provisions for
indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be deemed to be a contract
between the Company and each director, officer, employee and agent who serves in
any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant
provisions of the New York Business Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal
of modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing
with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action,
suit or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole
or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a contract right may not be
modified retroactively without the consent of such director, officer, employee
or agent.
Section 5 of Article VI further states that the indemnification and
advancement of expenses provided by Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of
any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled, whether contained
in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company or the By-laws or, when
authorized by the Certificate of Incorporation of these By-laws, (i) a
resolution of shareholders, (ii) a resolution of directors, or (iii) an
agreement providing for such indemnification. The Company may entered into an
agreement with any of its directors, officers, employees or agents providing for
indemnification and advance of expenses, including attorneys' fees, that may
change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of
expenses created by Article VI; provided that no indemnification may be made to
or on behalf of any director or officer if a judgment or other final
adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his acts were
committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty
and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally
gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally
entitled.
II-11
<PAGE>
Pursuant to Section 6 of Article VI, if Article VI or any portion thereof is
invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the
Company shall nevertheless indemnify each employee or agent of the Company as to
costs, charges and expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by
or in the right of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by any
applicable portion of Article VI that shall not have been invalidated and to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
Section 7 of Article VI states that, in the event of payment of
indemnification to a person described in Section 1 of Article VI, the Company
shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such
person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification
from the Company, shall execute all documents and do all things that the Company
may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the
execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to
enforce any such recovery.
Section 8 of Article VI states that the Company shall not be liable under
Article VI to make any payment in connection with any claim made against a
person described in Section 1 of Article VI to the extent such person has
otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law or otherwise) of
the amounts otherwise indemnifiable under the By-laws of the Company.
PPC PUBLISHING CORPORATION
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
Article SEVENTH of the Certificate of Incorporation of PPC Publishing
Corporation (the "Company") states that the Company shall to the full extent
authorized by law, indemnify any present or former officer or director of the
Company or the personal representatives thereof, made or threatened to be made a
party in any civil or criminal action or proceeding by reason of the fact that
he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Company, or
served any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
benefit plan, or other enterprise in any capacity at the request of the Company,
against judgments, fines (including excise taxes assessed on such a person in
connection with service to an employee benefit plan), amounts paid in settlement
and reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily
incurred as a result of such action or proceeding or any appeal therein. For
purposes of Article SEVENTH, the Company shall be deemed to have requested such
present or former officer or director to serve an employee benefit plan where
the performance by such person of his duties to the Company also imposes duties
on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants
or beneficiaries of the plan. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not
be deemed exclusive of any and other rights to which any such person, his
testator of intestate, may be entitled apart from Article SEVENTH.
BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
Section 722(a) of the BCL states that a corporation may indemnify any
person, made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding
(other than one by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in
its favor), whether civil or criminal, including an action by or in the right of
any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise,
which any director or officer of the corporation served in any capacity at the
request of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or
intestate, was a director or officer of the corporation, or served such other
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement
and reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees actually and necessarily
incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or any appeal therein, if
such director or officer acted, in good faith, for a purpose which he reasonably
believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other corporation or any
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise,
not opposed to, the best interests of the
II-12
<PAGE>
corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, in addition, had no
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
Section 722(b) of the BCL states that the termination of any such civil or
criminal action or proceeding by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea
of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not in itself create a presumption
that any such director or officer did not act, in good faith, for a purpose
which he reasonably believed to be in or, in the case of service for any other
corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation or that
he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
Section 722(c) of the BCL states that a corporation may indemnify any person
made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action by or in the right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he,
his testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the corporation,
or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer
of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, of any
partnership, joint venture, trust employee benefit plan or other enterprise,
against amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including
attorneys's fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him in connection with
the defense or settlement of such action, or in connection with an appeal
therein, if such director of officer acted, in good faith, for a purpose which
he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other
corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except
that no indemnification under this paragraph shall be made in respect of (1) a
threatened action, or a pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed
of, or (2) any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the
court in which the action was brought, or, if no action was brought, any court
of competent jurisdiction, determines upon application, that in view of all the
circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such portion of the settlement amount and expenses as the court
deems proper.
Section 722(d) of the BCL states that for the purpose of this section, a
corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee
benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the
corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such
person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes
assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to
applicable law shall be considered fines; and action taken or omitted by a
person with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of such
person's duties for a purpose reasonably believed by such person to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be
for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.
Section 723 of the BCL provides that (a) a person who has been successful,
on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of a civil or criminal action or
proceeding of the character described in section 722 shall be entitled to
indemnification as authorized in such section; except as provided in paragraph
(a), any indemnification under section 722 or otherwise permitted by section
721, unless ordered by a court under section 724 (Indemnification of directors
and officers by a court), shall be made by the corporation, only if authorized
in the specific case: (1) by the board acting by a quorum consisting of
directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding upon a finding that
the director or officer has met the standard of conduct set forth in section 722
or established pursuant to section 721, as the case may be, or, (2) if a quorum
under subparagraph (1) is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of
disinterested directors so directs; (A) by the board upon the opinion in writing
of independent legal counsel that indemnification is proper in the circumstances
because the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such sections has been
met by such director or officer, or (B) by the shareholders upon a finding that
the director or officer has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
such sections; and (c) expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action
or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition
of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of
such director or officer to repay such amount as, and to the extent, required by
paragraph (a) of section 725.
Section 724(a) of the BCL states that, notwithstanding the failure of a
corporation to provide indemnification, and despite any contrary resolution of
the board or of the shareholders in the specific case
II-13
<PAGE>
under section 723 (Payment of indemnification other than by court award),
indemnification shall be awarded by a court to the extent authorized under
section 722 (Authorization for indemnification of directors and officers), and
paragraph (a) of section 723. Application therefor may be made, in every case,
either: (1) in the civil action or proceeding in which the expenses were
incurred or other amounts were paid, or (2) to the supreme court in a separate
proceeding, in which case the application shall set forth the disposition of any
previous application made to any court for the same or similar relief and also
reasonable cause for the failure to make application for such relief in the
action or proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were
paid.
Section 724(b) of the BCL states that the application shall be made in such
manner and form as may be required by the applicable rules of court or, in the
absence thereof, by direction of a court to which it is made. Such application
shall be upon notice to the corporation. The court may also direct that notice
be given at the expense of the corporation to the shareholders and such other
persons as it may designate in such manner as it may require.
Section 724(c) of the BCL states that, where indemnification is sought by
judicial action, the court may allow a person such reasonable expenses,
including attorneys' fees, during the pendency of the litigation as are
necessary in connection with his defense therein, if the court shall find that
the defendant has by his pleadings or during the course of the litigation raised
genuine issues of fact or law.
Section 725(a) of the BCL states that all expenses incurred in defending a
civil or criminal action or proceeding which are advanced by the corporation
under paragraph (c) of section 723 (Payment of indemnification other than by
court award) or allowed by a court under paragraph (c) of section 724
(Indemnification of directors and officers by a court) shall be repaid in case
the person receiving such advancement or allowance is ultimately found, under
the procedure set forth in this article, not to be entitled to indemnification
or, where indemnification is granted, to the extent the expenses so advanced by
the corporation or allowed by the court exceed the indemnification to which he
is entitled.
Section 725(b) of the BCL states that no indemnification, advancement or
allowance shall be made under this article in any circumstance where it appears:
(1) that the indemnification would be inconsistent with the law of the
jurisdiction of incorporation of a foreign corporation which prohibits or
otherwise limits such indemnification; (2) that the indemnification would be
inconsistent with a provision of the certificate of incorporation, a by-law, a
resolution of the board or of the shareholders, an agreement or other proper
corporate action, in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of
action asserted in the threatened or pending action or proceeding in which the
expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise
limits indemnification; or (3) if there has been a settlement approved by the
court, that the indemnification would be inconsistent with any condition with
respect to indemnification expressly imposed by the court in approving the
settlement.
Section 725(c) of the BCL states that, if any expenses or other amounts are
paid by way of indemnification, otherwise than by court order or action by the
shareholders, the corporation shall, not later than the next annual meeting of
shareholders unless such meeting is held within three months from the date of
such payment, and, in any event, within fifteen months from the date of such
payment, mail to its shareholders of record at the time entitled to vote for the
election of directors a statement specifying the persons paid, the amounts paid,
and the nature and status at the time of such payment of the litigation or
threatened litigation.
Section 725(d) of the BCL states that, if any action with respect to
indemnification of directors and officers is taken by way of amendment of the
by-laws, resolution of directors, or by agreement, then the corporation shall,
not later than the next annual meeting of shareholders, unless such meeting is
held within three months from the date of such action, and, in any event, within
fifteen months from the date of such action, mail to its shareholders of record
at the time entitled to vote for the election of directors a statement
specifying the action taken.
II-14
<PAGE>
Section 725(e) of the BCL states that any notification required to be made
pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (c) or (d) of this section by any domestic
mutual insurer shall be satisfied by compliance with the corresponding
provisions of section one thousand two hundred sixteen of the insurance law.
Section 725(f) of the BCL states that the provisions of this article
relating to indemnification of directors and officers and insurance therefor
shall apply to domestic corporations and foreign corporations doing business in
this state, except as provided in section 1320 (Exemption from certain
provisions).
Section 726(a) of the BCL states that, subject to paragraph (b), a
corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance: (1) to
indemnify the corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the
indemnification of directors and officers under the provisions of this article,
and (2) to indemnify directors and officers in instances in which they may be
indemnified by the corporation under the provisions of this article, and (3) to
indemnify directors and officers in instances in which they may not otherwise be
indemnified by the corporation under the provisions of this article provided the
contract of insurance covering such directors and officers provides, in a manner
acceptable to the superintendent of insurance, for a retention amount and for
co-insurance.
Section 726(b) of the BCL states that no insurance ,under paragraph (a) may
provide for any payment, other than cost of defense, to or on behalf of any
director or officer: (1) if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to
the insured director or officer establishes that his acts of active and
deliberate dishonesty were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which
he was not legally entitled, or (2) in relation to any risk the insurance of
which is prohibited under the insurance law of this state.
Section 726(c) of the BCL states that insurance under any or all
subparagraphs of paragraph (a) may be included in a single contract or
supplement thereto. Retrospective rated contracts are prohibited.
Section 726(d) of the BCL states that the corporation shall, within the time
and to the persons provided in paragraph (c) of section 725 (Other provisions
affecting indemnification of directors or officers), mail a statement in respect
of any insurance it has purchased or renewed under this section, specifying the
insurance carrier, date of the contract cost of the insurance, corporate
positions insured, and a statement explaining all sums, not previously reported
in a statement to shareholders, paid under any indemnification insurance
contract.
Section 726(e) of the BCL states that Section 726 is the public policy of
this state to spread the risk of corporate management, notwithstanding any other
general or special law of this state or of any other jurisdiction including the
federal government.
Section 721 of the BCL states that the indemnification and advancement of
expenses granted pursuant to, or provided by, Article 7 of the BCL shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a director or officer seeking
indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, whether contained in
the certificate of incorporation or the by-laws or, when authorized by such
certificate of incorporation or by-laws, (i) a resolution of shareholders, (ii)
a resolution of directors, or (iii) an agreement providing for such
indemnification, provided that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of
any director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the
director or officer establishes that his acts were committed in bad faith or
were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the
cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a financial
profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled. Section 721
further states that nothing contained in Article 7 shall affect any rights to
indemnification to which corporate personnel other than directors and officers
may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.
II-15
<PAGE>
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
Section 420 of the New York Limited Liability Company Law states that,
subject to the standards and restrictions, if any, set forth in its operating
agreement, a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to,
indemnify and hold harmless, and advance expenses to, any member, manager or
other person, or any testator or intestate of such member, manager or other
person, from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever; provided,
however, that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any member,
manager or other person if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to
such member, manager or other person establishes (a) that his or her acts were
committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty
and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated or (b) that he or she
personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or
she was not legally entitled.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES.
(A) EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER ITEM
- ----------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
2.1 Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 23, 1997, by and among Boston Ventures Limited Partnership IV,
Boston Ventures Limited Partnership IVA, James A. Finkelstein and ALM Holdings, LLC, as amended.
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
3.2 Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
3.3 Certificate of Incorporation of ALM Counsel Connect Inc.
3.4 Articles of Organization of ALM, LLC
3.5 Certificate of Formation of ALM IP, LLC
3.6 Certificate of Formation of Counsel Connect, LLC
3.7 Certificate of Incorporation of Law Journal Extra, Inc.
3.8 Certificate of Incorporation of NLP Acquisition Co., Inc.
3.9 Certificate of Merger of National Law Publishing Company, Inc. and NLP Acquisition Co., Inc.
3.10 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The New York Law Publishing Company
3.11 Certificate of Incorporation of NLP IP Company
3.12 Certificate of Incorporation of PPC Publishing Corporation
3.13 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of PPC Publishing Corporation
3.14 Certificate to Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of PPC Publishing Corporation
3.15 Certificate of Formation of LegalTech, LLC
3.16 Bylaws of the Company
3.17 Bylaws of ALM Counsel Connect Inc.
3.18 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of ALM IP, LLC
3.19 Bylaws of Law Journal Extra, Inc.
3.20 Amended and Restated Bylaws of National Law Publishing Company, Inc.
3.21 Amended and Restated Bylaws of The New York Law Publishing Company
</TABLE>
II-16
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER ITEM
- ----------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
3.22 Bylaws of NLP IP Company
3.23 Bylaws of PPC Publishing Corporation
4.1 Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank
of New York, as trustee
4.2 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, between Law Journal Extra, Inc., the Company, the
Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee
4.3 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, between National Law Publishing Company, Inc.,
the Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee
4.4 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, between The New York Law Publishing Company, the
Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee
4.5 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, between NLP IP Company, the Company, the
Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee
4.6 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, between PPC Publishing Corporation, the Company,
the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee
4.7 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 14, 1998, among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of
New York, as trustee
4.8 Form of Initial Notes (included in Exhibit 4.1)
4.9 Form of Exchange Notes (included in Exhibit 4.1)
4.10 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1997, among the Company, the Guarantors named
therein and the Initial Purchasers
5.1 Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue
10.1 Lease, dated September 30, 1993, between Park Avenue South/Armory, Inc. and The New York Law Publishing
Company for premises at 345 Park Avenue South, New York, New York
10.2 First Supplemental Agreement, dated November 30, 1994, between Park Avenue South/ Armory, Inc. and The
New York Law Publishing Company for premises at 345 Park Avenue South, New York, New York
10.3 Credit Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1998, among the Company, Holdings, the several Lenders named
therein, Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank of America"), BancBoston
Securities Inc. and BancAmerica Robertson Stephens (the "Credit Agreement")
10.4 Employment Agreement dated as of February 9, 1998 by and between the Company and William L. Pollak
10.5 First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 24, 1998, among the Company, Holdings, Bank
of America and BancBoston, N.A.
12.1 Statement re: computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges
*21.1 List of Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.2 Consent of Leslie Sufrin and Company, P.C.
23.3 Consent of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue (included in Exhibit 5.1)
</TABLE>
II-17
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER ITEM
- ----------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
23.4 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.5 Consent of Leslie Sufrin and Company, P.C.
*23.6 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
*23.7 Consent of Leslie Sufrin and Company, P.C.
24.1 Power of Attorney of the Company (included in Part II of the Registration Statement)
24.2 Power of Attorney of the Guarantors (included in Part II of the Registration Statement)
25.1 Statement on Form T-1 of the eligibility of the Trustee
27.1 Financial Data Schedule
27.2 Financial Data Schedule
99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
99.3 Form of Letter to DTC Participants
99.4 Form of Letter to Clients and form of Instruction to Book-Entry Transfer Participants.
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* Filed herewith
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To American Lawyer Media, Inc.
We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
the consolidated financial statements of American Lawyer Media, Inc. for the
five months ended December 31, 1997 included in this registration statement and
have issued our report thereon dated April 3, 1998. Our audit was made for the
purpose of forming an opinion on the basic consolidated financial statements
taken as a whole. The schedule listed below is the responsibility of the
Company's management and is presented for purposes of complying with the
Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of the basic
consolidated financial statements. The schedule for the five months ended
December 31, 1997 has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the
audit of the basic consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly
states in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth
therein in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a
whole.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
NEW YORK, NEW YORK
APRIL 3, 1998
II-18
<PAGE>
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE FIVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONS
---------------------------
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHARGED TO BALANCE
BEGINNING COSTS AND OTHER AT END OF
DESCRIPTION OF PERIOD EXPENSES ACCOUNTS DEDUCTIONS PERIOD
- -------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DEBIT(CREDIT) DEBIT(CREDIT) DEBIT(CREDIT) DEBIT(CREDIT) DEBIT(CREDIT)
FOR THE FIVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1997:
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ (1,661) $ (843) $ (1,014)(1) $ 282(2) $ (3,236)
------------ ------ ------------ ------ ------------
------------ ------ ------------ ------ ------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Represents the addition of the NLP allowance for doubtful accounts ($1,014)
at the date of acquisition.
(2) Represents reversals of the allowance account and write-offs of accounts
receivable, net of recoveries.
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
UNAUDITED SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONS
---------------------------
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHARGED TO BALANCE
BEGINNING COSTS AND OTHER AT END OF
DESCRIPTION OF PERIOD EXPENSES ACCOUNTS DEDUCTIONS PERIOD
- -------------------------------------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DEBIT(CREDIT) DEBIT(CREDIT) DEBIT(CREDIT) DEBIT(CREDIT) DEBIT(CREDIT)
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
1998:
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ (3,636) $ (610) $ -- $ 615(1) $ (3,231)
------------ ------ ------------ ------ ------------
------------ ------ ------------ ------ ------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Represents reversals of the allowance account and write-offs of accounts
receivable, net of recoveries.
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
(1) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertake as follows: that
prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through
use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any
person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule
145(c), the registrant undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain
the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to
reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the
information called for by the other items of the applicable form.
(2) Each of the undersigned registrants undertake that every prospectus: (i)
that is filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that
purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in
connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as
a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until
such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
(3) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertake to respond to
requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus
pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of
receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class
mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in
documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement
through the date of responding to the request.
II-19
<PAGE>
(4) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means
of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising out of the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of any of the
registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants
have been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by any of the registrants of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of such registrant
in the successful defense in any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
II-20
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.
BY: /S/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
President and Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
* * * * *
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- -------------------
* Chairman of the Board of
- ------------------------------ Directors June 16, 1998
Bruce Wasserstein
Director, President and
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE June 16, 1998
William L. Pollak OFFICER)
Director, Vice President
* and Secretary
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL June 16, 1998
Anup Bagaria OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING OFFICER)
* Director
- ------------------------------ June 16, 1998
Michael J. Biondi
* Director
- ------------------------------ June 16, 1998
Robert C. Clark
* Director
- ------------------------------ June 16, 1998
Donald G. Drapkin
* Director
- ------------------------------ June 16, 1998
James A. Finkelstein
* Director
- ------------------------------ June 16, 1998
Andrew G.T. Moore, II
* Director
- ------------------------------ June 16, 1998
Randall J. Weisenburger
II-21
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
ALM COUNSEL CONNECT INC.
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Director, President and June 16, 1998
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
William L. Pollak OFFICER)
Director, Vice President June 16, 1998
and Secretary
* (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
- ------------------------------ OFFICER AND
Anup Bagaria PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING
OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-22
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
ALM IP, LLC
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Management Committee June 16, 1998
Member,
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK President and Chief
- ------------------------------ Executive Officer
William L. Pollak (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
OFFICER)
Management Committee June 16, 1998
Member,
Vice President and
* Secretary
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
Anup Bagaria OFFICER AND
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING
OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-23
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
ALM, LLC
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Management Committee June 16, 1998
Member,
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK President and Chief
- ------------------------------ Executive Officer
William L. Pollak (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
OFFICER)
Management Committee June 16, 1998
Member,
Vice President and
* Secretary
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
Anup Bagaria OFFICER AND
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING
OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-24
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
COUNSEL CONNECT, LLC
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Management Committee June 16, 1998
Member,
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK President and Chief
- ------------------------------ Executive Officer
William L. Pollak (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
OFFICER)
Management Committee June 16, 1998
Member,
Vice President and
* Secretary
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
Anup Bagaria OFFICER AND
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING
OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-25
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
COUNSEL CONNECT
By:ALM COUNSEL CONNECT INC., its general
partner
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
By:COUNSEL CONNECT, LLC, its general partner
By: /s/ ANUP BAGARIA
-----------------------------------------
Anup Bagaria
VICE PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power
of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent
or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Director, President and June 16, 1998
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK Chief Executive Officer of
- ------------------------------ ALM Counsel Connect Inc.
William L. Pollak (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
OFFICER)
Management Committee June 16, 1998
Member,
Vice President and
* Secretary of
- ------------------------------ Counsel Connect, LLC
Anup Bagaria (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-26
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
LAW JOURNAL EXTRA, INC.
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK Director and President June 16, 1998
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
William L. Pollak OFFICER)
Director, Vice President June 16, 1998
and Secretary
* (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
- ------------------------------ OFFICER AND
Anup Bagaria PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING
OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-27
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
LEGALTECH, LLC
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Management Committee June 16, 1998
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK Member, President and Chief
- ------------------------------ Executive Officer
William L. Pollak (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
OFFIER)
Management Committee June 16, 1998
Member,
Vice President and
* Secretary
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
Anup Bagaria OFFICER AND
PRINICPAL ACCOUNTING
OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-28
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
NATIONAL LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Director, President and June 16, 1998
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
William L. Pollak OFFICER)
Director, Vice President June 16, 1998
and Secretary
* (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
- ------------------------------ OFFICER AND
Anup Bagaria PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING
OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-29
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
THE NEW YORK LAW PUBLISHING COMPANY
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Director, President and June 16, 1998
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
William L. Pollak OFFICER)
Director, Vice President June 16, 1998
and Secretary
* (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
- ------------------------------ OFFICER AND
Anup Bagaria PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING
OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-30
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
NLP IP COMPANY
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Director, President and June 16, 1998
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
William L. Pollak OFFICER)
Director, Vice President June 16, 1998
and Secretary
* (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
- ------------------------------ OFFICER AND
Anup Bagaria PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING
OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-31
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of
New York, on June 16, 1998.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
PPC PUBLISHING CORPORATION
By: /s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK
-----------------------------------------
William L. Pollak
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William
L. Pollak and Anup Bagaria and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the Requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the date included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ --------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Director, President and June 16, 1998
/s/ WILLIAM L. POLLAK Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------ (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
William L. Pollak OFFICER)
Director, Vice President June 16, 1998
and Secretary
* (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
- ------------------------------ OFFICER AND
Anup Bagaria PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING
OFFICER)
</TABLE>
II-32
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER ITEM PAGE
- ----------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------
<C> <S> <C>
2.1 Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 23, 1997, by and among Boston Ventures Limited
Partnership IV, Boston Ventures Limited Partnership IVA, James A. Finkelstein and ALM Holdings,
LLC, as amended.
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
3.2 Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
3.3 Certificate of Incorporation of ALM Counsel Connect Inc.
3.4 Articles of Organization of ALM, LLC
3.5 Certificate of Formation of ALM IP, LLC
3.6 Certificate of Formation of Counsel Connect, LLC
3.7 Certificate of Incorporation of Law Journal Extra, Inc.
3.8 Certificate of Incorporation of NLP Acquisition Co., Inc.
3.9 Certificate of Merger of National Law Publishing Company, Inc. and NLP Acquisition Co., Inc.
3.10 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The New York Law Publishing Company
3.11 Certificate of Incorporation of NLP IP Company
3.12 Certificate of Incorporation of PPC Publishing Corporation
3.13 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of PPC Publishing Corporation
3.14 Certificate to Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of PPC Publishing Corporation
3.15 Certificate of Formation of LegalTech, LLC
3.16 Bylaws of the Company
3.17 Bylaws of ALM Counsel Connect Inc.
3.18 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of ALM IP, LLC
3.19 Bylaws of Law Journal Extra, Inc.
3.20 Amended and Restated Bylaws of National Law Publishing Company, Inc.
3.21 Amended and Restated Bylaws of The New York Law Publishing Company
3.22 Bylaws of NLP IP Company
3.23 Bylaws of PPC Publishing Corporation
4.1 Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and The
Bank of New York, as trustee
4.2 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, between Law Journal Extra, Inc., the
Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee
4.3 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, between National Law Publishing Company,
Inc., the Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee
4.4 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, between The New York Law Publishing
Company, the Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER ITEM PAGE
- ----------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------
<C> <S> <C>
4.5 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, between NLP IP Company, the Company, the
Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee
4.6 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 1997, between PPC Publishing Corporation, the
Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee
4.7 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 14, 1998, among the Company, the Guarantors and The
Bank of New York, as trustee
4.8 Form of Initial Notes (included in Exhibit 4.1)
4.9 Form of Exchange Notes (included in Exhibit 4.1)
4.10 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1997, among the Company, the Guarantors
named therein and the Initial Purchasers
5.1 Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue
10.1 Lease, dated September 30, 1993, between Park Avenue South/Armory, Inc. and The New York Law
Publishing Company for premises at 345 Park Avenue South, New York, New York
10.2 First Supplemental Agreement, dated November 30, 1994, between Park Avenue South/Armory, Inc. and
The New York Law Publishing Company for premises at 345 Park Avenue South, New York, New York
10.3 Credit Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1998, among the Company, Holdings, the several Lenders
named therein, Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank of America"),
BancBoston Securities Inc. and BancAmerica Robertson Stephens (the "Credit Agreement")
10.4 Employment Agreement dated as of February 9, 1998 by and between the Company and William L.
Pollak
10.5 First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 24, 1998, among the Company, Holdings,
Bank of America and BankBoston, N.A.
12.1 Statement re: computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges
*21.1 List of Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.2 Consent of Leslie Sufrin and Company, P.C.
23.3 Consent of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.5 Consent of Leslie Sufrin and Company, P.C.
*23.6 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
*23.7 Consent of Leslie Sufrin and Company, P.C.
24.1 Power of Attorney of the Company (included in Part II of the Registration Statement)
24.2 Power of Attorney of the Guarantors (included in Part II of the Registration Statement)
25.1 Statement on Form T-1 of the eligibility of the Trustee
27.1 Financial Data Schedule
27.2 Financial Data Schedule
99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
99.3 Form of Letter to DTC Participants
99.4 Form of Letter to Clients and form of Instruction to Book-Entry Transfer Participants.
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* Filed herewith
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA, INC.*
ALM Counsel Connect Inc.
ALM IP, LLC
ALM, LLC
Counsel Connect
Counsel Connect, LLC
Law Journal Extra, Inc.
LegalTech, LLC
National Law Publishing Company, Inc.
The New York Law Publishing Company
NLP IP Company
PPC Publishing Corporation
* each of the subsidiaries is a wholly-owned subsidiary of American Lawyer
Media, Inc. (the "Company").
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.6
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To American Lawyer Media, Inc.:
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
report included in this registration statement and to all references to our Firm
included in this registration statement.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
New York, New York
June 15, 1998
<PAGE>
[LESLIE SUFRIN AND COMPANY, P.C. LETTERHEAD]
EXHIBIT 23.7
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
The Board of Directors and Stockholder of
National Law Publishing Company, Inc.
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus of American Lawyer Media, Inc.,
constituting a part of this Registration Statement, of our report dated February
19, 1997 (except as to Note 7 which date is March 27, 1997) relating to the
consolidated financial statements of National Law Publishing Company, Inc.,
which is contained in that Prospectus.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption "Experts" in the
Prospectus.
/s/ LESLIE SUFRIN AND COMPANY, P.C.
Leslie Sufrin and Company, P.C.
New York, New York
June 16, 1998
